____________________________________ B E R S E R K E R P R E S E N T S: \ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THE THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU TH U THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU T F E A R Y O U C A N ' T F O R G E T .'` .'.' .'.' .'.' .,'.' .'`\` .' ( .' '. | | | ____ _____ ____ _ ____ |__|__ _ _ _____ _____ __ __ _ _ | _ \ | ____|/ ___| | || _ \ | ____|| \ | ||_ _| | ____|\ \ / /| || | | |_) || _| \___ \ | || | | || _|'.| \| | | | | _| \ \ / / | || | | _ < | |___ ___) || || |_| || |___ | |\ | | | | |___ \ V / | || |___ |_| \_\|_____||____/ |_||____/.|_____||_|,\_| |_| |_____| \_/ |_||____/ `. \ PLAYSTATION 3 ) ,) XBOX 360 / ,' .' .' ,.` ,' '. ,' .' , `., ` JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- http://www.berserkersblog.blogspot.com Started: March 13, 2009 Completely finished: May 22, 2009 Last update: June 3, 2009 - - - Version: Haymaker Update Type: Uppercut - - - Authored by: Berserker (Berserker_Kev [IGN]) Email: berserker_kev(at)yahoo(dot)com - - - This document Copyright 2009 Kevin Hall (Berserker) Resident Evil 5 Copyright 2009 Capcom Ltd. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- JU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU UJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU JUJU THEY ARE IN KUJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJU THEY ARE IN KIJUJ ******************************************************************************* =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- - T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= -- Press Ctrl + F and type in the code listed beside each section for -- - quicker navigation through the guide - --- --- Section I: Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [IN00] Section II: Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS00] -- General Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS01] -- Advanced Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [BS02] Section III: Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WT00] -- Chapter 1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH11] - Civilian Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH111] - Back Alley 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH112] - Back Alley 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH113] - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH114] -- Chapter 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH12] - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH121] - Urban District . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH122] - Abandoned Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH123] - Furnace Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH124] -- Chapter 2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH21] - Storage Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH211] - The Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH212] - The Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH213] - Shanty Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH214] - Train Yard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH215] -- Chapter 2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH22] - Train Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH221] - The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH222] - Mining Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH223] -- Chapter 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH23] - Savannah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH231] - The Port (Night) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH232] -- Chapter 3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH31] - Marshlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH311] - Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH312] -- Chapter 3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH32] - Execution Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH321] - Oil Field - Refinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH322] - Oil Field - Control Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH323 - Oil Field - Dock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH324] -- Chapter 3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH33] - Oil Field - Drilling Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH331] - Patrol Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH332] -- Chapter 4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH41] - Caves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH411] - Ancient Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH412] - Labyrinth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH413] -- Chapter 4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH42] - Worship Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH421] - Pyramid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH422] - Underground Garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH423] -- Chapter 5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH51] - Underground Garden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH511] - Progenitor Virus House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH512] - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH513] -- Chapter 5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH52] - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH521] - Power Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH522] - Experimental Facility Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH523] - Missile Area 1st Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH524] - Uroboros Research Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH525] -- Chapter 5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH53] - Uroboros Research Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH531] - Missile Area 2nd Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH532] - Moving Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH533] - Monarch Room Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH534] - Monarch Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH535] -- Chapter 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH61] - Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH611] - Ship Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH612] -- Chapter 6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH62] - Main Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH621] - Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH622] - Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH623] -- Chapter 6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH63] - Bridge Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH631] - Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH632] - Engine Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH633] - Hangar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH634] - Volcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH635] Section IV: Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WE00] Section V: Enemies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN00] -- Majini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN01] -- Mini Bosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN02] -- Parasitic B.O.W.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN03] -- Other B.O.W.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN04] -- Animals/Beasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EN05] Section VI: Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI00] -- BSAA Medal Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI01] -- Treasure Checklist (by chapter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI02] -- Treasure Checklist (by treasure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI03] -- Hidden Weapon Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI04] -- File Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI05] -- Figure Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI06] -- Achievement Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI07] -- Main Game Unlockables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI08] -- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI09] -- Mercenaries Unlockables List - Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI10] -- Store List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI11] -- Bonus Features List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI12] -- Chapter Ranking List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [LI13] Section VII: Professional Mode Walkthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM00] Section VIII: The Mercenaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [TM00] -- Mercenary Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00] - Public Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST01] - The Mines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST02] - Village . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST03] - Ancient Ruins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST04] - Experimental Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST05] - Missile Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST06] - Ship Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST07] - Prison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST08] -- Mercenary Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS00] - Chris (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS01] - Chris (Safari) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS02] - Chris (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS03] - Sheva (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS04] - Sheva (Clubbin') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS05] - Sheva (Tribal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS06] - ???? (BSAA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS07] - ???? (Battle Suit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS08] - ?????? (Midnight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS09] - ?????? (S.T.A.R.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CS10] Section XI: Versus Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS00] -- Slayers/Team Slayers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS01] -- Survivors/Team Survivors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS02] -- Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS03] -- Survivors/Team Survivors Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS04] -- Survivors/Team Survivors Stages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS05] -- Versus Mode Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VS06] Section X: Everything Else . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [EE00] -- Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CO00] -- Special Thanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ST00] -- Version History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [VH00] -- Contact Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CI00] -- About Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [AM00] -- Donations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [DO00] -- Cheat Happens Featured Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [CH00] -- Resident Evil 5 Wallpapers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [WA00] (NOTE: "?"'s are used in The Mercenaries table of contents to avoid spoilers in the table of contents.) =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= [IN00] =============================================================================== ___ _ _ _ _ |_ _| _ __ | |_ _ __ ___ __| | _ _ ___ | |_ (_) ___ _ __ | | | '_ \ | __|| '__|/ _ \ / _` || | | | / __|| __|| | / _ \ | '_ \ | | | | | || |_ | | | (_) || (_| || |_| || (__ | |_ | || (_) || | | | |___||_| |_| \__||_| \___/ \__,_| \__,_| \___| \__||_| \___/ |_| |_| =============================================================================== =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= Welcome to my Resident Evil 5 Guide, fellow Resident Evil fan! - Berserker =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-= L O N G T I M E N O S E E, C H R I S. Chris Redfield now a member of the BSAA (Bioterrorism Security Assessment Alliance) has been sent to Africa in order to investigate a reported bioterrorist hotspot in the town of Kijuju. He drives his jeep along the dirt road toward his destination and prepares to meet up with another BSAA agent. When Chris arrives, the agent introduces herself - Sheva Alomar, his new... P A R T N E R . . . ? The familiar word echoes throughout Chris' mind as he recalls the tombstone with the year November 23, 2006 etched into it. You see, his last partner was a woman too - Jill Valentine. Both Jill and Chris survived the horrors of the Spencer Estate in Raccoon City - what later became known as "The Mansion Incident". Jill is now proclaimed dead, but Chris believes she is still alive. Despite that, casualties continue to the mount over the long years he has struggled. More and more, he finds himself wondering... I S I T A L L W O R T H F I G H T I N G F O R ? Who knows? Maybe one day, he'll find out. Chris has got a job to do here though, and he's going to see it through. Both Chris and Sheva gather their belongings and enter the town of Kijuju. They are met with vacant and ominous stares as they walk down the streets of the town. All they see is death on the way to their location and then sudden... S I L E N C E. A siren is heard in the distance and the town's inhabitants suddenly disappear...? But where? The two meet up with their contact and he fills them in on the situation and where they are to meet up with the rest of the BSAA squad. The contact tells them of a lead that the BSAA has on a man named "Irving". He also mentions something else... something about a doomsday project codenamed "Uroboros". Chris and Sheva gather their gear and soon depart further into the streets of Kijuju to meet up with their squad and find Irving. A N E W C H A P T E R I N T H E R E S A G A B E G I N S. --> WORDS FROM THE AUTHOR We last met at the Spencer Estate, wasn't it? While aboard the Ecliptic Express? During Jill Valentine's Last Escape from Raccoon City? Maybe during the Fall of Umbrella? Or perhaps during the details of the most recent Kennedy Report? Maybe you have read my work before through my Resident Evil 4: Wii Edition guide or my Resident Evil: The Umbrella Chronicles guide. Maybe you haven't. Either way, prepare for a few year's worth of anticipation for Resident Evil 5 in written form. How many times have you played the RE5 demo? I've had a fellow gamer ask me that question over Xbox LIVE and after a long pause, the only answer I could give him was somewhere over 100. It's actually much more than that, I assure you. Has there been another demo that you've spent as much time on as Resident Evil 5? My answer? Never. My obsession with the series has never been so clear to me. Like many other gamers, I consider myself a very hardcore Resident Evil fan. I've been completely obsessed with the Resident Evil series all the way back since the original game was released for PSX in 1996. Because of this love for the series this guide will cover ever single solitary piece of information you can think of and then some. --> VERSION HAYMAKER (COMPLETE VERSION) FEATURES This author had a voluntary job to do, and he saw it through! Version Haymaker is the complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide. It includes everything that I wanted to add and I'm hoping it hits my readers with a force equal to a Redfield Haymaker punch to the face while looking through it. Not that I want to shatter a reader's head with an overpowered punch, but I want to make an impact on each and every one of you reading this. In this complete version of my Resident Evil 5 guide, you will find: [x] An extremely in-depth basics sections highlighting basic gameplay and several advanced techniques. [x] A walkthrough of the main game that details every single piece of the main game written by a very hardcore fan of the series with the hardcore Resident Evil fan in mind. [x] A list section with checklists of every single collectible item or anything that can be put into a list. [x] Detailed Weapons and Enemies sections. [x] A Professional mode guide. This separate section is fully dedicated to getting you through Professional mode. [x] A Mercenaries section that will help you to get the most of the mode. Guaranteed. [x] A Versus mode section for the extra downloadable content on the PlayStation Store and Xbox LIVE marketplace. --> UPDATES TO MY RESIDENT EVIL 5 GUIDE I will always post all updates made to this guide at the following links below: Version "Haymaker" (Complete) Version Updates: http://tinyurl.com/oson3u Kick = Extremely minor update Hook = Minor update Straight Punch = Moderate update Uppercut = Big update Back Hand = Major update Old Incomplete Version Updates: http://berserkersblog.blogspot.com/2009/04/resident-evil-5-guide.html Feel free to post up any comments that you want in the post above. It will be the main area that I'll use for any additions, ideas or just to randomly rant and bitch about something. .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------, | THREE THINGS THAT I WOULD LIKE MY READERS TO KNOW | | | | (1) If you found this guide useful then email me with your thoughts. | | Believe it or not, emails carry a quite a bit of meaning. | | | | (2) My Paypal donation email is berserker_kev@yahoo.com for those that want | | to donate. Again, this is just to point out that I accept donations | | There is a separate section for this topic at the bottom of the guide. | | | | (3) On GameFAQs, click the orange "recommend" link at the top of the guide | | or on IGN add "berserker_kev" to your watched user list (WUL) if you | | found this guide helpful. | | | | http://club.ign.com/b/about?username=berserker_kev&which=boards | | | | Thanks for your time and enjoy the guide, | | | | - Kevin (Berserker) | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' [BS00] =============================================================================== ____ _ | __ ) __ _ ___ (_) ___ ___ | _ \ / _` |/ __|| | / __|/ __| | |_) || (_| |\__ \| || (__ \__ \ |____/ \__,_||___/|_| \___||___/ =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GENERAL BASICS [BS01] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _______________________ DEFAULT CONTROL SETUPS \_______________________________________________________ ________________________ PlayStation 3 Control Setup __________________________ To save on a few emails, L3 = push in on the left thumbstick, R3 = push in on the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad. Type A Type B [] - Action/Fire Gun [] - Action /\ - Inventory /\ - Inventory O - Partner Action O - Partner Action X - Run/Reload X - Run/Reload R2 - Display Map R2 - Display Map L2 - Locate Partner L2 - Equip Knife R1 - Aim Gun R1 - Fire Gun/Locate Partner L1 - Equip Knife L1 - Aim Gun L3 - N/A L3 - N/A R3 - N/A R3 - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Select - Skip Cutscene Select - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Turn L thumbstick - Walk/Turn R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip Type C Type D [] - Action/Fire Gun [] - Action /\ - Inventory /\ - Inventory O - Partner Action O - Partner Acton X - Run/Reload X - Run/Reload R2 - Display Map R2 - Display Map L2 - Locate Partner L2 - Equip Knife R1 - Aim Gun R1 - Fire Gun/Locate Partner L1 - Equip Knife L1 - Aim Gun L3 - Run L3 - Run R3 - N/A R3 - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Select - Skip Cutscene Select - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip * The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon. -- Type A and C Combination Commands Hold R1 then tap X = Reload L thumbstick up + X = Run L thumbstick back + X = Quick Turn Hold R1 + tap [] = Fire/Throw Hold L1 + tap X = Slash with Knife -- Type B and D Combination Commands Hold L1 then tap X = Reload L thumbstick up + X = Run L3 + move L thumbstick up = Run L thumbstick back + X = Quick Turn L thumbstick right or left = Strafe Hold L1 + tap R1 = Fire/Throw Hold L2 + tap R1 = Slash with Knife -- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed) L3 + move L thumbstick up = Run Hold X then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character Hold X then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning ___________________________ Xbox 360 Control Setup ____________________________ To save on a few emails, LS = push in on the left thumbstick, RS = push in on the right thumbstick, L thumbstick = left thumbstick, R thumbstick = right thumbstick and D-pad = Directional pad. Type A Type B X - Action/Fire Gun X - Action Y - Inventory Y - Inventory B - Partner Action B - Partner Action A - Run/Reload A - Run/Reload RB - Display Map RB - Display Map LB - Locate Partner LB - Equip Knife RT - Aim Gun RT - Fire Gun/Locate Partner LT - Equip Knife LT - Aim Gun LS - N/A LS - N/A RS - N/A RS - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Back - Skip Cutscene Back - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Turn L thumbstick - Walk/Turn R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint R thumbstick - Change Viewpoint D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip Type C Type D X - Action/Fire Gun X - Action Y - Inventory Y - Inventory B - Partner Action B - Partner Acton A - Run/Reload A - Run/Reload RB - Display Map RB - Display Map LB - Locate Partner LB - Equip Knife RT - Aim Gun RT - Fire Gun/Locate Partner LT - Equip Knife LT - Aim Gun LS - N/A LS - N/A RS - N/A RS - N/A Start - Pause Menu Start - Pause Menu Back - Skip Cutscene Back - Skip Cutscene L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe L thumbstick - Walk/Strafe R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn R thumbstick - Adjust Camera/Turn D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad up - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad down - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad right - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip D-pad left - Fast Equip * The R thumbstick for Type B and D controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon and the L thumbstick for Type A and C controls is used for precision targeting while aiming with a weapon. -- Type A and C Combination Commands Hold RT then tap A = Reload L thumbstick up + A = Run L thumbstick back + A = Quick Turn Hold RT + tap X = Fire/Throw Hold LT + tap A = Slash with Knife -- Type B and D Combination Commands Hold LT then tap A = Reload L thumbstick up + A = Run LS + move L thumbstick up = Run L thumbstick back + A = Quick Turn L thumbstick right or left = Strafe Hold LT + tap RT = Fire/Throw Hold LB + tap RT = Slash with Knife -- Type C and D Combination Commands (only exclusive commands are listed) LS + move L thumbstick up = Run Hold A then right or left on L thumbstick = Turn Character Hold A then right or left on R thumbstick = Lock Turning _________________________________ NETWORK SETTINGS AND ONLINE PLAY \_____________________________________________ After choosing your difficulty or character (after beating it once), you'll come across the network settings where one can control various online functions. --> Co-Op Settings Rogue = No other player can join in your game. The partner will always be controlled by the AI only. Invite Only = Only players that are invited can join. No Limits = Anyone can join your game at any time, so long as you willingly accept the player when that person joins. --> Attack Reaction This changes whether both characters can hit each other or not. The option is "No" by default. By choosing "Yes", the players will be able to hit each other, so if one character stands in the way while another character fires, the bullets will hit the character that stands in front of the gunfire. A character's melee attacks can hit the partner as well. Ever wanted to feel the full force of Chris' Haymaker? Players cannot sustain damage from one another under this option however. Turning this on will also make it to where the AI partner will join in on hitting an enemy after an arm stun melee. While an enemy staggers away after an arm stun melee attack such as a Hook or Kick, the AI partner will usually run up and perform a melee to the staggering enemy as well. The attack reaction can really help out when fighting a Big Man Majini since he can be hit from either side during a tag team melee sequence. --> Infinite Ammo The infinite ammo option allows the host player to choose whether or not infinite ammo is allowed in the game or not. By choosing "Yes", players that have unlocked the infinite ammo option per gun can use infinite ammo guns while playing alongside the host. By choosing "No" no infinite ammo weapons are allowed and are thereby locked out from use. Infinite Ammo may be turned on under the Bonus Features section. Choose "Yes" under Infinite Ammo once the option has been unlocked per weapon to use infinite ammo for that gun. A player must fully upgrade a weapon to unlock infinite ammo for it. --> Xbox 360 Invite: After allowing a player to join a game by choosing "Invite Only" or "No Limits", press the guide button on the Xbox 360 controller, choose "Friends" and cycle to the friend that you want to invite. Select your friend then select either the "Invite to Game" or "Invite to Party and Game" option to send that player an invite. --> Xbox 360 Accept Invite Open the invite message then choose to join the game. Both players will be taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose to start the game by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose "Ready" and the other player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover needs before the game automatically starts. --> PS3 Invite: After allowing a player to join a game by choosing the "Invite Only" or "No Limits" open up the XMB by pressing the PS button then select a player on your friends list and press the /\ button then choose to "Invite this Player". --> PS3 Accept Invite: Someone must first invite you to a game of RE5, obviously. You will receive a message displaying the following: Subject: Resident Evil 5 Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in story mode with me? Once you receive this message, highlight any friend on your friends list and press /\ then select "Accept Invitation". From the screen that pops up, press the X button then choose to "Join Game" when the invitation appears. Both players will be taken to the main inventory menu and both players must choose to start the game by picking the "Ready" option or one player can choose "Ready" and the other player will have 60 seconds to manage any leftover inventory needs before the game automatically starts. For Mercenaries mode invitations, the following message will be received: Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5 Would you like to play RESIDENT EVIL 5 in THE MERCENARIES mode with me? For Versus mode invitations, the following message will be received: Subject: RESIDENT EVIL 5 Would you like to player RESIDENT EVIL 5 in VERSUS mode with me? _______________________ JOINING AN ONLINE GAME \_______________________________________________________ --> Icons The following icons will appear along with each session. -> Connection || || || The above icon which consists of three bars displays the connection speed of the session. If all bars are filled then the session should play normally with minimal lag. If a bar is unfilled (starting from the right) then a joining player will most likely experience some online lag in that session. -> Attack Reaction \/ /!\ /\ = Attack Reaction Off '---' = Attack Reaction On The icons above showcase if Attack Reaction is off or on. The symbol represented by the "white X" means that character cannot hit each other and the icon showcased with the "red ! inside the bloody /\" means that characters can hit each other. -> Flag Each session will have a flag icon which represents the country that the host resides in. It's usually best to pick a host from your own country for a chance at a better connection speed. Joining a host's connection from a different country will more often result in the joining player experiencing online lag during the session. -> Character Whether it be the actual picture representation of a character through the quick match or the listed name of the character through the custom search, the character shown is the character that the host is currently using. The joining player will play with the other character. Sheva can only be chosen as a starting character by the host once the host has completed all chapters. --> Quick Match The Quick Match option will take the player to a "Session Details" screen where the online service will search for an online game session to join. The details will looks as follows: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pic of stage Character Name - Country Flag - Attack Reaction - Connection Online ID Difficulty Character Pic Current Chapter Current Area in Chapter ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- From the above session, a gamer can use the following controls to manipulate the session details screen. Controls: Left thumbstick left or right = Select different sessions X (or A) = OK O (or B) = Back [] (or X) = Refresh /\ (or Y) = Display Profile (Gamercard) of User Use the left thumbstick or D-pad to cycle between the various available sessions. Refreshing the sessions will bring up a new current list of sessions. Back out of the Session Details by choosing the "Back" option. Confirming a session through "OK" will attempt to join that session. The player will not be able to join until the session reaches a certain point of the current chapter (a checkpoint) or until that person. The Profile (Gamercard) option will pull up the host's profile details. NOTE: Whether or not infinite ammo is on is not displayed through the quick match option. The infinite ammo option is only displayed through the "Custom Match" search list. --> Custom Match The Custom Match option searches the available sessions and matches a player up with some certain specified options. It allows a player to more easily pick from the available sessions based on the following categories: -> Difficulty The Amateur, Normal, Veteran, or Professional mode difficulty can be chosen from this category. -> Chapter Chapter segments of chapter 1-6 may be chosen from this category -> Location Settings Allows the player to choose from the "Home Location" in the country where the player resides or give the option to specify none, meaning that the player will be able to join in sessions with hosts from other countries. -> Attack Reaction Allows the player to turn the Attack Reaction option on or off. -> Infinite Ammo Allows the player to turn the Infinite Ammo feature on or off. Each player must have the "Infinite Ammo" option set to "On" from the "Special Settings" menu. A player must fully upgrade a weapon through the "Buy" menu in the main inventory (Item Management) display in order to have infinite ammo available for that weapon. After performing a search, a list of available sessions based off the preferences of the player will be showcased on the session list. Choose a session then press the "OK" button to join the session. NOTE: Unlike during the Quick Match, a joining player has no way to tell what current area of the chapter (save point) that a host has passed. ___________________________________________ PLAYING WITH A LOCAL PLAYER (OFFLINE PLAY) \___________________________________ --> Joining the game In order for a second player to join in a game, the second player needs to press the "Start" button on the second player controller during gameplay. The players will be taken to the main inventory screen then both must select "Ready" to start the game. --> Split Screen While playing with local play, the screen will be split into two sections. The player of Chris (first player) will use the top screen while the player of Sheva (second player) will use the bottom screen. ___________________ SKIPPING CUTSCENES \___________________________________________________________ In order to skip a cutscene, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) button. In a co-op game both players must press the button to skip a cutscene. The "Skip" icon will appear on the screen for the player that hasn't agreed yet, and that player must press the Back button as well for the cutscene to end; if not then the full cutscene will play for both players. This can also be used to skip the beginning announcement in The Mercenaries mode. Whenever Josh begins to speak, press the Select (PS3) or Back (Xbox 360) button to skip his dialogue and begin the round. ____________ THE MINIMAP \__________________________________________________________________ Command: Tap the Map button (R2/RB) to bring up the minimap. The minimap (GPS) displays on the right hand side (Chris) or left hand side (Sheva) of the screen and should always be pulled up when your character first starts out in any of the stages. The map shows a full display of the current surroundings and has a compass in the upper left corner that always points north. This map can help you to identify destinations, key items and bosses, but most importantly, it will display your partner's location while online. The partner's icon will display the direction the partner is heading as represented by the way that the partner's colored arrow is pointing. The table below lists the map icons with the corresponding description as shown on the map: .------------------------------------------------------. | Chris = Green Arrow | | Sheva = Purple Arrow | | Destination Pointer = Yellow Arrow | | Destination Marker = Yellow Circle w/Yellow Arrow | | Checkpoint = Flashing Yellow Circles | | Locked Door = Light Blue Circle w/Key Symbol | | Boss Enemy = Blue Triangle | '------------------------------------------------------' ________ RUNNING \______________________________________________________________________ Command: Forward on left thumbstick + hold Run button While holding down the Run button your character will run instead of moving with the usual walking animation while your character moves forward. ___________ QUICK TURN \___________________________________________________________________ Command: Back on left thumbstick + Run button Tap back on the Left thumbstick and the Run button at the same time to instantly turn around. You must learn to use this method of turning during intense battles or your character may get hit from turning too slow with the thumbstick. _____________ KNIFE ATTACK \_________________________________________________________________ Command: Hold the knife button then tap the Action button Chris or Sheva will hold up the knife and slash. Chris' "knife" weapon is actually a machete. You'll mainly want to use this close range weapon to bust open breakable objects. The knife is very useful for close combat while fighting a normal enemy as well. Try to aim for the enemy's face or midsection of the body or legs and this might stun the enemy to where your character can simply run up to the enemy and initiate a melee attack through a button tap sequence. The knife slash has a very wide range and will usually stagger a normal enemy and can also stagger a group of enemies in front of your character. ________________ SPECIAL ACTIONS \______________________________________________________________ Command: Action button when a special action button prompt appears When standing near a window or any type of object that can be leaped over or while standing near a ledge that your character can jump from, an action command button prompt will appear and allow your character to perform the action as labeled on the screen by tapping the button on the screen. ______________ OPENING DOORS \________________________________________________________________ Command: Action button near a door/double tap the Action button near a door Press the Action button to quietly open a door. Double tap the Action button to kick open a door. A door that is kicked open can hit enemies and a door that is kicked while badly damaged (two hits) will be destroyed. Keep in mind that you can damage or destroy doors with knife slashes, explosions or gun blasts. TIP: A door kick animation will make your character invincible during the kicking animation, a door opening animation does not grant invincibility. On the flip side, a door kick will alert enemies to your presence immediately while a door opening animation is quiet enough to keep your character from being instantly spotted. _________________ ACTION SEQUENCES \_____________________________________________________________ - Action Sequences During specific cutscenes throughout the course of the game, players will have to watch for sudden on-screen button prompt commands to display. When the command appears press the required button, set of buttons or wiggle the left analog in the direction shown in order to survive a sequence or avoid taking damage during the sequence. These range from a single button tap, a rapid button tap, two buttons pressed at once, a left thumbstick shake (from left to right), and left thumbstick rotation. In co-op mode, if both players fail to react to a specific sequence then both players will suffer damage or defeat. Sometimes a certain player of a certain character will be required to input a command while the other player watches. The screen will display "Chris" or "Sheva" at that time depending on the character performing the on-screen action. - Button Prompt Dodging During some normal enemy battles and boss battles, a player may be required to input a specific on-screen button command to dodge or counter an on-coming attack. The character will usually roll or dodge out of the way of the incoming attack. A player must input the on-screen command very quickly or suffer damage, or sometimes instant death. TIP: In Normal or Veteran mode, when a single button command appears on the screen during gameplay such as the Action or Run button, a player can press both the Action and Run button at the same time to keep from missing the single button tap. This will NOT work for Professional mode however. In Professional mode, any wrong button press will automatically end the sequence in failure. _________________ ITEMS/ITEM DROPS \_____________________________________________________________ Items are scattered throughout various sections of the environment and can be found in breakable objects and collected in the form of item drops after defeating an enemy. Items lying in the environment will always be the same item for each playthrough while items obtained from breakable objects and enemy drops are random. To destroy a breakable object, it is usually best to equip the knife and slash it in order to save ammo when destroying it to save ammo. In tense situations, you may want to shoot the object with a handgun to keep from having to go through the knife equipping and slashing animations. Items that are found in breakable objects and items that are dropped by enemies give off a certain colored glow or other appearance depending on the type of item: .--------------------------------------------------------------. | Gold/Valuable Pickup = Blue | | Health Pickup = Green | | Ammo Pickup = Red | | Key Item = Shimmers with white glow periodically | '--------------------------------------------------------------' Keep these item appearances in mind when in tense situations in order to quickly distinguish between them. You don't really want to accidentally grab gold when you're close to death and there is a health item glowing green up ahead, do you? TIP: Items that are dropped by enemies can sometimes mount up in a certain area. To avoid picking up an unwanted item, move over the group of items until the item you actually want to retrieve is displayed on the screen. The character has to be standing directly above the item in order to retrieve a certain item from a group of several items. __________________ HAZARDOUS OBJECTS \____________________________________________________________ Just like with all Resident Evil games starting from Resident Evil 3: Nemesis and onward, Resident Evil 5 has many hazardous objects that can be shot from a distance in order to damage a group of enemies at once. - Red Explosive Barrel (Drum) - These red metal barrels can be shot from a distance to trigger a big explosion that will heavily damage any enemy that is standing near it. Explosive barrels produce a much bigger explosion this time around, so be sure to stand far enough away from them before shooting. - Gas Tank - In a few areas of the game, red explosive gas tanks or gas canister can be shot for an explosion much like a red explosive barrel. Gas tanks can sometimes be turned over on their side during some boss fights. - Oil Canisters - Oil canisters are red canisters that are always found in a group. Shoot one of the oil canisters and the shot will pierce one of the barrels and ignite the oil inside. The oil will make a path of fire in the direction that it spews and burn any enemies that are in the way or happen to step through it. The fire will eventually die down in a few seconds. - Transformer - Transformers are electrical metal power boxes that are found hanging from wooden poles in certain areas. Aim for any portion of them and shoot them to make them fall and send out a blast of electricity all around them that will damage and stagger any enemy that is near it. The electrical shock will begin to die down and eventually stop. A grounded transformer can be shot when it is inactive to send out another blast of electricity once again and it can be shot while the electricity field is weak to keep the small electrical charge going. Even the small electrical charge can damage any close range enemy. Grounded transformers can be constantly shot again for more explosive electrical blasts while they are in the area. TIP: When you enter an area and see a hanging transformer, if you plan on using it, it is best to shoot it down early so you don't have to aim upwards during the middle of an intense battle. Just watch for the electric current and make sure that your partner is not in the way. NOTE: Be sure to avoid shooting any of the above objects if your partner is currently in the way of the object or that character will take damage. This is so easy to do on accident while shooting a red explosive barrels since the barrels have quite a blast radius. While playing the game in co-op you really need to respect your partner and not diminish their faith in you by shooting a red explosive barrel to take out a Majini mob that they are caught in the middle of. ______________ MELEE ATTACKS \________________________________________________________________ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Enemy Stance Through Gunfire ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Both Chris and Sheva can perform each of their own unique physical attacks by hitting an enemy in a certain portion of the body with a gun (handgun, machine gun, or rifle) or the knife to make the enemy perform a specific stun animation. Run up to the enemy during that stun animation and press the Action button when the button prompt command appears to perform the melee attack command showcased on the screen. Below, we shall take a look at the variety of stun animations that a Majini enemy can be forced into along with how to achieve the animation. ---------------------- Majini Stun Animations ---------------------- (NOTE: Sometimes these stuns require two shots in the affected area, mainly with the upper arm shots) --> HEAD STUN Shot in head from back or front Stun animation(s): .---------------------------------------------. | Grab face and stumble backward | | Grab face and stumble forward | | Grab face and stumble slightly backwards | | Grab face and look downward and to the side | | Look downward and to the side | '---------------------------------------------' Comments: This stun comes in a variety of different animations. The staggering stun is the longest yet other head stuns where the Majini remains still are quite short. This particular stun can be hard to realize sometimes thanks to the many different animations associated with it. Not all of the head stun animations involve the Majini staggering in a direction, so be sure to pay attention to the way the Majini reacts and keep the list above in mind. --> ARM STUN Shot in upper arm from back or front Stun animation(s): .-----------------------------------------------------------------. | Flinch to right and grab arm | | Flinch to left and grab arm | | Lean forward and grab right arm (shot in right arm from behind) | | Lean forward and grab left arm (shot in left arm from behind) | '-----------------------------------------------------------------' Comments: This is one of the harder stuns to get since stronger Majini usually take multiple shots in the upper arm in order for them to strike this pose. This stun doesn't last that long, so react quickly with your melee attack afterwards. You have to basically aim for the bicep or elbow area. Shooting a Majini from the front portion of the arm will make it flinch and shooting a Majini from the back of the arm will make it lean forward. It's best to shoot the unequipped arm since a shot toward an arm that is holding a weapon will usually only stagger the Majini and make it drop its currently equipped weapon. Usually the left arm is the best choice for the most part but there are certain weapon wielders that are best shot in the right arm. For Majini with two-handed weapons, shoot them in the left arm since the right arm is their main grasping arm for the weapon. --> LEG STUNS a) Shot in upper leg from back or front: Stun animation(s): .------------------------------. | Bend down and grab right leg | | Bend down and grab left leg | '------------------------------' Comments: This stun last just about as long as a head staggering stun giving your character plenty of time to hit the Majini. b) Shot in lower leg from back or front: Stun animation(s): .---------------. | Fall to knees | '---------------' Comments: A Majini will recover rather quick from a lower leg stun when compared to an upper leg stun, so be sure to follow up with an attack quickly after this one. --> KNOCKDOWN STUN Shot while running/Knocked down by melee attack from back or front Stun animation(s): .----------------. | Fall to ground | '----------------' Comments: Hitting a Majini in just about any part of the body while they run will usually make them fall. A Majini will usually stay grounded for quite a while. Remember that if they don't dissolve then they are still alive. --> STAGGER/BOUNCE FROM ARM STUN Stagger/Bounce from back or front Shot in upper arm + melee then bouncing melee attack from behind Stun animation(s): .-------------------------------------------------. | Stagger backwards from an arm stun melee attack | '-------------------------------------------------' Detailed Example: Hit a Majini with either Chris' Hook or Kick attack from an arm stun then have Sheva hit the stumbling Majini back with a Twist Kick or Knee (in this case from behind). The character that starts this sequence on a Majini will receive a special tag team melee command when the Majini bounces back toward that character. Always remember that the Majini must be bounced back from the opposite side, so let's say if Chris performs a Kick from behind a Majini then Sheva must perform a Twist Kick from the front to bounce it back toward Chris. If either Chris or Sheva hit a Majini from the same side that was used to begin the melee sequence then that character will perform their head stun melee attack (Straight or Roundhouse), which will instantly end the sequence and bring about much woe for the character that wanted the special command. Comments: This stun lasts about as long as a lower leg stun (crouching animation), but the enemy will begin the stun by staggering in a direction then that Majini will stand in place while stunned for a few seconds, so be sure to run quickly to get in your melee attack. --> PARTNER ASSIST MELEE BOUNCE FROM PARTER ACTION COMMAND Partner Assist Melee + melee from in front of or behind Stun animation(s): .-----------------------------------------------. | Stagger backwards from a partner assist melee | '-----------------------------------------------' Detailed Example: If Chris saves Sheva from a Majini that has grabbed her through Chris' partner assist melee attack (Overhead Punch) then Sheva can quick turn and run behind the staggering Majini then knee it back toward Chris. Chris can make use of the same sequence by quickly kicking a Majini back toward Sheva after she has performed a roundhouse to knock one off of him. All of this depends upon how much health the Majini currently has much like an arm stun combination. A partner assist command that results from a Bui kichwa or Kipepeo grab will stagger any Majini that get in the way as well. Comments: This stun is best performed on a full health Majini and one that is stronger than some of the weak Majini found in the early stages. A Majini will not always stagger from a partner assist melee because these are more damaging than a simple arm stun, but if your character is the one being saved and you see the Majini stagger backward, quickly try to make use of the situation by running behind it and meleeing it back toward your partner. The camera is the main aspect that can mess up this sequence for the character being saved since the Majini will stagger behind that character. Just like with a normal bounce, a Majini must be bounced back from the opposite side that it was hit from or your character will only perform a head stun melee attack. You can think of the partner assist melee as an alternate arm stun melee. --> GROUND MELEE BOUNCE Ground Melee on fallen Majini (while another is to the side) + melee from in front of or behind the staggering standing Majini Stun animation(s): .---------------------------------------. | Stagger backwards from a ground stomp | '---------------------------------------' Detailed Example: If Chris perform his melee Stomp on a Majini and another (standing) Majini happens to be right next to Chris' foot during the Stomp, the standing Majini will stagger backward from the hit much like being hit with an arm stun melee. A Sheva player could run up to the staggering Majini at that time and bounce it back toward Chris with a melee from behind or hit the Majini with a head stun melee from the front portion. Comments: This type of stun is very rare and hard to plan out. It basically depends on the aggressiveness and overall placement of a Majini. The Majini that the bounce is performed to has to be right next to the character that performs the ground melee when the actual hit is delivered in order to get bounced back by the ground melee attack. In this case, the ground melee would hit the Majini much like an arm stun and the partner will be free to interact with the staggering Majini by hitting it with a physical attack just like after an arm stun. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Chris Melee Attack List ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Input Command: Acton button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as listed) Majini shot in head (Chris in front or behind) = Straight Punch Majini flinches to side [arm stun] = Hook Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Chris behind) = Kick Majini shot in leg = Uppercut Majini shot in leg (Chris behind) = Neck Break Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack = Haymaker Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Chris behind) = Back Hand Majini grounded = Stomp Majini grounded (Chris faces head) = Stomp (head crush) .-------------------------------------------------------------------. | Effect = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance | | Type = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's | | Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack | | will shatter an enemy's head | | Damage = The amount of damage the enemy receives | '-------------------------------------------------------------------' NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses. TIP: In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one side and in close range and the command will appear when your character steps behind him. Keep in mind that the enemy must be able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks. TIP: If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again. --------------------------- Chris' Normal Melee Attacks --------------------------- - Straight Effect: Knockdown Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 400 Chris leans back and steps in with a heavy straight punch to his foe's face. - Hook Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 300 Chris steps forward and delivers a side punch to the enemy's top half. - Kick Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 300 Chris steps forward with a punt kick to his foe's back. - Uppercut Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description) Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 400 Chris ducks down and performs an uppercut to his opponent's jaw. If Chris performs this attack against a staggering enemy while another enemy is on the ground near the staggering enemy then Chris will uppercut the grounded enemy into the air as well. - Neck Breaker Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description) Type: Single Enemy Head Shatter: N/A Damage: Kill Chris grabs an enemy's head from behind then twists his foe's head to break his victim's neck. If other enemies are in the way of this animation then they will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Chris or the victim. This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. - Stomp Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head) Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close) Head Shatter: None/100 chance (when Chris faces the grounded enemy's head) Damage: 600 Chris holds up his leg then plants his size 13 Skecher shoe down on his opponent's face. If Chris is facing the foe's head while the foe is grounded, Chris will crush the head of the enemy. ----------------------------------- Chris' Partner Assist Melee Attacks ----------------------------------- NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Sheva as she is being held in place by an enemy grab in order to perform these actions. These partner assist melee attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up and perform an additional melee attack. - Overhead Punch (when a Majini grabs Sheva) Effect: Knockdown/Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Chris faces Sheva while a Majini assaults her then steps in with a heavy overhead punch that knocks away the enemy. - Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Sheva) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Chris faces Sheva while a Kipepeo assaults her then quickly slashes the parasite off her with his knife. - Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Sheva) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Chris faces Sheva while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around her then quickly slashes the parasite off her with his knife. ----------------------------- Chris' Tag Team Melee Attacks ----------------------------- - Haymaker Effect: Instant Kill Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 Chris steps forward while gritting his teeth and delivers a head shattering straight punch to the enemy's head. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Hook" to a Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Knee" then Chris will get the "Haymaker" action command as the enemy stumbles toward him. The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's front side exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing him. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, in front. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. - Back Hand Effect: Instant Kill Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 Chris turns his back and readies both his arms while stepping forward then performs an extremely heavy backhand to the back of his victim's head. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Chris must perform a "Kick" to a Majini, Sheva must bounce the same Majini back toward Chris with a "Twist Kick" then Chris will get the "Back Hand" action command as the enemy stumbles toward him. The enemy should stumble toward him with the enemy's backside exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Chris WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from him. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, from behind. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sheva Melee Attack List ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Input Command: Action button near an enemy (during certain stun animations as listed) Majini shot in head (Sheva in front or behind) = Roundhouse Majini flinches to side [arm stun] = Twist Kick Majini flinches to side [arm stun] (Sheva behind) = Knee Majini shot in leg = Somersault Majini shot in leg (Sheva behind) = Throat Slit Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack = Skull Crusher Majini staggers after tag-team melee attack (Sheva behind) = Spinning Back Kick Majini grounded = Impale Majini grounded (Sheva faces head) = Impale(head crush) .-------------------------------------------------------------------. | Effect = What the attack does to the enemy's current stance | | Type = Whether the attack hits multiple or single enemy's | | Head Shatter = The percentage chance of whether or not the attack | | will shatter an enemy's head | | Damage = The amount of damage the enemy receives | '-------------------------------------------------------------------' NOTE: All back and tag team melee attacks cannot be performed on bosses. TIP: In order to activate melee attacks from behind more easily, shoot the enemy to stun the enemy then run behind the enemy while to one side and in close range and the command will appear when your character steps behind him. Keep in mind that the enemy must be able to survive the first two bouncing melee attacks. TIP: If a melee attack animation does not hit an enemy, walk toward the enemy again and the button prompt will still appear, so try again. ---------------------------- Sheva's Normal Melee Attacks ---------------------------- - Roundhouse Effect: Knockdown Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 350 Sheva hops into the air and lets loose a mid-air roundhouse kick to her foe. - Twist Kick Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 250 Sheva spins in place and delivers a straight kick that knocks back her opponent. - Knee Effect: Stagger/Bounce Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 250 Sheva hops into the air then hits her opponent in the back with a jumping knee attack. - Somersault Effect: Knockdown/Ground Damage (see description Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 350 Sheva performs a somersault and kicks the enemy with both of her feet as she flips. Much like Chris' uppercut, Sheva's somersault kick can hit a grounded foe that is right next to the enemy that she is performing the melee against. - Throat Slit Effect: Instant Kill/Stagger (see description) Type: Single Enemy Head Shatter: N/A Damage: Kill Sheva holds her foe's neck from behind then uses her knife to slice the enemy's throat with her other hand. If other enemies are in the way of this animation then they will stagger backward whenever they come into contact with Sheva or the victim. This instant kill melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. - Impale Effect: Ground Damage/Instant Kill (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head) Type: Multiple Enemies (must all be grounded or extremely close) Head Shatter: None/100% chance (when Sheva faces the grounded enemy's head) Damage: 800 Sheva stands above her foe then takes out her knife and plunges the knife into whatever part of her foe's body she is currently facing. She gets up after the stab and swipes the knife to the side to wipe it clean of blood. ------------------------------------ Sheva's Partner Assist Melee Attacks ------------------------------------ NOTE: Tap the Assist button while near Chris as he is being held in place by an enemy grab in order to perform these actions. These partner assist melee attacks have the ability to stagger an enemy so that your partner can run up and perform an additional melee attack. - Sweeping Roundhouse (when a Majini grabs Chris) Effect: Knockdown/Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 450 Sheva faces Chris while a Majini assaults him then steps in with a roundhouse that sweeps across the area near Chris and knocks away the enemy. - Upward Knife Slash (when a Kipepeo grabs Chris) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Sheva faces Chris while a Kipepeo enemy assaults him then quickly slashes the parasite off him with her knife. - Knife Slash (when Bui kichwa grabs Chris) Effect: Stagger Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 12.5% chance Damage: 500 Sheva faces Chris while a Bui kichwa is wrapped around him then quickly slashes the parasite off of him with her knife. ------------------------------ Sheva's Tag Team Melee Attacks ------------------------------ - Skull Crusher Effect: Instant Kill Type: Single Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 Sheva jumps into the air and plants both of her legs around her victim's head then performs a flip while still attached that plunges the enemy into the ground head first. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Twist Kick" to a Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Kick" then Sheva will get the "Skull Crusher" action command as the enemy stumbles toward her. The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's front side exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing her. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, in front. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. - Spinning Back Kick Effect: Instant Kill Type: Multiple Enemies Head Shatter: 100% chance Damage: 3,000 As her victim stumbles toward her, Sheva hops into the air a bit and spins then performs a heavy jump kick to the enemy's head. NOTE: In order to initiate this command, Sheva must perform a "Knee" to a Majini, Chris must bounce the same Majini back toward Sheva with a "Hook" then Sheva will get the "Spinning Back Kick" action command as the enemy stumbles toward her. The enemy should stumble toward her with the enemy's backside exposed. Keep in mind that the enemy must survive the first two bouncing attacks. The whole sequence DOES NOT have to be performed in the way stated above, but Sheva WILL ONLY receive the command while the Majini is facing away from her. You can change the command by running in front of or behind the staggering Majini. In this case, from behind. This tag team melee will instantly cancel any parasitic enemies that spawn from Majini such as Cephalos, Kipepeos or Duvalias. NOTE 2: A partner assist melee attack can be counted as the first bouncing melee hit in the sequence, so the character that gets saved can run up behind the Majini and knock it back toward the character that performed the partner assist melee to give that character the special tag team melee command. ___________________ DISARMING AN ENEMY \___________________________________________________________ Aim at the arm and/or the hand that an enemy is using to hold a weapon and shoot the arm or hand to make the enemy drop the weapon. For two-handed weapons, you'll have to hit the main arm that the enemy grapples the weapon with - pay attention to the arm that the enemy continues to hold the weapon with after a swing and shoot that arm. The enemy will usually take one arm off the weapon eventually showcasing their main gripping arm (the one still holding the weapon). Enemies can also be disarmed through melee attacks and also from knocking them down. Sometimes knocking an enemy down will not disarm the enemy however. If an enemy is holding a glass bottle, your character can actually shoot the glass bottle to break it. The bottle can be completely shattered with two shots. You can simply make the enemy drop the bottle by shooting its arm, but what fun would that be? Enemies with a glass bottle will break the glass bottle by hitting your character also. ___________________ CRITICAL HEADSHOTS \___________________________________________________________ Shooting an enemy directly in the head with any weapon will sometimes automatically make the enemy's head explode regardless of how much damage the enemy has sustained. This technique is known as a "Critical Headshot". AI Sheva will comment on Chris' outstanding shot if you manage to perform this while she is nearby and you can comment on this when another player does this by tapping the Assist button seconds after the player performs a critical headshot. NOTE: A headless enemy still has the potential to attack your character. For instance, if an enemy is beginning an overhead swing with a pipe and its head is popped then that pipe swing can still hit your character. ______________________ PARTNER COMMUNICATION \________________________________________________________ --> What's so effective about communicating with your partner? Well, in a single player game it becomes a necessity if you want to receive help from your partner. For instance, while your character is held in place with a grab, an AI partner will sometimes not knock off the attacking enemy until your character issues the command for help by tapping the Assist button; at that time your AI partner will instantly knock off the enemy. In a co-op game, your partner is not always going to use voice chat; some will not have a mic, some might prefer not to use one, and some might not speak English, so communicating via button commands becomes much more important. There are a few other communication methods that can be used besides the standard B button press as well such as pointing with the laser point on your gun. --> The Partner Assist Button (O or B) The partner assist button will normally call your partner toward your controlled character when the button is pressed. Here is the list of commands that can be issued. (NOTE: In Single Player mode, only the Cover and Attack commands may be issued) .--------------------------------------------------------------. | Actions Performed With Assist | Type of Assist | | Button | | |==============================================================| | Tap | Cover | | Hold and up on the D-pad | Attack | | Hold and left on the D-pad | Thank | | Hold and right on the D-pad | Come Here | | Press RS and LS or L3 and R3 at | * Extra animation (taunt) | | the same time | | | Tap B or O after certain | ** Additional Response | | animations | | '--------------------------------------------------------------' * This particular animation will not affect the AI partner. Most gamers see it as a taunt animation. Performing it will sometimes make an enemy target your character if it is attacking a partner. ** Certain animations include the following: Tap (or tap and hold) the Assist button during these specific animations to have your character respond: - when an enemy has grabbed your character - while your character is in dying status - while your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area) - when your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY WEAPON) - partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner handgun or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical headshot) - partner gives your character an item - partner heals your character - partner resuscitates your character - partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold) - partner is in dying status - partner performs a request - partner performs an action command - partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump pose - partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main character) - partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON BOSSES] - partner melee attacks an enemy with a special co-op melee attack - partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a partner assist melee attack. ---------- Cover/Call ---------- Command: Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad down (single player) Press Assist or Hold Assist then D-pad right (co-op) Your character waves his/her hand and motions for the partner to come toward the character or step away from a current position. In both modes, the character will shout "Come on". In co-op mode, the command is changed to "Call" instead of "Cover". --> Single Player: While in Cover mode, your AI partner will always keep up with your main character. The AI partner will be ready to heal your character, give that character ammo, and knock off any enemies that grab your character (if you tap the assist button) most of the time. The AI partner will not venture off to itself and will usually only pick up items that are near your character. --> Co-op Use the Call command to get your partner's attention when you need the character to move toward your character in order to pick up an item or simply to join up with your character. This is a good command to use when you want to give your partner an item or heal your partner. You can also use this if you want your partner to follow your character to a certain location. Simply take the lead and stop every now and then to issue the command. --------------- Attack/Send Out --------------- Command: Hold Assist then D-pad up Your character shouts "Go!" then waves his/her hand forward to tell the partner to move out. In co-op mode the command is changed to "Send Out" instead of "Attack" but the command input stays the same. --> Single player The AI partner will scout ahead just a bit when this Attack command is issued. The AI partner will separate from your character and fight the surrounding enemies itself when a battle takes place. This can be a dangerous mode to have the AI partner in since the character will not be near your character for support unless the AI partner is called back with the assist button. The AI partner is more likely to pick up items in the surrounding area while in this mode, so be ready to request the items from the AI partner if that character picks up something that you would like. --> Co-op Your character will shout out "Go!" normally which should let your partner know to advance further. Use this when you want your partner to move on ahead or move to another are. Simply face one way then perform this command over and over. This is perfect when you want to use your partner as bait to lead a certain foe away from your character while attempting to shoot an enemy. It's most useful against mid-boss type enemies, especially the Chainsaw Majini. ----- Thank ----- Command: Hold Assist then D-pad left. Your character will nod and say "Thanks" to your partner. --> Single Player This action is not available in single player mode. --> Co-op It never hurts to thank your partner whenever your partner gives your character some ammo, an item or heals your character. You could also be a sarcastic bastard and tell your partner thanks after he/she sets off a trap that your character gets caught in... Thank you for setting off that explosion right when the nearby Majini grabbed my character. You sure showed him! ---- Halt ---- Your character shouts out "Wait" and holds up his/her arm then makes a fist for the partner to hold the current position. Command: Hold Assist then D-pad down --> Single Player This action is not available in single player mode. --> Co-op This is good to use when you need to catch up to the other player in order to give that character ammo or heal that character or maybe you want to throw a grenade up ahead to finish off a group of enemies instead of having your partner charge in. You could also use this to possibly make your partner cancel an action button prompt command such as a Partner Assist Jump. "No, I don't want to jump up there." -------------------------------------- Pointing with your Gun's Laser Pointer -------------------------------------- While playing online without voice chat, simply have a gun equipped and aim with it then point at an object that you want to show your partner. This is an excellent way to point your partner toward ammo that you want your partner to pick up or you might want to point out some hidden BSAA emblem or other object to your partner. On the flip side, if you ever see your partner standing in place and pointing at an object with the gun's laser pointer, then have a look at what that character is pointing at; you might be surprised. --------------------------- Character Partner Responses --------------------------- Command: Assist button during the actions listed below NOTE: Comments that respond to commands, certain actions or an item given by the partner must be initiated up to 3 seconds after the partner action is performed or your character will simply toss out a normal command that will look out of place. .------------------- MAJOR TIP FOR PERFORMING A RESPONSE ---------------------. | In order to keep your character from accidentally saying "Come on" press | | and hold the assist button for about two seconds when you want your | | character to respond. This is best done when you're unsure if you're | | character will respond to a command or not, especially in the case of a | | partner's critical headshot. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> When an enemy has grabbed your character Chris: "Help!" "Help me out here!" Sheva: "I need your help!" "Help me!" --> While your character is in dying status Chris: "Heeeelp me!" "I'm not gonna' make it!" Sheva: "I need heeeelp!" "Help!" --> While your character is in a ready state, waiting on the other player to perform an assist action (while assist jumping to an area) Chris: "Sheva!" "Come on!" "Hurry!" Sheva: "Chris!" "Come on!" "Hurry up!" --> When your character runs completely out of ammo (NONE AVAILABLE FOR ANY INVENTORY WEAPON). Chris: "I need ammo" Sheva: "I need ammo" --> While reloading (SINGLE PLAYER ONLY - AI partner performs this randomly) Chris: "Reload!" Sheva: "Reload!" --> Partner critical headshot (when an enemy's head bursts from a partner handgun or rifle shot - the shot MUST BE the random critical headshot) Chris: "Great shot!" "Good work!" "Nice work!" Sheva: "Nice shot!" "Good work!" "Nice work!" NOTE: In order to get a critical headshot, the partner must shatter the head of the enemy instantly through gunfire. Critical headshots are random and they look just like a normal head pop. You can get critical headshots with the rifle even though it is a guaranteed headshot when aimed at the head. Most of the time, a head explosion from a handgun is a critical headshot. You can only respond to handgun or rifle critical headshots. If you've ever unsure about a critical headshot either press and hold the assist button or press down on the aiming button and the Assist button at the exact same time to avoid saying "Come on". You can also try to enter any other animation such as a reload, item pickup, gunshot, quick turn, or taunt when your partner shatters a head then quickly press the Assist button. If your character doesn't respond during any of those methods then it wasn't a critical headshot and you won't accidentally issue a "Come On" action from out of nowhere - accidentally saying "Come on" for no reason sort of shatters your cool streak. --> Partner gives your character an item --> Partner heals your character --> Partner resuscitates your character --> Partner helps to break a grab (even a slight nudge that breaks the hold) Chris: "Thanks for the help." "Much appreciated." "Thanks." Sheva: "Thanks partner." "I owe you one." "Thanks." --> Partner is in dying status Chris: "I'm coming!" "Hold on!" Sheva: "I'm coming!" "Hold on!" --> Partner performs a request --> Partner performs an action command --> Partner performs an action command while in a hoisting/preparing to jump pose Chris: "Roger" "Ok." Sheva: "Roger." "Ok." --> Partner performs an action command while your character is in an enemy hold or unable to comply (single player only - AI partner responds to main character) Chris: "I can't right now." "Out of the question!" "I'd rather not." Sheva: "I can't right now!" "Forget it!" "You can't be serious!?" --> Partner melee attacks an enemy after a bounce/stagger animation from a Hook, Kick, Twist Kick or Knee (double team attack) [CAN'T BE ACTIVATED ON BOSSES] --> Partner melee attacks an enemy with a special tag team melee attack --> Partner melee attacks an enemy that you have knocked off the partner with a partner assist melee attack. Chris: "That'll work!" "Good job!" "Nice!" Sheva: "Nice teamwork!" "That's good!" "Excellent!" "Chobenbeznaz!" NOTE: While performing a tag team melee attack sequence, the person that actually gets the chance to perform the tag team melee attack can quickly press the Assist button to respond as the Majini staggers toward that character from second melee attack in the sequence. Once the tag team melee attack is performed then the partner that isn't performing the special melee command can respond. So basically when Chris knocks a Majini toward Sheva with a Hook then Chris can respond right after Sheva's Knee melee attack. Once Chris performs the Haymaker in that sequence, Sheva can respond to his tag team melee attack. After a partner assist melee attack has been performed (during a Majini grab) the partner that performed the partner assist melee attack can respond if the partner attacks the bounced Majini with a normal melee attack - much like the tag team attack bouncing response. --> Single Player The response for when an enemy has grabbed your character is very important to use in a single player game. If the order is not issued, then your AI partner will sometimes simply ignore your main character as the enemy continues the hold most of the time. Using the assist button to call your AI partner toward your main character during dying status is extremely useful as well. Other than that single command, there is really no need to yell out a comment during a single player game, but it does look kind of cool. It's as if AI controlled Sheva and my player controlled Chris Redfield are more in-tune with each other. We're partners now, my dear AI Sheva, till the end... now stop taking my ammo and get your ass out of my way while I'm aiming. --> Co-op Even in co-op play, there is not too much use for comments outside of asking for help when grabbed or in dying status. You've mainly got to rely on your partner's knowledge of the game and skill - with these values in place, you shouldn't have to ask for help that much at all. The comment commands can be used to build up the confidence of your partner or just simply to show off your knowledge (uber skillz) of the game. ---------------------------------------- Ordering Your Partner to Pick up an Item ---------------------------------------- (Single Player mode only) Command: Assist button while standing over an item pickup (with Sheva nearby) Phrases: Chris: "Take it." "You grab it." Sheva: "You can have it." "You take that." The "Partner picks up" action command will appear while standing over an item in single player mode while Sheva is nearby. This action tells your partner to grab the item that your character is standing near. This can only be done in single player mode and not co-op play. NOTE: To unlock Sheva as a playable main character, all chapters must be completed one time on any difficulty. ------------------------------------------------ Ordering Your Partner to Interact With an Object ------------------------------------------------ (Single Player mode only) Command: Assist button while standing near an object that can be interacted with Phrases: Chris: "Sheva!" Sheva: "Chris!" The "Command Partner" action command will appear while standing near an object that your partner can interact with such as a bookcase that can be pushed in front of a door or window. This is very useful for tense situations such as barricading the building in the Public Assembly since Chris can order Sheva to push a bookcase while he pushes the other. Like the action above, this can only be done in single player mode and not co-op play. _______________ THE PARTNER AI \_______________________________________________________________ (Single Player mode only) The AI partner (Sheva in this case) has two possible modes of attack that it can be set to: --> Cover * Equips least damaging weapon * Stays near/follows Chris * Attacks less often * Automatically calls Sheva toward Chris (stops what she'd doing to join) Cover mode detailed features: While in cover mode, Sheva will always keep up with Chris. This is really the best mode to keep her in most of the time. - She will be ready to heal Chris most of the time if he is near death while she has a green herb. - She will quickly resuscitate Chris from dying status. - She will almost instantly respond to a partner action command if a Chris player presses the assist button while being grappled. If the assist button is not pressed she will usually stand and watch and VERY RARELY perform a partner assist melee attack to help Chris. - She will target a distance enemy that Chris aims at. Say, you see an enemy on a watch tower and aim at it with a rifle; Sheva will catch sight of it and fire on it as well. This has its advantages and disadvantages and you might imagine. She will sometimes blow your cover. - Attack any type of enemy with a melee attack that causes it to stagger/bounce then quickly run behind the enemy and Sheva will follow up with a melee attack of her own while following. It IS POSSIBLE to trick her into helping with a co-op melee attack sequence! It is also possible to make her perform one by quickly running behind a staggering enemy that she has hit in order to bounce the enemy back toward her. --> Attack * Equips her most damaging weapon * Usually separates from Chris to take her own route * Attacks more often * Automatically sends Sheva out for attack (she will move ahead) Attack mode features: While in attack mode, Sheva will usually separate from Chris. The most important tip I can give you for this mode is to have the mini-map open the WATCH THE PURPLE ARROW CLOSELY. Sheva can be reckless during this mode, so it's best to have an idea of her location. - Sheva will move about and collect items in the area. - Sheva will separate far away from Chris at times. - Sheva will attack more aggressively. Overall detailed features for both modes: - Sheva will melee attack an enemy that SHE has stunned and she will melee attack any enemy that has been bounced toward her. - Sheva will quickly give up any weapon or item that can be requested from her. --> Tricking the AI into performing a follow-up a melee attack So, let's say that your character just performed an arm stun melee (Hook, Kick, etc). You can get your AI partner (Sheva in this case) to perform a follow-up melee attack in two ways: 1) Face the Majini that has been melee attacked then issue the "Go" (Attack) command. Sheva will instantly run toward that Majini if she is not preoccupied and she will perform a follow-up melee attack upon making contact with the Majini. 2) While Sheva is under the "Come On" (Cover) command, run by the Majini that you have just melee attacked and Sheva will follow behind your character then hit the Majini with a melee attack along the way. This is most effective against boss type enemies that you want to double team such as the Executioner or a Chainsaw Majini. --> Equipping Your AI Partner It's really best to equip your AI partner with two weapons so you can easily order your partner to switch between the weapons during a battle. For instance, let's look at the setup below: AI Partner Inventory .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | Handgun | | Rifle | | Ammo (50) | | Ammo (30) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | M92F | | S75 | | (HG) | | (RIF) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' In the setup above, we see that the AI partner has both the M92F handgun and the S75 rifle in the partner's inventory. By issuing the "Cover" (Come on) command, the AI partner will equip the M92F handgun. The partner will usually only attack to defend itself or the main player. It will sometimes switch over to the S75 rifle during a battle, but it won't do this much. Once the partner is out of handgun ammo then it will switch over to the S75 rifle however. After issuing the "Attack" (Go) command, the AI partner will equip the S75 rifle immediately and will attack more aggressively. It will only switch back to the handgun if all rifle ammo is consumed. TIP: The S75 rifle is one of the most perfect weapons to give to the AI partner since its rate of fire will restrict the partner from spamming constant bullets, the power is rather high for a rifle and the AI partner is really good at precision aiming. Also, just in general, it's a good idea to keep the partner with a rifle. The partner can carry a rifle that your character can request for usage when needed. The rifle is needed throughout the game at key points, but it's not the best weapon for an intense up-close battle, so give a rifle to your AI partner to help save on your own inventory space and request it when needed. _________ TAUNTING \_____________________________________________________________________ Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick at the same time (R3 + L3/RS + LS) Phrases: Chris: (leans forward and motions with left hand) "Come on! Come on!" Sheva: (leans forward and whistles) Chris and Sheva have their own unique taunts that can affect enemy behavior. When a taunt is used on an enemy that is focused on attacking another player, the enemy will sometimes turn and focus its attention on the taunting player. This is useful for luring an enemy out of a certain area and especially useful for setting up a co-op melee attack. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Another way to perform a taunt is to push in on the right thumbstick and | | hold it down then push in on the left thumbstick. This will keep a player | | from having to press both thumbsticks down at the same time. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' __________ RELOADING \____________________________________________________________________ Command: With a gun equipped, hold the Aiming button to aim then tap the Run button to reload your currently equipped gun. So long as you have ammo, your character will reload the current weapon. The reload animation can be cancelled early by performing a melee attack during the animation. See the Advanced Techniques section further below. NOTE: You can also reload through your inventory. Choose the appropriate ammo for a gun in your arsenal then choose to combine the ammo with the gun. You can also press the action button while highlighting the ammo in the inventory then move it over the gun and press the action button again for quick combine instead of cycling through the menu options. You can actually pull up the inventory and quickly reload during many character animations such as a melee attack. See the Advanced Techniques section for more details on this. _______________________ MOVING INVENTORY ITEMS \_______________________________________________________ When the inventory menu is open, highlight any item then press the Action button to select it. Once selected, move the item to an empty slot and press the Action button again to drop the item into the slot. This is very useful for placing items onto fast equip slots. ___________________ DISCARDING AN ITEM \___________________________________________________________ In the inventory menu, highlight an item then press the Run button to pull the command menu and select "Discard". Once an item is discarded, it will be permanently deleted from your inventory menu, so be careful what you discard. Any item including weapons can be discarded. ________________ COMBINING ITEMS \______________________________________________________________ Choose an item from the inventory menu then press the action button over the item and move it over another item then press the action button again to combine the two. A player can also select an item with the run button and then use the "Combine" command to combine it with another item after highlighting another. The green herb and red herb may be combined for a full healing spray or two green herbs can be combined for a moderate healing spray. It is also possible to combine ammo with guns like in the classic RE titles. Select the ammo then combine it with the proper weapon to reload it via the inventory. Remember that you have select the AMMO first and not the gun. Selecting the gun first will only rearrange the placement of the gun and ammo, while selecting the ammo first will combine the two for a reload if the gun needs reloading. If the gun doesn't need reloading then the items will swap slots. ___________ FAST EQUIP \___________________________________________________________________ Command: D-pad Up, Right, Down and Left Upon opening your inventory, notice that the top center, bottom center, right center and left center inventory slots all have arrows on them. The arrows represent the D-pad direction that you can push to equip the item in that slot. You can place weapons, items or ammo in the slots then press the corresponding D-pad direction during gameplay to quickly equip that item. You'll more than likely want to place guns in these slots, but you can also place grenades or other items in these slots to help out as well. _______________________________ DISPLAYING PARTNER'S INVENTORY \_______________________________________________ Command: Map button while your inventory is displayed While displaying your character's inventory, press the Map button to display your partner's inventory. From this menu, you can request items from your partner by highlighting them and selecting the "Request" option. To hide your partner's inventory once it is displayed, press the Map button again. _____________ GIVING ITEMS \_________________________________________________________________ --> By opening the menu An item can be given to your partner by opening up the inventory menu and highlighting the item. Select the item and press the Run button to bring up a menu then select "Give" and press the confirm button. A partner must be near your character in order for the command to be successful. The "Give" command will not be highlighted if your partner is not close enough. --> By equipping an item Open up the inventory menu and equip an item such as ammo, a green herb, or a grenade. Run up to your partner while they are nearby and the "Give" command will appear in a button prompt (Assist button). Press the Assist button that is displayed next to the Give command and your character will hand over the item to your partner. The only items that cannot be given to your partner through this method is a gun weapon - you'll have to use the alternative method listed above for giving a weapon. This method is really more useful during a co-op game since your partner might not always stand near your character as you open your inventory menu. NOTE: You can give and receive gun weapons from you partner during the actually gameplay in single player mode. For online co-op play, players cannot exchange gun weapons during gameplay. --> Giving Ammo Whenever ammo is given to your partner, the amount of ammo handed over depends upon the type of ammo. There is no way to switch the amount given to a greater or lesser number. Here is a table that illustrates the amount of ammo given per give command. .------------------------. | Shotgun Shells = 10 | | Rifle Ammo = 10 | | Handgun Ammo = 30 | | Machine Gun Ammo = 100 | | Grenade Rounds = 6 | | Magnum Ammo = 6 | '------------------------' For grenades and proximity bombs, a character will hand over up to 5 at a time per give. For all other items, your character will hand over one of each; such as an egg. ______________________________ YOUR PARTNER'S AVAILABLE AMMO \________________________________________________ If you look to the left (or right with Sheva players) of your partner's life gauge a number next to a bullet icon shows how much ammo the partner has in that partner's inventory for the currently equipped weapon (the ammo inside the currently equipped weapon doesn't count). This can help you to see how much ammo your partner has left over in reserve and if you need to give your partner any extra ammo. ________ HEALING \______________________________________________________________________ --> Healing items and Herb combinations The following herbs and healing items yield the results displayed below when used: .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------. | Rotten Egg | -50% health for one character | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Green Herb | Light health recovery for one or both | | | characters | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | White Egg | Light health recovery for one character | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | Green Herb + Green Herb Mixture | Moderate health recovery one or both | | | characters | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | Brown Egg | Moderate health recovery for one | | | character | |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------| | Gold Egg | Full health recovery for one character | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | Red Herb + Green Herb Mixture | Full health recovery for one or both | | | characters | |---------------------------------+-------------------------------------------| | First Aid Spray | Full health recovery for one or both | | | characters | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' * Use the inventory to combine a green herb with another green herb or a red herb. --> Healing your character In order to heal your character, open up the inventory menu then equip a green herb or other healing item. While holding the item, press the Action button to heal yourself. You can also, simply choose "Use" after selecting an item. --> Healing your partner/Group healing Healing your partner is done the same way as healing yourself, by equipping or using the healing item, but your partner must be near so that the "Restore Health" command changes to the "Heal Partner" command. Your character will spray the partner with the healing substance and both characters will benefit from the healing mixture. It is almost always best to find your partner and perform a team healing instead of healing yourself, unless you are near death and your partner is not in the immediate location of course. --> Healing with an Egg In order to heal with an egg, equip the egg then use the "Eat" command. Eggs only replenish the user's health and not the partner's health. The animation for eating an egg is slightly longer than an herb or first aid spray healing animation. Also, keep in mind that the rotten egg will take away health, so don't eat it. A rotten egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy for 2,000 points worth of damage, which is around the same as a magnum shot! _____________ DYING STATUS \_________________________________________________________________ In Resident Evil 5, the "Danger" status from the old Resident Evils has been replaced by a status known as "Dying". When your character is hit by an attack that places them in extremely low health, a cutscene will play for both characters to see as the character receives the near fatal blow and that character will yell out a phrase revealing that the character is close to death, such as "I'm not gonna' make it". A reddish glow will appear on the dying player's screen and the partner will be alerted to that character's location by a red target mark when that character is targeted. The dying character will not be able to perform any type of commands or access the inventory; the dying character can only stagger slowly in one direction. The partner must run toward that character and heal the character with the tap of the Assist button when the "Resuscitate" or "Heal" command appears while standing next to the dying character. One of two heals will take place: --> Heal through a recovery item If your character currently has a recovery item in the inventory then the recovery item will automatically be used to heal both characters like normal. Unlike the normal resuscitation through an adrenaline boost shot, your characters are NOT invincible during this recovery item healing animation and the heal is NOT instant. So say if the Executioner takes a swing at both of you while you're healing your partner in front of him, well, then it's all over thanks to the lack of invincibility through a recovery item heal. Basically, make sure that all threats are away from the dying character or you'll both suffer the consequences. Also, keep in mind that if you press the button prompt to heal with a recovery item when the partner's life is extremely low, your character may pull out the health item and begin to spray but the healing item effect will not kick in quick enough since the dying character's life will constantly drop; the partner may die as the spray hits him/her. The only real plus side to a recovery item heal is that both characters will benefit from that item's recovery feature. --> Heal through adrenaline boost shots (Resuscitation) If your character does not have a recovery item, then your character will grab the dying character's shoulder and quickly give the dying character a shot of adrenaline to boost that character back into action. This shot will not restore as much health as an herb but the adrenaline boost shots are infinite! Always drop everything and rush to your partner's rescue when the partner is in a dying state. If a character is hit by an enemy attack during a dying state then that character will most likely die. The character's remaining health is constantly lowering while in a dying state and if that character is left unhealed for too long then the character will automatically die from full loss of life. When one character dies then the game is over for both players on co- op play and for the main player on single play. If both characters enter the dying state around the same time then the game will automatically end since neither can perform a resuscitation. During single player mode, it is best to keep your partner in "Cover" mode to make sure that the partner keeps up with your character so whenever either of you enters the dying state, then the other will not be far off. This will help you to resuscitate each other much more easily. During co-op play, you need to always have an idea of where your character is through the mini-map so your character can resuscitate at a moment's notice. If you can't find your partner then use the lock-on button to immediately lock-on to that character's location in order to pinpoint the precise location of that character. _____ GUNS \_________________________________________________________________________ This is a general gun list with a brief look at the most common gun types in Resident Evil 5. A description of each gun type is located in the weapons section. --> Handgun Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 50 Ammo Variety: Handgun Ammo Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button The Handgun is really one of your best weapons. The ammo for it is very common, it packs quite a punch per shot and it can easily set enemies up for a melee attack if the enemy is shot in a specific area of the body. The only real flaw is that it is not as damaging as the other weapons when fighting a group, but you can really diminish that weakness by setting up an enemy for a melee attack with a single shot then rushing in with a melee attack to knock down or stagger the entire group. --> Shotgun Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30 Ammo Variety: Shotgun Shells Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button As usual the shotgun has more power from close range and less power from long range. It's quite surprising how useful it can be from long range if you're aiming is precise however. The shotgun's spread fire makes it the best choice for a crowd of enemies. Aim for a normal enemy's head and you'll quite frequently blow that enemy's head clean off with a single shot or take major damage from that enemy. --> Rifle Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 30 Ammo Variety: Rifle Ammo Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Zoom: Hold Aim button + move right thumbstick up (zoom in) or down (zoom out) Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button When it comes to precision aiming from a distance, the rifle is your absolute best choice. The rifle packs quite a punch per shot and can shoot through multiple enemies that are standing in a line. Aim for the head of a normal enemy to get a guaranteed head explosion per shot. Thanks to its damage, its actually very useful from close range. The main flaws with this weapon is its lengthy reload time (which can be solved through inventory reloading) and limited vision while in scope mode. --> Machine Gun Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150 Ammo Variety: Machine Gun Ammo Controls: Fire: Hold Aim button + tap Fire button Auto-fire: Hold Aim button + hold Fire button Reload: Hold Aim button + tap Run button The Machine Gun lets loose a rapid fire that can easily spam a single or group of enemies with gunfire rather easily. It eats through ammo fast, but simply spraying this weapon over a crowd leaves a little bit of love for everyone - basically, every hit staggers a normal enemy, so a simple rapid fire while waving this weapon in front of a crowd will stagger all of them thanks to the extremely fast rate of fire. This weapon eats through ammo very quickly and its reload time is rather lengthy, so be sure to change to another weapon quickly if an enemy is still nearby when the weapon is low in ammo. Much like the handgun, this weapon can easily stagger an enemy to set the enemy up for a melee attack. You need to learn to simply tap the trigger if you want to take advantage of this technique though. Did you ever use the TMP in Resident Evil 4? It was a pretty good substitute for a handgun much like the Machine Gun can be in Resident Evil 5 if used properly. When using this weapon against a group of enemies, spray them with gunfire to stun them all then run up and melee attack one of the enemies that is in a stun pose that will give your character a melee attack prompt. --> Magnum Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 150 Ammo Variety: Magnum Ammo The Magnum lets loose an extremely powerful and damaging blast per shot fired. It can usually penetrate multiple foes (that stand in a row) and armor with its piercing properties and the magnum is the most effective gun for hitting a bosses weak point when a precise shot can be made. Magnums can also be a very powerful long range weapon when aimed properly. The only real flaw with the magnum is that its ammo is not always readily available like other weapons. The rate of fire is not always extremely fast but the first two magnums found in the game have an overall good rate of fire slightly above a handgun's rate of fire. One magnum in particular has a lower rate of fire equal to that of a shotgun but the damage it can take can make up for it. --> Grenade Launcher Max Ammo Per Inventory Slot: 12 Ammo Variety: Acid Rounds, Electric Rounds, Explosive Rounds, Flame Rounds, Flash Rounds, Nitrogen Rounds A grenade launcher can be equipped with quite a variety of different grenade ammo types and is best used against grouped enemies since each ammo type produces a spreading effect that will damage an entire group. Each round has its own specific use for each specific enemy type. Explosive Rounds are best used for normal enemies while Flash Rounds will instantly stun normal enemies or defeat a whole group of parasitic enemies much like a flash grenade. Flame Rounds produce a burning effect like an incendiary grenade, electric rounds stun targets with electricity, and Nitrogen rounds will actually freeze most normal enemies, allowing one to shatter the frozen enemy with another weapon or a melee attack from close range. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADVANCED BASICS [BS02] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _______________________________ TRICKS AND ADVANCED TECHNIQUES \_______________________________________________ --------------- Frame Canceling --------------- Both of the following techniques require your character to perform a melee attack during the actual animation listed. The melee attack will cancel the current action with the same results as if the full animation occurred. This will also place your character into a temporarily invincibility frame thanks to the usual invincibility during a melee attack. Both Chris and Sheva can take advantage of these techniques shortly before performing any of their melee attacks, including the ground melee hit and the partner assist melee attack (hold breaker). Both of these methods are extremely useful during intense fights. --> Reload Frame Canceling Make sure that the melee attack button prompt appears first then reload in front of an enemy that is stunned. During any portion of the reload animation hit the Action button to instantly end the reload animation and cancel into a melee attack. The reload will still take place but the animation will be cancelled early and this will give your character a full reload. --> Gunshot Frame Canceling This can really only be done effectively against tough enemies such as the Executioner or the Chainsaw Majini. Run up to the enemy as the enemy is in a stunned state and watch for the melee attack button prompt. Fire off a shot with your weapon, preferably the shotgun or rifle then press the Action button to cancel the shot animation and instantly perform a melee attack. This is extremely useful against the Executioner since spamming him with gunfire is what counts when trying to defeat him. NOTE: In order for this to work, the RT or R1 button must be the gunshot fire button. You cannot perform this cancel with Type A or C controls. If the X or [] button is used to fire the shot then your character will automatically perform a melee attack instead. --------------------------------------------------------- Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations --------------------------------------------------------- Learn to take advantage of certain actions when pulling up the inventory menu. The following actions will allow you to pull up the inventory menu while the character is in the middle of the animation and most of these animations will leave your character invincible to attacks. - the moment when your character tosses off or receives a hit from a grappling enemy - after sustaining a hit - while climbing a ladder - while vaulting over an obstacle/jumping/jumping through a window - while quick turning (NOT INVINCIBLE) - in between gunshots (NOT INVINCIBLE) - during a melee attack, ground melee or partner assist melee - while reaching down to pick up an item - while healing (NOT INVICIBLE) - during reloading animations (NOT INVINCIBLE) NOTE: The full animation for some of these instances must be fully finished before an item can be equipped, but anytime during the animation, you can have the "Equip" option ready to trigger as the animation ends. So, say if a player jumps through a window, the player can select an item and pull up the equip option, but the player can't actually equip the item until the player's character fully stands. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- A Closer Look at Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character Animations -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Here is a full list of the animations described above along with a detailed description of how to take advantage of them: --> The Moment When Your Character Tosses Off or Receives a Hit from a Grappling Enemy The instant the animation triggers for when your character has either won or lost the struggle against a grappling enemy, you can quickly pull up the inventory during the remainder of that struggle. --> After Sustaining a Hit The moment your character gets hit, take this time to cycle through the inventory if needed since your character will have to recover regardless. Some hits cause characters to stagger more than others, such as attacks from behind. --> While Climbing a Ladder Ladder climbing animation can be rather long, so pull up the inventory and cycle through it if needed during the climb. --> While Vaulting Over an Obstacle/Jumping/Jumping Through a Window Pull up the inventory during the middle of a vaulting or jumping animation and you can quickly manage items while the character is flying through the air or recovering from the action. The animation of busting through a window that has not been shot out is your best bet for taking advantage of this. Your character will still be invincible for a slight second after landing from the jump to give you time to cycle through the inventory. --> While Quick Turning The animation for a quick turn is rather fast, but you might have time to quickly pull up the inventory and reload during the actual turn. Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation. --> In Between Gunshots This is best performed with the shotgun or rifle, and it's best to reload the current weapon through inventory while attempting this. See "Reloading Through the Inventory Menu" further below for more info on actually performing the inventory reload. You can literally reload per shot fired if you're quick enough. Never go through another reload animation again! Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation. --> During a Melee Attack, Ground Melee or Partner Assist Melee This will vary between the two characters thanks to their different melee animations. The inventory menu can be pulled up directly after each melee attack has been initiated which allows you to quickly move through the menu while performing the invincible animation. Chris and Sheva's instant death melee attacks (neck breaker and throat slit) are two of the best melee attacks to use when pulling up the inventory during a melee animation, but any melee attack can be taken advantage of in this way. During a Partner Assist Melee, quickly pull up the inventory and equip some ammo to give to your partner if you have extra ammo for a gun that they carry or equip a green herb if the partner needs healing. This is the perfect time to do so. --> While Reaching Down to Pick up an Item Equip the item almost instantly when it appears in inventory after picking it up after pulling up the inventory during the item pickup animation! --> While Healing Whenever you perform a self or partner heal, pull up the inventory and cycle through it if needed. Keep in mind that you ARE NOT INVINCIBLE during this animation. --> During Reloading Animations Your character IS NOT INVINCIBLE during a reload animation, but unless you cancel the animation through a melee attack, you're going to have to watch the full animation, so why not take advantage of it and pull up the inventory menu then cycle through it. -------------------- Invincibility Frames -------------------- These are frames of animation when your character is completely or partially (during a certain point) invincible to any type of enemy attack. Your character cannot be controlled once these animations have started up till the point that they stop; the inventory menu can be pulled up during most of these animations however - keep that in mind. Some of these obviously cause your character to lose health, but the character can't be hit with any other attack during that time. Here's the full list of invincibility animations before I go into detail: - While grabbing an item - While jumping from a platform/vaulting over an object - Giving an item - Performing a melee attack - While recovering from an attack - Resuscitation (cannot pull up inventory during this) - While grounded - While on fire (burning animation) - While electrified (shocking animation) - While holding up arms to block debris from an explosion - While performing a partner action (hoisting animations) - Door kick animation - During a hold, when your character is winning/losing the struggle ------------------------------------- A Closer Look at Invincibility Frames ------------------------------------- Here is the full list of invincibility frames described above along with an in- depth description of taking advantage of each: --> Grabbing an Item The characters are invincible from the moment they reach down or forward to grab an item up until the moment they recover from the animation and stand in place. This actually gives use to picking up an unneeded item. Time a pickup to when an enemy swings and the attack will go right through your character. It's as if your character sees something shiny on the ground then reaches down to grab it, unknowingly ducking an enemy attack. - Types of Item Grabs: Item on Ground - The character crouches down to pick up the item and then stands back up. This is one of the most effective means of dodging an enemy attack. When an area is littered with grounded items, you can keep grabbing the items even as a whole crowd of enemies surround your character and also use the invincibility animation to quickly avoid a sudden lunge or any other type of attack. Item on Shelf or Other Object - The character reaches to grab the item then pulls his/her hand back. This animation is much shorter than a ground item pickup animation, so you don't really want to rely on the invincibility animation here. --> Jumping/Falling/Vaulting From the moment that a jump/fall/vault command is issued, the character cannot be hit during the animation but sometimes there are a few recovery frames at the end of the movement that leaves the character open to attacks. Keep in mind that all of these animation for each character will stagger an enemy if the characters make contact with an enemy during the jump. All of them can even break a hold! - Types of Jumps Long Jump - The character jumps and flies through the air then lands on another platform. This one has some recovery animation at the end of the jump that can get you hit so make sure that an enemy is not approaching the area when your character goes to jump. Lunge then Tuck and Roll - When your character jumps through a window that is not broken, the character will bash into the glass while performing a roll then land on the ground on the other side. The interesting part about this animation is that the character will actually knock down any enemy that is in his/her path, so you can follow this up with a ground melee. This one has just as much recovery animation as the long jump. Vault - The character grabs the side of a wall or railing then hops over the obstacle. This one can be interesting because of the way that the character will swing his/her legs to the side while hopping over an object. The wide leg swing can stagger enemies rather well. Drop - The character leans over then falls down a platform to the floor below. This one has just as much recovery animation as the long jump. --> Giving an Item While a character is handing an item to a partner, the character is invincible until the full animation ends. These are very short animations but these should still be noted. Don't really rely on these, because much like healing with an herb, the invincibility animation is a bit questionable. --> Performing a Melee Attack Both characters are invincible during certain frames of each of their melee attacks. These also included assist button melee attacks that get an enemy off of your partner. Some of the attacks cause recovery animation that leaves the character open to attack but its usually not that much of a problem. --> While Recovering from an Attack Any time that your character is recovering from an attack, your character will be completely invincible to other enemy attacks until they fully recover. - Types of recovering positions Slight Stagger - The character staggers forward or backwards a bit as a hit is received. Heavy Stagger - The character stumbles forward while ducking a bit and trying to maintain the current standing position. Your character will have quite a bit more invincibility frames with this recovery when compared to the other. --> Resuscitation While performing a full resuscitation through an adrenaline boost when your partner is in a "dying" state, both characters will be completely invincible throughout the whole course of the animation. Healing with an herb still has the same unreliable invincibility frames. --> While Grounded The moment a character is knocked down to the ground through an explosion or being smacked upside the head with a shovel, that character is invincible while on the ground and while getting up from the knockdown. --> While on Fire (burning animation) While a character flails his/her arms and burns, that character is invincible... from any other attacks. --> While Electrified (shocking animation) While your character shakes while being electrified, the character is invincible from any other attack. If you see an attack coming and you see a live (electrified) transformer on the ground, then run into the transformer and suffer minimal damage and the attack will pass right through your character. If the Executioner begins to swing toward your character horizontally then you can quickly electrify yourself to avoid being knocked into dying status. --> While Holding up Arms to Block Debris from an Explosion When a character holds up his/her arms to block the debris rain from an explosive barrel or grenade, that character is invincible while doing so. One very interesting little exploit to try that is associated with this is to stand near an explosive barrel while enemies are around it then shoot the barrel with an acid round or other type of grenade round. Your character will get caught by the grenade ground explosion effect first, so if your character is far enough away then that character will simply hold up his/her arms to block the explosion of the grenade round and gain invincibility over the barrel explosion. --> While performing a partner assist action (hoisting animations) During the cutscenes where Chris helps Sheva over to another area, neither character can be hit. The characters can be hit when one stands in place without the other providing any sort of interaction however. --> Door Kick animation During the brief animation of kicking a door, your character will have a few frames of invincibility. --> During a Hold, When Your Character is Winning/Losing the Struggle Whenever your character is grabbed and a thumbstick icon appears on the screen, the grabbed character can still be hit by another grab up till the point where your character suddenly wins or loses the struggle. If your character pushes the enemy back or if the enemy wins the grab then your character is invincible during those animations. Keep in mind that there are two different grabs for a Majini (in front and behind) and one grab for a Kipepeo and they both have invincibility frames at the end. ------------------------------------ Reloading Through the Inventory Menu ------------------------------------ - Pull up the inventory menu - Select the desired ammo - Combine the ammo with the proper gun that needs reloading for an instant reload - Quickly cancel the inventory menu by pressing the assist button NOTE: A player can press the aiming button while an item or weapon is highlighted to cancel the inventory screen and equip the current item or weapon. Reloading via the inventory menu does not require your character to perform any reloading animation and it is instant. This can also be done while in the middle of melee attack or jump. It sure beats waiting through the long reload animation of the rifle. .-------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ----------------------------------. | Take a look at the "Pulling Up the Inventory Menu During Character | | Animations" section and the "Invincibility Frames" section and know that a | | player can pull up the inventory to reload during each one of those, unless | | mentioned otherwise. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' - Inventory Reload with Ammo in the Middle Since your cursor will always start in the middle slot on the inventory grid for every time that you open the inventory menu, you can place the desired ammo in the middle of the inventory grid then place the corresponding gun to the immediate right, left, top middle or bottom middle slot, so you can quickly select the ammo upon opening the menu then press in either of those four directions to combine it quickly. When you reload through inventory, use the action button to quickly combine the ammo with the gun. For my setup, I always place shotgun or rifle ammo in my middle inventory slot then place the shotgun or rifle to the left of that slot, so basically, for every reload with the shotgun or rifle, I perform the following button sequence: Xbox 360 - Y, X, left, X, B (to cancel inventory) PS3 - /\, [], left, [], O (to cancel inventory) And my inventory menu looks much like the inventory menu shown below: .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | Dragunov <--- Rifle | | | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | First Aid | | | | Spray | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' - Inventory Reload with Ammo on the Top Left and Right Sides Many players like to use this setup for inventory reloading: .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | Rifle | |Machine Gun| | Ammo (50) | | Ammo (150)| | | | | | | |-----|-----+-----------+-----|-----| | | | | | | | v | | v | | Dragunov | | VZ61 | | SVD (RIF) | | (MG) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | First Aid | | | | Spray | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' Through the above display, we see that players have a gun on the right and left side of the middle portion of the inventory menu then they quickly pull up the inventory and select ammo from the top left or top right row then quickly combine it with the gun below the ammo. The above setup basically requires that your character reloads while in the middle of an animation. - A Combination of the Two Whenever I inventory reload, I use a mix of the two above and usually have ammo for a gun in the middle of my inventory along with a gun on the center right square with the ammo in the square above it. So here is a look at my usual setup: .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | | |Machine Gun| | | | Ammo (150)| | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----|-----| | | | | | | | | v | | Dragunov <--- Rifle | VZ61 | | SVD (RIF) | Ammo (50) | (MG) | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | First Aid | | | | Spray | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' As you can imagine, I have to perform a lot of adjustments constantly to gain the above inventory appearance, but it sure is worth it, especially in The Mercenaries mode. --------------------------------------------------------------------------- Reloading from the Inventory Menu while Firing or Performing a Melee Attack --------------------------------------------------------------------------- This is basically an extension of the above section, but I'd like to stress these two methods for intense battles: - Inventory Reloading During Gunshots While firing a weapon that has a slight delay in between shots such as the shotgun or rifle, you can quickly pull up the inventory between shots and reload by combining the ammo with the current gun before the firing animation ends. This is extremely useful in tense situations such as fighting the Executioner in the Public Assembly. I like to have the ammo in the middle slot on the inventory grid then quickly select it and then combine it with the nearby gun. - Inventory Reloading During Melee Attacks As already mentioned, you can reload through the inventory menu during a melee attack as well. Depending on the length of the animation, reloading through a melee attack is usually much easier than performing it during a gun blast AND the character will be invincible during the full animation of the melee attack so you have a slight edge if you accidentally screw up while cycling through the inventory. Both of these methods take some practice but they can lead to ultimate aggression when a shotgun is used! -------------------------------------------------------- Equipping an Item by Holding the Aim Button in Inventory -------------------------------------------------------- While the inventory menu is up, tap the Aim button while highlighting a gun or item and your character will automatically equip that item without the need of going through the text menu and the inventory menu will be canceled as your character equips the item in real time. This can help out quite bunch for quickly reloading from the inventory menu in tense situations since you might want to quickly equip a gun after reloading through combining while you're on the inventory menu, so simply hold the aiming button while equipping the desired gun to immediately cancel the inventory menu and aim with the selected weapon. ----------------------------------------------------- Immediate Lock-On and Fire When a Partner is Grappled ----------------------------------------------------- Whenever your partner is grappled by an enemy, immediately press and hold the lock-on button to face the partner then quickly aim while still holding the lock-on button and then fire your gun. This will instantly lock-on and allow your character to knock off any enemy that grapples your partner much quicker than having to turn and aim. ---------------------- Quick Side Turn Aiming ---------------------- (Control types A and C only) Command: While holding the right thumbstick to the right or left, press the Aim button when a weapon is equipped. Your character will quickly turn toward the viewpoint direction and aim when the aiming button is pressed. This technique can be used to aim to the side quickly. This is an old technique from Resident Evil 4. May hardcore RE fans that use Control Type A or C can really use this to their advantage for turning to face different directions. ------------------------------------------------ Immediate Melee Attack after Slashing With Knife ------------------------------------------------ (Control types A and C only) Since Control types A and C share the attack button with the melee prompt button, whenever your character is slashing an enemy with the knife, that character will immediately melee attack the enemy if the button prompt appears on the screen during the middle of the slashing. This is most useful for knife runs. If you use Type B or D controls then you'll have to constantly tap the Action button during slashes in order to quickly perform a melee attack. ----------------- Taunting an Enemy ----------------- Command: Push in on the left and right thumbstick I've already mentioned this in the Basics section under Partner Communication but I want to stress it a bit more here. Taunting an enemy can be somewhat useful while setting an enemy up for a trap such as a co-op melee attack. Whenever a taunt is performed, an enemy will sometimes switch its focus toward the taunting character if the character is near the enemy. Taunting doesn't always work extremely well. Sometimes an enemy will not turn during a taunt. If it doesn't turn then get extremely close to the enemy and stand near it for a few seconds and it will turn eventually. ----------------------- Knife Slashing an Enemy ----------------------- Just like with the handgun or machine gun, the knife can easily set up an enemy for a melee attack. Slash the enemy in the head, top portion of the body or legs to possibly stun that enemy and set it up for a melee attack. The slashing animation can be cancelled just like a gunshot animation if the button prompt for a melee attack appears during the middle of a slash. You can also work an enemy into a corner then simply knife slash the enemy to death as the enemy continues to stagger into the wall after each slash. Try to stand above an enemy that is getting up and face the enemy so that a wall is to the enemy's back the start slashing when the enemy rises. You might also want to knife slash a grounded enemy for a (sometimes) quicker kill than a ground melee attack. Usually a ground melee attack works just as well but a knife slash might not take as long to finish off a severely weakened enemy instead of having to watch the full ground melee attack animation. --------------------------------------------------------- Knife Slashing or Attacking an Enemy that Climbs a Ladder --------------------------------------------------------- While an enemy climbs a ladder, that is enemy is completely defenseless, so you can easily shoot them to knock them off and they will take damage from the fall. You can also position your character directly in front of the top portion of the ladder and slash enemies with the knife when they attempt to reach the top. This is another old technique from Resident Evil 4. Another way to knock an enemy off of a tall ladder is to climb up the ladder once the enemy begins to climb the ladder. Your character will climb faster than the enemy and will knock the enemy off with your climbing animation. Seriously. --------------------- Leaping into an Enemy --------------------- Jumping into an enemy that is on the other side of an obstacle, other side of a gap or below your character will knock the enemy down or stagger the enemy if your character touches the enemy in any way while leaping. This can be used to break a grapple that an enemy currently has your partner in or it can be used to knock down the enemy for a ground melee attack. It can also be used to stagger a group of enemies that are in a crowd on the other side of an obstacle. My personal favorite use for this is to leap through a glass window to knock an enemy down then follow that up with a melee ground attack. Be careful while attempting this though, since your character will have some slight recovery animation which allows enemies to move toward your character and possibly attack before the recovery animation ends. Basically don't leap toward an approaching enemy that you are not going to hit. ---------------------------- Kicking a Door into an Enemy ---------------------------- Come again? Okay, so this is not really an "Advanced" technique, but your character can stand on the other side of a door and kick the door into an enemy on the other side. This will damage the enemy just a bit and knock it down. A door kick can be useful if an enemy is seen on the other side, but be forewarned that the enemy might quickly open the door and attack if your character waits too long before kicking the door. As already mentioned before, kicking a door will also make your character invincible during the full door kicking animation as well. ________________ TIPS AND TRICKS \______________________________________________________________ --------------- Co-op Play Tips --------------- - PARTNER LOCATION Know where your partner is at all times, and be ready to help out. Use the partner locator button to auto target your partner's location. It is so very important to have an idea of the your partner's location. Remember that if your partner dies, the game is over for both players. - POINTING WITH A GUN LASTER Whenever you see an item that you would rather have your partner pick up (your inventory is filled), stand and aim directly at the item and remain still. Your partner should get the message that you want them to pick up the item. If they don't then grab it and give it to them later or try to get your partner's attention through an assist command. - PARTNER COMMANDS Use partner commands a bunch if you don't have a headset. Partner commands are there for a reason, so use them. If your partner runs away from an item that you want them to collect then keep standing in place and calling them back with the assist button. Like I said above, aim down at the item and point at it with your laser pointer if your partner still doesn't get the picture. - GIVE SPARE AMMO TO YOUR PARTNER When you have an extra item that you have no use for, such as Machine Gun ammo when you don't have a Machine Gun, equip the item then run toward your partner and tap the B button when the "Give" button prompt appears to give your partner the ammo. - GROUP HEALING When you go to heal your character, make sure that your partner is nearby so that they will benefit from the heal. - DON'T SCREW UP A PARTNER'S FOCUS If your partner is shooting a Majini, don't aim for the same Majini and shoot it, since your partner might opt for a melee attack that you might screw up by shooting the same Majini during a stun animation. Would you let your fellow partners have their moments too? - BE CAREFUL ABOUT SETTING OFF EXPLOSIONS NEAR YOUR PARTNER Make sure that your partner is far enough away from a hazardous object before shooting the object. Red explosive canisters have gotten a much greater blast radius when compared to other Resident Evils. If you hit me with an explosion online then you damn well better heal me afterwards. If not, when the next Majini grabs your character, I'll come to your rescue by tossing a hand grenade at the Majini to break that bondage of love. I'll save you partner! - COVER THE SNIPER If your partner is performing precision aiming with a rifle then try to cover that player by shooting any enemies that try to get near him/her. - DEALING WITH RANDOM DEATHS Just because a player keeps on getting hit and keeps entering the Dying state doesn't always mean that they suck, they might just be trying harder than your character, especially on Public Assembly. When I fight the Executioner, I'm like a raging bull that must defeat him before Chris comments to Sheva about Kirk and sometimes my plans backfire on me because of the pesky Majini that get in the way which causes me to get hit... badly. All it takes is one Majini grab or one badly timed or accidental reload followed by one hell of a kerplunk from the big man himself to enter Dying status in the Public Assembly. - TAKE THE OTHER PLAYER'S ITEMS WHEN THE PLAYER LEAVES YOUR GAME Whenever a player is playing a chapter with you and that player suddenly leaves, the AI partner will immediately take control of that character. The AI partner will still have all the items that the player had. You can use that time to your advantage and request all of that player's ammo from the AI partner. Weapons can still not be exchanged during that game however. Once the next save point is reached, the inventory menu will appear before starting again and the AI partner will lose all of the inventory items that the player previously had. So basically, a player can hog all the ammo and explosives from another player after that player leaves and the AI takes over for their character. ------------------ Single Player Tips ------------------ - EXPLOITING THE "GO" COMMAND In single player mode, whenever your character performs a partner assist melee while the AI partner is being attacked by a Majini, quickly issue the "Go" command while facing the staggering Majini to make the AI partner run up and hit the staggering Majini with a second melee attack. The "Go" command can also be issued after hitting a boss enemy with a melee to make the AI partner perform a follow-up melee. This technique can also be done after hitting a Majini with an arm stun melee attack. This little exploit of the AI partner can go a long way in helping the main player. - EXPLOITING THE AI'S "COVER" MODE If your character hits en enemy with a an arm stun melee attack, quickly run toward the enemy and if the partner is set to "Cover" mode and following behind your character then the AI partner will hit the enemy as it staggers backward for a double team attack. This can also be used when fighting a strong enemy such as the Executioner and Chainsaw Majini since all melee attacks cause them to stagger. - LEAVE THE AI PARTNER WITH LITTLE AMMO If you find that your AI partner is wasting too much ammo, simply request the ammo from that character and leave that character with little ammo. Usually the AI partner is better with heavier weapons, especially the rifle. The AI partner tends to spam machine gun and handgun ammo. - KEEPING THE AI FROM SNATCHING AN ITEM If you see the AI partner run toward a breakable object and you don't want the partner to break it and take the item then run toward the object yourself. The AI partner will back off and let your character break the object and have the item. - TAKE ITEMS FROM THE AI PARTNER Request whatever items you need from your AI partner. Ask and you shall receive! The only item that an AI partner will not give up is a weapon that your character currently has in his/her own inventory. - USING THE AI PARTNER AS YOUR ITEM BOX Load up your AI partner with whatever you don't want your main character to carry. Your AI partner can basically be a walking item box ------------------- Tips for Both Modes ------------------- - THE RESTART OPTION During the middle of any chapter, a player can pause the game and then choose restart to be taken back to the main inventory in order to buy items or rearrange each character's inventory. The player will start at the last check point that was passed. This will not count against the player at all toward chapter completion. Game time will remain as it was up to the point of the last checkpoint. This can be used to cancel any death that is about to take place if a character suddenly enters dying status (BEFORE the final blow) and can help a player to gain the upper hand on bosses by allowing the player to restock the characters' inventory with needed ammo. - PULL UP THE MINIMAP TO KEEP TRACK OF YOUR PARTNER Always pull up you mini-map at the beginning of each stage. This will help you to easily keep track of your partner in big areas. - SEEING BOSSES ON THE MINIMAP Pull up your mini-map (GPS) while fighting a boss enemy. Most of the time, the boss enemy will be showcased as a blue triangle on the map. This can help a player to see where the boss enemy is currently at. Being able to view the location of the boss enemy is extremely helpful during some boss battles. - CHARACTER STARES Whenever an enemy is nearby, your character will look in that direction; use this to help identify a nearby enemy location. Sometimes your character will simply turn his/her head to look at the partner however. - THE LOCK-ON FEATURE If you're having problems finding your partner then use the lock-on button to find that character. - YOUR PARTNER'S AMMO Check your partner's amount of ammo for the currently equipped weapon, which is displayed to the left of the partner's life bar. If the partner has 0 handgun ammo and you have, I don't know, say around 85 handgun ammo, you might want to share. This is more useful in co-op mode than in single player. You'll mainly want to hand over secondary weapon ammo to AI Sheva since she doesn't aim precisely with the handgun. - PERFORMING A FOLLOW-UP MELEE When your partner knocks an enemy off of your character and the enemy is still alive and staggers to the side, immediately run toward the staggering enemy and your character will get a button prompt command for a melee attack of your own. Double team! Sometimes the enemy will stagger to the side, but sometimes the enemy will only get knocked down to the ground. Either way, the enemy will still receive damage from the partner assist melee attack. Your character could use that chance to hit the enemy with a ground melee attack while it is on the ground to perform some extra damage to it. - SLASHING AN EXPLOSIVE BARREL...? A knife slash will not cause a red explosive barrel to explode. This can be useful to know for certain areas where breakable objects lie right next to barrels. - THE PARTNER COMMAND TAKES PRIORITY OVER OTHER NEARBY MELEES A partner assist melee attack button prompt (when a Majini grabs your partner) will usually take priority over a normal stun prompt, so if you perform a stun to a Majini and your partner is next to the stunned Majini while in a hold by another Majini then the partner assist melee attack prompt will appear most likely instead of "Straight" or whatever other character melee attack you're about to perform. - DELAYED WEAPON SWITCHING Pressing a direction in order to switch to another weapon during a gunshot or reloading animation will usually take effect once the current gun animation has completely ended. - CANCELED ANIMATIONS DUE TO ENEMY HITS Any frame of a reload animation that is interrupted by an enemy attack no matter how early or late will make the reload successful. The enemy may take damage from your character but the enemy can help out in ending the reload animation frames early. - DESTROY WOODEN DOORS IN STYLE Want to destroy a wooden door fast? Shoot it twice with a handgun or machine gun then kick it to break it. Not only will you look like a badass as you lay the smackdown on that door like your good buddy, Berserker, but you'll destroy it very quickly during intense situations. ____________________ TAG TEAM MELEE TIPS \__________________________________________________________ --> Tips for performing Tag Team Melee Attacks in Co-op mode 1) When the second (bouncing) melee attack is performed, the enemy might stagger to the side, in a case such as this, you can perform either of the co-op melee attacks listed above by running to the front or back of the staggering enemy in order to get the button prompt. Keep in mind that you must activate the command before the staggering animation ends however. 2) When your partner is grabbed by a Majini, run up to the embraced pair and quickly equip the knife then slash the Majini in the middle portion of its body. Not only will you save your partner with only minor damage to the Majini, but you'll most likely slash the Majini in the arm to stun it and set it up for a co-op melee attack. It's best for your partner to start the sequence since that character will be the closest to the Majini. 3) If you find that a Majini is moving away from your character and you want the Majini to face your way, taunt the Majini (LS + RS/L3 + R3) to get it to turn. Sometimes you have to taunt a few times to get its attention. This doesn't always seem to work however; sometimes simply getting close to the Majini is more useful in making it turn. --> Easily set up a Tag Team Melee with other players 1) Arm a machine gun and aim toward a Majini's arm then tap the trigger button once in an attempt to stun the Majini. This is a bit less damaging than a handgun. 2) After stunning a Majini with an arm stun, if your characters are not in the the proper placement for bouncing it back and forth with melee then quickly run behind it and perform your character's back melee attack to bounce it toward the other character and set it up for the sequence. 3) Want to trick a new person online into helping you out with co-op melee attacks? If you notice that the partner performs melee attacks whenever a Majini is next to their character then trick them into helping you: a) Simply make sure that your partner is near then let a Majini approach both of you and then quickly shoot the Majini in the arm then run behind it and knock it toward your partner. The partner will most likely take the initiative to perform the melee attack that bounces the Majini back toward you, giving you the special command. b) Run up to a Majini that has grabbed your partner then slash the Majini with your knife in the midsection for a usual arm stun. DON'T PERFORM THE MELEE YOURSELF! Allow your partner to bounce the Majini with the melee command. Your partner will get a melee button prompt on the so that player is most likely to perform it right then. Simply bounce the Majini back toward your partner and that partner might accidentally perform their special melee! c) Whenever you witness your partner hit a Majini with an upper arm melee attack, quickly run behind the Majini to bounce it back toward your partner. (d) Use partner action commands to order your partner to stand in place. This won't always work. This is most useful for a single Majini. Here's the way I've done it before: Chris: "Wait! Wait!" [Chris walks toward Majini and lures it out while backing up] [Sheva aims her gun] Chris: "Wait! Wait!" [Sheva lowers her gun while Chris aims, shoots it in the arm then runs behind it and kicks it toward Sheva. Sheva responds with a Twist Kick as Chris was hoping for. The gods shine down upon Mr. Redfield as he steps forward and delivers the ultimate answer to the Majini threat.] Chris: Thanks! (Thank you, my tool.) All jokes aside, by setting up a Majini for a co-op attack with new players, they might catch on eventually. There was one time where one player actually did realize what I was doing and allowed me to set the sequence up for that player. (e) For extra info about using partner action commands while playing online make use of the following and your partner might catch on: - "Go" command = Use this while a Majini is coming toward you to tell your partner to get behind the Majini. - "Come on" command = (1) Use this to call your distant partner behind a Majini while the partner is a long distance away. (2) This can also be used to tell your partner to knock a Majini that you have stunned toward you with a melee attack so you can knock it back. (3) After knocking a Majini toward your partner, use this command to encourage your partner to knock it back toward you. The latter actually works well against random online players sometimes. - "Wait" command = Use this if your partner is about to shoot the Majini to make the partner lower the gun. - "Thank" command = This is the ultimate way to build up encouragement while playing online. After a successful co-op melee, thank your partner. If your partner is clueless to the co-op melees that you just tricked them into helping you with, then they might catch on because of your gratitude. --> Performing a Tag Team Melee in Single Player mode It's really not hard at all to set up a tag team melee attack in single player mode. You just have to know the way that your AI partner will work and that is one thing I will show you here so you can start Haymakering and Back Handing your own Majini in single player! This is not meant to be just for fun either; it is actually very effective in Veteran mode. Veteran mode is the best mode to obtain these tag team melees in since the Majini have more health allowing them to survive the full sequence and possibly multiple attempts. You see, the AI has to follow certain rules that a single player can take advantage of: 1) The AI partner will most likely NOT melee attack a Majini that the main player stuns. The AI partner will usually only attack a Majini that the actual AI partner has stunned. 2) An AI partner will bounce back any Majini that is knocked toward that AI character. No matter if that character is shooting or what, that character will knock back any Majini that the main player stagger their way. 3) When a "Go" command is issued, the AI partner will always step a few steps in front of the main player then turn to face that player regardless whether an enemy is in the area or not. The AI partner will usually stop whatever it is doing and run in front of the player then turn to face the player. Do I see a light bulb yet? That third listing should have sparked something. Did it? Here are three ways to trick the AI partner into helping out with a Tag Team melee attack: 1) Have the AI partner near your character then shoot a Majini in the arm for an arm stun. Directly after the arm stun, issue a "Go" command to your AI partner while facing the Majini. The AI partner will quickly step behind the Majini and give a little space in between that AI partner and the Majini. Wait just a slight second for the AI partner to get in the back of the Majini then perform the first melee attack from the arm stun to knock the Majini toward your AI partner. If the AI partner is still behind the Majini, the AI partner will automatically bounce the Majini back toward your character with a back melee. Once the Majini staggers back toward your character, you will receive the special tag team melee command which you can change by quickly stepping in front of or behind that staggering Majini. The above method works like a charm once a player gets used to it. I can do them in single player about 60% of the time with this method. 2) Perform an arm stun on a Majini while the AI partner is behind your character or nearby, preferably busy shooting another Majini. Quickly run behind the Majini that is stunned with an arm stun and knock it toward the AI partner with a melee and the AI partner might respond with a follow-up melee to knock it back toward your character, giving you the special tag team command. Your miles will definitely vary with the second method, but it's good to keep it in mind. There is also one more method where one can actually get the AI partner to perform their own tag team melee. 3) Whenever you see the AI partner perform a melee after an arm stun that the AI partner has done itself, QUICKLY run behind the Majini that the AI partner has hit and knock it back toward the AI partner. The AI partner will almost always be standing and waiting and if the AI partner is still nearby after your character knocks the Majini back then the AI partner will automatically perform the tag team melee depending on the side the AI partner faces when the Majini staggers back toward the AI partner. As you can see, I really enjoy performing tag team melees and exploiting the computer AI in order to help me. This is NOT hard at all, you just have to understand the way the AI partner will work and try this out yourself. I do tag team melees for fun, not for trophies or achievements. It's all about the challenge in performing them that excites me! Like I said earlier, they are also very effective in Veteran mode. [WT00] =============================================================================== __ __ _ _ _ _ _ \ \ / /__ _ | || | __| |_ | |__ _ __ ___ _ _ __ _ | |__ \ \ /\ / // _` || || |/ /| __|| '_ \ | '__|/ _ \ | | | | / _` || '_ \ \ V V /| (_| || || < | |_ | | | || | | (_) || |_| || (_| || | | | \_/\_/ \__,_||_||_|\_\ \__||_| |_||_| \___/ \__,_| \__, ||_| |_| |___/ R E S I D E N T E V I L 5 M A I N G A M E =============================================================================== Hi, and welcome to the walkthrough section for my Resident Evil 5 guide. This walkthrough will provide you, the reader, with a full detailed description of the main game of Resident Evil 5. All item placements and breakable objects have been described in their own separate sections as well as the main walkthrough. Areas that may be investigated (examined for more details) are labeled in the "Investigation" boxes. All treasure locations and BSAA medals are pointed out in full detail in the actual writing and in lists spread throughout the walkthrough. If a trophy/achievement can be gained in a certain area, then it has been labeled for the reader as well. Keep in mind that this walkthrough is meant for Normal mode and is updated slightly for Veteran. A special separate walkthrough is available toward the end of this guide for Professional mode. = = = = = = = = = = = K I J U J U C A S E F I L E = = = = = = = = = = = = = ==== - Redfield Report (Kijuju Incident) ==== --- "Casualties continue to mount over the long years I have struggled." --- -- "More and more I find myself wondering if it's all worth fighting for." -- --- "Maybe one day I'll find out" --- - - - - - - ___ _ _ _ _ [CH11] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / | / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | ||__|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 1-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 20+ | 15 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <12'00" | 17'00" | 22'00" | 22'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH111] Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C I V I L I A N C H E C K P O I N T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Objective: Rendezvous with your contact at the Butcher's Shop Welcome to Kijuju, fellow Resident Evil fan! Control of Chris Redfield will be given to the player on the streets of Kijuju as Kirk contacts Chris. Both Chris and Sheva must meet up with their contact at the Butcher's shop down the street. -- "I knew it from the moment I arrived, there's no reason here..." -- Press the R2 (RB) button to bring up your mini-map. This mini-map is so very important to playing Resident Evil 5 that I'm going to go over the basics here then bring it back up later. The green pointer represents Chris and the purple pointer represents Sheva. There is a compass on the upper left corner of the screen that always points north, which I use to give you directions for this guide. If you're playing this game co-op then the mini-map should be up at all times so you can see your partner's current location. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If your character happens to be in caution status (orange) health then that | | character will still be holding his/her chest portion throughout this | | entire opening segment without an ability to heal. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Press and hold the R1 (RT) to locate your partner in the immediate area. This can be very important in an intense area when you need to find your partner's location quickly and have multiple levels of a building or obstacle to worry about. Sometimes the mini-map doesn't cut it for finding a partner's location and you'll be forced to use this. .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If your character walks down the street immediately while Chris talks with | | Kirk, you'll get to see some townspeople knock down and drag away a fellow | | townsperson down the first east path. A slight cutscene will play as your | | character gets closer to them. They seem to disappear into the east alley. | | If you wait too long at the beginning, then you'll miss out on seeing this. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' -- "No humanity." -- There's a lot to see on the streets of Kijuju, but there are no items. All buildings can be entered so feel free to explore. Walk down the street ahead to reach the butcher's shop. Neither character can use a weapon or any kind of attack for the moment. There's plenty of crates and boxes just begging to be destroyed, but neither character can break them even if this is your second playthrough. If your character walks past a townsperson, that person will simply stop and stare with a most grueling look on his face. It's amazing to stop and look at the level of detail in each person's face. -- "Everywhere I look, I find vacant stares... -- The characters will pass a person lying on a crate patting his machete against his hand. Some residents are grouped in the street nearby him while one of them smacks something tied up in a burlap sack further ahead. Is that the townsperson that the characters could see earlier!? The group of townspeople will stop what they are doing then turn and look at Chris and Sheva as both characters walk by them. -- "All I see is death." -- Further ahead and to the west, the characters will come across the one and only place for fresh and quality meat - the Corner Pyamy Butchery of course. Walk toward the building to trigger a cutscene. -- CHECKPOINT All of the inhabitants are now gone! Well, it's certainly not bingo this time. The streets are deserted. You can move back toward the radio on the side of the streets to hear an announcement over the radio. This person must be giving away free money, or better yet, RE5 promotional goodies! Continue to the Corner Pyamy Butchery. .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If Chris steps behind the counter on the outside of the Butcher's shop up | | ahead, Reynard (the contact inside) will tell Chris to enter the building | | through the side door. Strangely enough, even if Chris busts through the | | door and stands in front of Reynard, a player can still trigger this phrase | | by stepping back outside and walking behind the outside counter. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Step around the right (north) side of the building. Walk over to the door on the north side. Now, if you're familiar with door opening using the Resident Evil 4 setup then you will know that a door can be opened gently by tapping the action button when the button prompt appears while standing next to the door or your character can kick it open by double tapping the button. Read the tip below. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | When a door is kicked open the kicking animation frames will make your | | character invincible to enemy attacks. When a door is opened normally, | | there are no invincibility frames but the sound will not alert unaware | | enemies like a door kick will. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Upon simply entering or busting into the butcher's shop, approach the man with the turban (Reynard). Use the button prompt for the action button to speak with him and a cutscene will trigger. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If one player moves too far ahead of the other and meets with Reynard, he | | will only mention that he heard that there were two of operatives and ask | | about the character's partner. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B A C K A L L E Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both characters should open up the metal case in front of them and each character should pick up the ++M92F (HG)++ from the metal case. Chris will also slip into his combat gear. If this is a replay and you selected a new outfit then your character will be wearing it after the next cutscene. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: M92F (HG) Location: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1 Details: The character's will be placed right in front of the metal case containing this weapon after the first cutscene with the contact (Reynard) in the Butcher's Shop. There is one for each character. On the first playthrough, the characters must pick up one each since it is there only weapon to equip and they must both equip something to trigger the next cutscene. On a second playthrough, if the characters already have a gun available then the M92F does not have to be picked up. The characters can ONLY grab their handguns before the cutscene plays that is triggered by equipping a gun, so if a player wants to grab a handgun it must be picked up before that cutscene; otherwise, the metal case will be gone from the counter after the cutscene. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Press the Inventory button to bring up the inventory menu and view your current inventory. While the inventory screen is open, press the RB button to see your partner's current inventory. Below is the inventory setup for each character. C H R I S S H E V A .-----------------------------------. .-----------------------------------. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | D-pad | | | | D-pad | | | | Up | | | | Up | | | | | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | D-pad | | D-pad | | D-pad | | D-pad | | left | | Right | | Left | | Right | | | | | | | | | |-----------+-----------+-----------| |-----------+-----------+-----------| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | D-pad | | | | D-pad | | | | Down | | | | Down | | | | | | | | | | '-----------------------------------' '-----------------------------------' R E D F I E L D A L O M A R As you can see, the inventory is composed of a 3x3 grid. Weapons or items in the top middle, bottom middle, middle left and middle right slots can be equipped by tapping the up, down, left and right directions the D-pad. Why would you want to equip ammo? So you can give it to your partner with the tap of the assist button while standing near that character. All of the items have various commands that will appear after equipping them. You can also give an item by selecting the "Give" command from the inventory menu after pulling up the command list while highlighting an item. You'll have to equip the weapon through the inventory menu by pulling up the inventory (/\ or Y), highlighting it, then selecting the action button to select and equip it in order to trigger another cutscene. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | You can walk over to Reynard before grabbing or equipping your weapon and | | talk with him to hear some extra dialogue Chris is too bulky to get by him | | and Sheva can't bring herself to leave her partner, so you're going to | | trigger another cutscene by equipping your weapon to continue. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Now Chris and Sheva are prepared for action! Run over to the --WOODEN CRATE- - up ahead on the north side of the room. This is one of the many breakable objects that the characters will find in the game. To break them without shooting, equip the knife by holding the knife button (L1 or LT) then slash the crate open to reveal a random item. Not all crates contain random items, but a good majority of them do. Some crates will always contain the same item. There are two files on the north side of this room to the left of the crate: --DYING MEMO-- and --CONTROLS MEMO--. Dying is a new status in the RE universe. It is basically the new "Danger" status. When a character is hit while that character has extremely low health, that character will enter "Dying" status. While your character is dying, a red glow will encase your screen. Your character can only hobble in his or her wounded state at that point. A partner must resuscitate or heal your character by standing in front of your character and pressing the assist button. If a partner has a green herb then the healing item will automatically be used but if the partner has no healing item then that character will give the dying character a quick shot of adrenaline that will take the dying character out of the current status and heal them just a bit. Adrenaline shots are infinite in number. Failure to help a dying character will result in death for both characters after a few seconds; if the dying character is hit with an enemy attack then the game is over for both players also. Let's talk about controls. You have four different types of controls - Type A, Type B, Type C, and Type D. Type D is the default control type. If you're just now playing this game after having played Dead Space then you will want to stick with Type D most likely like yours truly. Type A offers the usual Resident Evil 4 style setup, Type B changes the shoulder button functions while still maintaining the usual RE4-style camera, Type C changes the right thumbstick to a character turn and the right or left direction on the left thumbstick to a sidestep but still keeps the RE4-style buttons in place, Type D changes the shoulder button functions and changes the right thumbstick to a character turn while the right or left direction with the left thumbstick is changed to a sidestep. Got all that? It's best to experiment with them yourself. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Counter with Meat Chunks - On the east side of the room across from a door. [ ] Dying Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate. [ ] Control Type Memo - On the north side of the room to the left of the crate. [ ] Long counter with meat chunks - Along the west side of the room, to the left of where the characters start. [ ] Counter with Intestine and Cleaver - Across from the files. Light shines down on this through a hole in the roof. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on a freezer on the north side of the room. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The slabs of meat in this room can be slashed with your knife and there are plenty of other objects such as bottles, gas containers, boxes and cans that can be knocked around as well. Go ahead, I know you want to! Leave the shop through the doorway to the west. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Stand - To the right as the character exit the butcher's shop. A character will need to toss a hand grenade at the stand in order to break it or fire an explosive round at it with the grenade launcher, so a player can only do this on a second playthrough. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the wheelbarrow to the left after exiting the butcher's shop. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- by the wheelbarrow outside. Stand at the top of the stairs that lead west. You see those crows down there? You can shoot some of them and with your handgun to kill them. The crows will randomly drop gold once defeated. They will increase your kills for this chapter and they'll be added under your recorded kills under the main menu (Records). If this is your second playthrough and you happen to have a flash grenade or hand grenade then toss it down at them to kill them all. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Headless dog carcass - The crows surround this gruesome sight. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The crows are surrounding a carcass of a dog. Move into the building with the "Wood Furniture" sign along the side of it. Slash the skulls on the shelves with the candles if you want then open the metal door inside. Kick open the next door for an incredibly gruesome sight. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- behind the goat display then move around the corner to the west and turn to the left to find the exit door. A ++GREEN HERB++ is on a shelf to the right of the exit door. Kick open the door then step outside. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Goat - Right across from the door that you enter the room from. [ ] Erratic Memo - On the counter near the metal pot off to the left when stepping further into the room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the floor near the wooden shelf on the far west wall. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Along the wooden shelf near the barrel mentioned above. --> Definite Item: Green Herb [ ] Wooden Crate - On the desk to the right of the other two objects. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Around the corner on a wooden shelf right before reaching the exit door. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Some yells can be heard up ahead as Sheva runs to check it out. Don't feel obligated to follow just yet. Little missy isn't aware of how much a survival horror fan likes to explore so don't feel the need to follow her immediately. You can call her back with the assist (O or B) button but she'll move on ahead again after returning. Don't worry, I'll help you understand the way she works throughout this guide. There are no items in the immediate location, so move up the stairs. Press the assist button in front of the door to confirm that you are ready to move onto the next area. While online both players must enter ready status in order to move onto the next area. If you ever find some jackass that continues to play around for a long time with the environment then continuously press the assist button while in ready status to annoy them. It works, trust me. [CH113] Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B A C K A L L E Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the room. A new enemy will attack after the cutscene. These enemies are labeled as a "Majini" (singular and plural). Majini is the Swahili word for "Evil Spirit". NEW ENEMY: Majini A Majini can be shot in the head, upper arm, and leg while they walk or stand still in order to stun them. While they are in a stunned pose, either character can rush up to one and get a special command labeled by an on-screen action button prompt. For the arm stun and leg stun the command will differ depending on if you're character is in front of or behind the Majini. It is possible to stun a Majini by shooting it in the arm then bounce it back and forth with arm stun melees two times with the characters in order to get a special tag team (or co-op) melee attack. This can be done in single player by tricking the AI partner but it is most easily done in with a human partner through online or split-screen co-op play. The Majini will run toward Chris right after the cutscene. Quickly equip the knife then slash him as he runs and he will most likely trip. Attack him while he is on the ground with your special ground melee attack while standing near him. You can also simply shoot him, but why waste ammo when you don't have to? You could also use out newfound friend as a convenient start toward a trophy/achievement since he is by himself. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: A Cut Above Description: Defeat 5 enemies with the Knife. Details: Defeat 5 enemies of any type with only the knife. Equip the knife by holding the knife button then slash at an enemy. The most important part in attempting this trophy/achievement is that you make sure that the final hit that kills the enemy is a knife slash. Only actual knife kills will count toward this trophy/achievement. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- You can break the nearby TV by slashing it with your knife. There's nothing special about it but it gives you something to interact with in this room. Open the door along the northwest side of this room to continue. Take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ in the next room. The glass bottles along the shelves can be slashed with the knife. Walk toward the window and press the action button when the "Jump Out" command appears to leap through it. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Along the set of shelves on the cabinet. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You'll be facing the west when your characters land. Behind the fence to the north is a chicken pen with two chickens running about inside. These chickens can be almost as vicious as a Majini! I'll show you soon. Walk to the south. You won't find anything around the south alley, so turn to the west and continue ahead. A cutscene will trigger eventually. A whole horde of Majini will start moving toward Chris and Sheva from the east after the cutscene. Now, keep in mind that the characters have switched direction since before the cutscene, so they're actually facing the way that they came from. You don't want to go back that way. Turn around with the quick turn (Back + Run) and face the west again then run to the open blue door to the east. .------------------------------- EXTRA AND BONUS -----------------------------. | It is possible to hold your ground and fight off all the Majini that attack | | in the alley. You'll be fighting several at one time, so you really need a | | human partner to do this. If this is your second playthrough then I hope | | you brought some grenades. | | | | Both Chris and Sheva can set up some of the most devastating co-op melee | | attacks right here. Simply surround the Majini horde then shoot one of | | them in the arm and knock it toward the other character. One hit will | | usually hit several and then the next hit in the sequence will hit several | | more. A special command such as Chris' Back Hand and Sheva's Spinning Back | | Kick can easily take out multiple Majini in the alley. Experiment and have | | fun! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Back Alley - Chapter 1-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Marquise) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat a good majority of the Majini in the back alley area when they attack and one of the final few will drop this treasure. There will be a Majini equipped with dynamite that will appear near the end of Majini wave and he will drop this treasure once defeated. It's best to attempt this on a second playthrough and bring about 10 hand grenades, especially if you're playing in single player mode. Chris could also simply bring along his gatling gun weapon if has been unlocked. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = As the for the chickens that I mentioned earlier, if you can defeat all the Majini in the area then step inside the chicken pen (hop over the railing), the chickens will actually attack the characters very aggressively. They're pretty hard to hit also if the characters try to kill them. A cutscene will trigger once both characters enter the building if the characters choose to run from the Majini. Chris will contact Kirk once again and tell him about the hostile locales. Chris will contact Kick with the same phrase no matter if you defeat the Majini or not. If you defeat them then he will contact Kirk directly after the last one falls. Pick up the ++RED HERB++ on the shelf inside and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the cabinet. Combine the green herb from earlier with the red herb for a full healing spray. The hand grenade will really come in handy in a few moments. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the southeast shelf. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the south cabinet. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Approach the iron door to the side. This particular door type requires that both players approach it and press the assist button in order to knock it down. You'll have to examine it first with the action button. Your character will be in ready status while kicking it, so keep tap the assist button if the other player doesn't respond as a warning to get their ass in gear. Maneuver through the gruesome sights in the room and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ on the shelf then break the three ++WOODEN BARRELS++ around the corner on the east side of the room. Find the opening in the floor along the east side of this room and drop down below via the on-screen action button prompt. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Meat w/Cleaver - To the left of the door as you move into the room. [ ] Giant Axe - Right near the meat with meat cleaver. [ ] Intestines - Move around the counter with the intestines and examine them from the east side. ------------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the opening in the floor. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo - On the east shelf by the boxes. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move down the cave tunnel to the north. Some bodies are in the middle of the tunnel. You can slash them both with your knife to keep you busy while I tell you about this next part. The rats in this area can be shot for extra gold, though they only drop 50 or 100 gold per pickup. Time to start building that Fort Knox early, my friend! You'll have weapons to buy and upgrade in between stages so all the gold that you pick up along the way will help out a bit. If you're running out of ammo though, then don't worry about them. Continue further down the tunnel then climb the ladder at the end. Pick up the two ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickups along with the ++GREEN HERB++ pickup. Enter ready status at the door by pressing the assist button near it to continue. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the shelf at the top of the stairs. [ ] Green Herb - On the table beside the shelf. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH114] Chapter 1-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P U B L I C A S S E M B L Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - After exiting from the building, the characters start out on a hill with a curved path in front of them that leads down to a small building. .---------------------------------- EXTRA/TIP --------------------------------. | If you look off to the north while standing at the very edge of the cliff | | that can be dropped down, you can make out both power boxes (transformers) | | in the town area. You can shoot from the top of the cliff and they will | | still be on the ground once the two character enter the town much later. | | It's best to use the rifle, but with good aiming, it can be done with the | | handgun. This will keep you from having to aim upwards during the tense | | battle ahead in order to shoot the power boxes. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Run down the path ahead and tap the action button to drop from the ledge at the end. Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the table. Enter the building to trigger a cutscene. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Before entering the building, your characters can shoot at a few of the | | breakable objects inside to destroy them and prevent you from having to | | break them while the Majini raid the building after the cutscene. This is | | not all that helpful, but still slightly interesting. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' -- CHECKPOINT There are no bells for elusive "women in red" to ring this time, my friend, and I don't think these townspeople believe in games of bingo, so this sequence in Kijuju is going to be a bit different than Meester Scott Kennedy's Pueblo village romp. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If either character is killed during this Public Assembly area then you'll | | receive a death cutscene with a viewpoint while your character stares up at | | Majini that are beating your fallen character. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Directly following the cutscene, you need to scrounge up some ammo and items from the current items and breakable objects lying around the room. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and stack of --MELONS-- along the immediate left side and then turn around and run toward the desk then open the drawer to collect some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ and then break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL--. On the other side of the room, destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the stack of --TOMATOES-- to get some more ammo. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Melons - On the table beside the first window to the left. --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the building beside the first window to the left. --> Random Item [ ] Tomatoes - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the building. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10) [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right of the door on the far side of the building. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10%) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table beside the TV. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Open the drawer below the TV. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There are a few ways that you can approach this part. It all depends on the individual and how you really want to play. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Like the Ganados in the beginning area of Resident Evil 4, the Majini in | | this area are rather weak and die pretty quickly to just about any attack. | | Melee attacks after a stun do some extreme damage to these weak Majini, so | | be sure to use these special attacks to your advantage. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' OPTION 1 --> BARRICADE THE ROOM! Push the bookcases in front of the window on the left side of the room and push the other bookcase in front of the door on the right side of the room. Stand on the side of the bookcase that you want to push then hold the interact button (X) to push the bookcase. In single player mode, you can have your partner assist your primary character by tapping the partner assist button (O or B) when the button icon appears while standing next to either bookcase. This will save you time since the partner will push the bookcase and allow your character time to push the other. NOTE: Keep in mind that the partner assist option for interacting or picking up an item will only appear in single player mode. -- Tips for fighting off the Majini while in the building: - Push each of the bookcases exactly twice with each character and this will leave enough room to shoot the outside Majini when they break down the door and window and the bookcase will be pushed just enough to where they can't get through and will have to continue to pound on the obstacle. Feel free to blast them with your handgun - shoot through the door, who cares if the door breaks. It's really best to break the door before pushing the bookcase against it since the bookcase is sometimes the first blockade to fall. One neat aspect of the door trick is that you can most likely grab the items as the Majini fall outside the doorway by moving up against the bookcase until you receive the item pick up prompt! - Your character can stand right near the window and equip the knife then simply slash at the Majini instead of shooting them. It's better for Chris to do this since he has a Machete with greater power and reach but Sheva can hold off the Majini just as well. - After barricading the door on the right side of the building, stand near the far side of the grated window on the wall to the left of the door (far left) and aim at the outside Majini then shoot at them through the window to stall them and keep them from damaging the door and the bookcase that blocks it. If you follow the tips above then you can easily fight off the Majini until Chris contacts Kirk over his radio. This is much easier to do while playing cooperatively with a person over Xbox LIVE. Stand at one of the entryways and guard it by shooting the Majini as they try to enter the building. No matter which entryway you choose to secure, be sure to look over at your partner to see how that character is holding up and offer help when necessary. It's really best to leave the building early, shortly before Chris contacts Kirk so both players can grab the items from the fallen Majini outside. Literally run into the middle of a Majini group that has an item near them and pick up the item. The invincibility animation from picking up the item will keep you safe and the Majini will likely be recovering from their attacks once your finished. Time our item pickups to avoid attacks. OPTION 2 --> RUSH OUTSIDE THE BUILDING AND TAKE THEM ALL ON! Only do this if you have previously played through this stage. Don't do this on your first time through. I would advise grabbing all the ammo in the room like normal before trying this. Jump through the window or kick down the door and rush outside then fight off the Majini as they hop over the gate, hop off the building rooftop, or hop off the side of the nearby wooden fence. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | The first wave of Majini pile up the most since they will most likely be | | hopping over the gate already if you choose to grab the items inside of the | | building, so Chris players might want to take out the Shotgun and clear | | some of the grouped Majini. Really melee attacks work just as well also | | for either character. You can also toss a hand grenade at them once they | | have all landed. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' You'll want to use melee attacks for sure if you choose to take on the Majini outside. Aim for either the head, leg, or upper part of the shoulder on the arm that is not carrying a weapon and fire then run up to them and hit them with a melee attack. All of Chris' melee attacks, especially his Straight Punch work extremely well for crowds and Sheva's roundhouse from a head stun works well for crowds as well. It is best to stand on the far left side of the outside area (to the left after jumping out the window since the Majini can't get behind your character as easily - get in a corner if needed. Tips for taking on the Majini while outside: - Before exiting the building, push a bookcase in front of the window and this will prevent the Majini from moving through the window after the dialogue where Chris contacts Kirk. This is extremely useful for keeping the Majini to one side right when the Executioner is about to break the gate. - The first wave of Majini that climb over the gate are always the most numerous, so you might want to toss a hand grenade at them as they first start to land on the your side. Try to make sure that most of them are on your side before the explosion, so you can collect the items they leave behind. This is mainly useful for online play where the Majini are much more numerous. - Stand at the window on the left side and wait for Majini to step in front of it then dive out the window to knock the Majini down. - Stand near the door on the right side of the room and wait for a Majini to step in front of the door then kick it open to damage the Majini. - Shoot the Majini as they climb any portion of the gate to knock them back down the other side. See the tip below for an even better method. - Shoot the Majini while they are on the wooden fence or while they are on the car to make them fall and they most likely won't survive the damage of the fall. You can also stand near the car and slash at them. - Wait for a Majini to hop over the gate then pin it against the gate with knife slashes. It's better if you're partner helps you out with this, like a fellow buddy of mine. You can also slash the Majini that fall down to the car in the east to knock them off. - Take shelter in melee attacks since you are invincible during them. Aim at a weak point on a Majini then simply run into an entire crowd near that one Majini and perform a melee attack to knock down all of them and sustain invincibility throughout the entire melee sequence. - Like melee attacks, you are invincible during an item grab, so quickly grab any type of item that may be in the area if a Majini is about to hit your character. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | For this gate and any climbable fence, wait until a Majini has climbed to | | the very top then shoot it with a handgun shot to make it fly off the fence | | and fall to its death. | | | '----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------' | The Majini with the megaphone yells out phrases from atop the wooden | | execution walkway past the gate. Aim at him and shoot him to make him stop | | yelling and climb down. He will actually leap off of the wooden execution | | walkway behind the gate and climb over the fence. He will try to smack | | Chris and Sheva with his megaphone! He will automatically come down and | | attack once the characters step further into the town after the gate's | | destruction. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> CHRIS CONTACTS KIRK AS ALL HELL PREPARES TO BREAK LOOSE Chris will contact Kirk (the helicopter pilot) eventually. This dialogue signifies a change of plans as a new enemy prepares to step into view. As the following dialogue plays out, Majini will begin to walk into the building from the entrance where Chris and Sheva first entered the building from. _________ __________ Chris: Kirk! Come in! The locals are hostile! The gate is sealed, and we're trapped. We need backup, and we need it right now! Kirk: Roger that. Just sit tight. I'm on my way! Chris: Did you hear that, Sheva? Helps on the way! Sheva: Got it! I just hope he gets here quick. ---------- ---------- Shortly after the above dialogue, a cutscene will player where Majini will break the rooftop of the building that Chris and Sheva stepped into. If you're still in the building then get the hell out of there! Majini will flood the building at this point. Don't ever go back to the area where Chris and Sheva fell down the ledge at the end of the path. If you do, then you might need to toss a grenade into the building to clear out the Majini that will pursue your characters before stepping back inside. Also, a new, much bigger threat is approaching from behind the outside gate. NOTE: If you toss a grenade shortly before the cutscene where the Majini break through the roof then the grenade will disappear as the gameplay resumes. .------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------. | After the Majini break through the roof of the building, you will enter the | | most dangerous portion of this stage since the Majini will come at your | | characters nonstop from now on with much greater number than before. You | | need to avoid getting surrounded and have an idea of what is around you. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Once the cutscene where the Majini break through the rooftop of the building is finished, the Executioner from the cutscene will appear in the town outside of the gate. He will always start out in the far right corner of the alley past the gate (near the red explosive barrel in that corner). He will slowly walk toward the gate then swing his axe at the entranceway to knock the gate down. You can blast the Executioner as much as you want while he walks toward the gate - you can actually shoot the red explosive barrel along the far right side of the alleyway that he moves down directly after the cutscene with Majini breaking the roof if you are quick enough. Toss a grenade toward the gate as the Executioner steps in front of it to damage him badly. Your character can also stand near the gate and shoot the Execution in the head to stun him. Always shoot him in the head with whatever weapon you use and he will stun quickly. The only bad part about hurting him before he breaks the gate is that you can't get your free melee attack on him when he stuns because of the gate. Yes, he can be killed but you're going to have to work to destroy him. It's kind of like defeating both Dr. Salvadors during the Ganado raid in Pueblo village in Resident Evil 4 except you're fighting a walking tank this time. Check the very end of this level if you want to see how to bring him down with extreme aggression. .--------------------------- INFINITE TIME GLITCH ----------------------------. | If neither character passes through the destroyed gate after the | | Executioner breaks it down, then the dialogue that normally takes place in | | the town will not play. The stage will basically never end as long as your | | characters do not cross the area where the gate was. You'll have to deal | | with the Executioner and plenty of Majini while holding your ground on the | | other side of the gate. The Majini will eventually stop appearing after | | enough of them have been killed. As long as your characters do not step | | past the gate then the following dialogue will not play: | | | | Sheva: "There's just no end to them! | | Chris: "We've gotta' hold out till Kirk gets here!" | | | | As long as your characters do not cross the gate, the above dialogue will | | never play and the stage will never end. The moment your characters step | | through the gate area, into the town, Majini will appear once again and the | | dialogue will begin to play then the stage will continue like normal. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Right after the Executioner breaks down the .----------- TIP ------------. gate, both Chris and Sheva are free to explore | The Executioner's swing | any part of the town outside of the immediate | that knocks down the gate | building area. Don't ever stand back and wait | cannot hit your character. | for him to enter the area since this is such a '----------------------------' small area and he has too great of a range for your character to stand near him and avoid getting hit most of the time. If you noticed the brick wall without paint inside of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from then these are the types of walls that the Executioner can break with his axe in order to enter a building. These type of walls are also found in the buildings up ahead inside of the town. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + EXECUTIONER MAJINI ------------------ HP: 12,000 --> THE ENTRANCE GATE HAS BEEN KNOCKED DOWN The Executioner is now a major threat to both of your characters, so let's go over his attack arsenal. Executioner Attacks: 1) Horizontal Swing - The Executioner holds his axe to his side then steps forward with a swing of his axe then he steps forward with another swing following the first. This is a very dangerous attack and the Executioner's startup animation for it is sometimes hard to notice. 2) Overhead Swing - The Executioner holds his axe behind him then steps forward as he performs an overhead swing. Sidestepping it can easily dodge this. 3) Turning Swing - The Executioner turns around to face your character and swings his axe one time while turning. He doesn't perform this move that often, but he might just surprise you with it sometimes. 4) Grab - The Executioner reaches out to grab your character from close range. He will hold your character into the air and choke the character then throw the character to the ground. While on the ground, press the X button when the button prompt appears to avoid the Executioner's overhead axe chop. Failure to dodge will result in an instant kill! This grab can be broken if you're partner interrupts the grab with a melee attack. On single player mode, be sure to mash the B button in order to have Sheva break the grab. One thing that should be highly noted about this attack is if AI Sheva is grabbed then Mr. Redfield better damn well save her with an assist melee attack while close to the Executioner or perform some type of shot that disrupts the grab or else Sheva will sometimes not escape the grab and she will die! 5) Berserker Rage - When the Executioner is very low in health, he will begin to swing his axe horizontally over and over as if in a raging state, so be prepared to run away from him or at least back up. He will usually swing one way then keep moving that save way, so step to the side and around him when he starts this. He will perform both horizontal and vertical swings. Just because he performs a vertical swing does not mean that he is finished. As he gets lower in life, he may take quite a while to stop this combination attack. 6) Recovery Swing - If both characters hit the Executioner with a melee attack when the Executioner is stunned then the Executioner will crouch downward and eventually recover while performing a set of horizontal swings resembling the Horizontal Swing mentioned above. The only real difference is that he has a crouching pose for the startup and will only do this after both characters have hit him with a melee command after a stun. (NOTE: The Executioner has a certain frame of animation during some of his attacks that will keep him safe from attacks that would normally stun him, so if you toss a grenade or hit him during these times, then he will not crouch down. This usually occurs at the very end of each attack.) .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Make sure that you have an idea of where your partner is from now on since | | this is a rather big area. In single player mode, keep Sheva on "Cover" | | command and she will keep up with Chris and heal him when needed and Chris | | can do the same for Sheva. | | | |--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------| | DO NOT heal your partner if he/she is struck down in front of the | | the Executioner unless the heal is near instant while the character is | | getting up from being knocked down. The Executioner's horizontal swing is | | capable of hitting both characters during the healing animation and sending | | both into dying status. Work on stunning the Executioner with a shotgun | | blast directly to the head, two handgun shots to the head or a grenade | | tossed near him then heal your partner. A Resuscitation near the | | Executioner is a fine choice since both characters are invincible during | | the entire animation, but healing with a green herb can be a death sentence | | for both characters. Remember that a green herb is automatically used | | in place of a Resuscitation when one is your character's inventory and this | | animation is NOT an invincibility animation. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' For the remainder of the town, allow me to take you on a guided tour, my fellow RE fan! You don't have to follow me, since I don't move along a convenient path, but feel free to read on: OPTION 1 --> GO LEFT (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN) - MAKE ANOTHER LEFT When the two characters step through the gate, the blue stand to the left can be destroyed (with a grenade/knock a Majini into it/have the Executioner take a swing at it)) to receive a --RANDOM ITEM--. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Random Item - Use a grenade to destroy the blue stand to the immediate left after stepping through the destroyed gate. You can also knock a Majini into it with melee or have the Executioner attack it.) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There is a ladder that can be climbed if you move left then walk beside or hop over the small wooden fence to the left. This actually leads up to the top portion of the building that Chris and Sheva just exited from. Climb the ladder and run along the top walkway. Majini will climb on top of this high walkway area from below. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In a corner behind a fence railing. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table with the Green Herb. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the middle table. [ ] Green Herb - On the table with the crate. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You'll need to step around the hole in the floor and get to the other side of this floor in order to move up to the high rooftop. The hole mentioned is actually the hole from earlier that the Majini made to enter the building. Climb the ladder on the other side of the hole. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | While both characters are on the top walkway and while they are in any | | other area where the Executioner can't reach, the Executioner will walk | | back and forth between the many hazards below. While looking off the side | | across from the ladder that the characters use to get up to this high area, | | notice how the Executioner walks up and down the main path and moves by the | | set of red barrels and walks up under the power box hanging on the wooden | | pole beside the broken down bus. He heads toward the far gate to the north | | (by the red barrels near the gate) and then steps into the market area in | | the northeast. | | | | He will step over the small railing in the east and then walk to the south | | (by the set of red barrels again) and then head toward the single red | | barrel by the execution walkway. He will walk back toward the gate in the | | north from here. The Executioner will keep up this pattern whenever both of | | your characters are on a high area that he cannot reach or inside the bus | | in the midportion of town! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' On the very top of the building (third floor), three ++HAND GRENADES++ lie near a water tower on the opposite side of the rooftop. Majini will climb the ladder that Chris and Sheva came up and they will also climb up the side of the sign railing of the building. This is an excellent place to steak out when you're running low on ammo, since the Majini will begin to come in much fewer number here than they will on the ground level of the town below. They won't attack as much on the lower walkway either. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the west corner of the rooftop. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTION 2 --> TAKE THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN) There is a set of !!OIL CANISTERS!! along the middle path that can be shot. Run past the canisters then turn around and shoot them whenever the Executioner moves by them and they will cause a burst of flames to stretch out along the ground beside them and burn any Majini that happen to cross it. Your character can stand on the opposite side and shoot at the Executioner while the wall of flames separates him from your team. The Executioner has a bad habit of simply walking into the flames. Keep in mind that your character can knock a Majini into the flames by melee attacking or staggering a Majini into the fire through gunfire. Notice the bus in the middle of the town by across from the building by the execution platform. - INSIDE THE BUS --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (left). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back of the bus (right). --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - CONTINUE DOWN LEFT PATH You'll come upon a small shack with a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside. Right up above this shack is a !!TRANSFORMER!! (power box) that can be shot down in order to damage enemies. The unique aspect of these power boxes is that, once the electrical surge dies down, they can be shot again and again in to restart the electricity in them and shock any nearby enemies that happen to step near them. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the back left corner of the small shack. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ENTER THE MIDDLE BUILDING After opening the door, --HANDGUN AMMO (+10)-- is lying on a table to your immediate left. The Executioner can break through the wall on the right side of this building and the wall on the left side. Open the drawer of the cabinet right across from the handgun ammo and take the --MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)-- from inside. If you need to make a quick escape from the building then jump through window next to the left corner to the side. .--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------. | The Executioner can destroy the weak walls in these buildings and hit your | | character with that particular swing, so stay away from the weak brick | | walls. Your character can destroy them by throwing a grenade at them. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Further around the left corner a --GREEN HERB-- and some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ are on a table and another ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickup is lying on some bags. There are two --WOODEN BARRELS-- beside the bags. Watch out for the wall to the left since the Executioner can break through it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying near the sandbags (right). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Lying across from the sandbags (left). --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the table to the immediate left after opening the door. [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) Lying on the nearby table after turning the left corner. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the sandbags in the right corner near the barrels across from the window. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTION 3 --> CONTINUE DOWN THE RIGHT PATH (FROM BEGINNING OF THE TOWN) To the immediate right is an alley behind the execution platform that has an !!RED EXPLOSIVE BARREL!! in the corner of it. The Executioner can be lured here or you can lure him further ahead down the middle path and shoot the !!OIL CANISTERS!! to the side in order to ignite the ground and burn the Executioner and any Majini that move along the path. The ladder of the execution platform across from the group of red barrels can be climbed; the platform makes a good sniping spot for shooting the Executioner below. Beware that the Executioner can get on this platform, it just takes him time. He will enter the building below, next to the execution platform, then walk up the stairs inside and come after your character. - ENTER THE BUILDING NEAR THE EXECUTION PLATFORM Speaking of the building that the Executioner goes to, you can enter that building and pick up the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ and the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the group of shelves to your left after opening the door. Look to the right and open the drawer of the blue cabinet to find some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ inside. There is some ++MACHINE GUN AMMO++ on a shelf with a --WOODEN CRATE-- lying beside it in the far right corner (while entering via the door) of this floor also. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the shelf near the Machine Gun Ammo. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On the shelf with the hand grenade. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the shelf with the incendiary grenade. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Inside the cabinet drawer across from the shelf with the grenades. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the shelf to the far left of the door. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You can choose to go up the stairs from here and move out onto the execution platform or jump out the nearby window and enter the area with stands up ahead. For this walkthrough, I'm going to hightail it out the window. The Executioner can break all the wooden stands in this area, but he needs to step over the nearby fence in order to get to your character, so keep that in mind if he is nearby. - DEEPER INTO THE TOWN There is a !!TRANSFORMER!! on a pole in the very middle of the main path that stretches across the town that can be shot down like the power box from earlier. Aim up and shoot it when the Executioner steps by it. Remember that you can shoot it again (while it is grounded) whenever the electricity stops for another burst of electricity. Look up ahead and spot the white and red umbrella to the right of the back gate. This nostalgic scenery actually stands as a marker for an important weapon. Open the --METAL CASE-- below the umbrella and take the ++VZ61 (MG)++ machine gun from inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: VZ61 (MG) Location: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1 Details: Open the metal case on the stand under the red and white umbrella to the right of the locked north door during the Public Assembly timed portion. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + There is a group of --TOMATOES-- near the case, but they don't ever hold any type of item. You can shoot the !!OIL CANISTERS!! near the stands to trigger a fire just like near the entrance to the town. Once the closest stand is destroyed near the barrels (through enemy hits or the fire) a --RANDOM ITEM-- will appear where the closest stand to the barrels was at. There is another --RANDOM ITEM-- in the stand further to the side, but you'll need to throw a grenade at it or allow the Executioner to break it in order to get the item. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tomatoes - On the stand with the metal case. --> Definite Item: Nothing --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] VZ61 (MG) - Open the metal case on the stand with the red and white umbrella hanging overhead. [ ] Random Item - Destroy the stand closet to the group of red barrels [shoot the red barrels to destroy it]. [ ] Random Item - Destroy the other stand by the one mentioned above - use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack it. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The gate in the back of the town is locked. Move across to the opposite side of the section above (left side) and hit the group of --MELONS-- for an item then turn your attention to the stands further ahead and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ then destroy the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- for an extra item. If you have a grenade, you can toss it at the stand closest to the stairs that lead up to the middle building and the stand behind the stand with the melons and a --RANDOM ITEM-- will appear in the debris of both of them. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Melons - On the stand across from the stand near the wooden barrel. --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the stand with the Handgun Ammo. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the stand near the wooden barrel. [ ] Random Item - Destroy the stand closest to the wooden barrel [use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack it]). [ ] Random Item - Destroy the stand closest to the set of stairs leading up to the middle building rooftop [use a grenade/knock a Majini into it with melee/allow the Executioner to attack it]). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - THE TOP OF THE MIDDLE BUILDING Find the stairs that lead up to the rooftop of .----------- TIP ------------. the building in the back of it. Move up the | Your character can leap | stairs and run to the left. A !!RED EXPLOSIVE | over to the top of the bus | BARREL!! will be sitting right near a ledge. | early by jumping from the | Run toward the explosive barrel and hop over to | far left end of the middle | the top of the shack up ahead. You can actually | building rooftop (right | lead the Executioner up to the top of the middle | side). | building and stand near the explosive barrel '----------------------------' then quickly leap to the shack rooftop and shoot the explosive barrel. The Executioner cannot reach your character while on either of the nearby rooftops (shack or bus). Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ in the corner near the fence while on the shack rooftop. You have to be careful while up on this rooftop since Majini will begin to climb and hop over the nearby fence as well as hop to the rooftop from the nearby middle building and the bus roof. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - In the corner of the rooftop of the shack near the fence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- While on top of the shack rooftop, turn to the bus and hop on top of it. Rush to the opposite side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on top of the stack of tires at the end. While on the bus roof, be on the lookout for Majini that will climb the bus from the below and also keep an eye out on the Majini that are leaping onto the bus from the top of the shack. You can leap back to the middle building by stepping toward the side closest to it for a jump command that will make your character hop back over to it. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - At the far end of the top of the bus. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Here is a list of the character phrases that can be heard throughout this stage. Each one signifies how much time you have left. __________ __________ Sheva: There's just no end to them! Chris: We've gotta hold out until Kirk gets here! ---------- ---------- __________ __________ Kirk: (over radio) Chris. Sheva. How you holding up? I'll be there shortly. Just hang in there. ---------- ---------- __________ __________ Kirk: (over radio) Sorry to keep you waiting! I'm going to take out the door! Find some cover! ---------- ---------- If you can manage to defeat the Executioner, then he will drop a ++GOLD RING++. This item can be sold for 5,000 gold at the shop at the end of the chapter. Once Kirk mentions the last phrase shown above then the entire stage will be finished. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Public Assembly - Chapter 1-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Executioner Majini before the timer of the Pubic Assembly raid ends. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --> TEARING THROUGH THE EXECUTIONER Tips: - Right after the Majini break through the roof of the building, stand near the left side of the gate and look to the right (behind the gate) then immediately shoot the red explosive barrel. The Executioner will always start near it after the cutscene before he walks toward the gate. You have to be fast to take advantage of the red barrel. - Before the Executioner breaks down the gate, toss a grenade toward the gate and this will hit him most likely as he breaks it allowing your character to fire at him from close range then perform a melee attack right after he breaks the gate. - Keep in mind that the Executioner's axe swing that breaks the gate cannot hit your character, so you can literally stand right next to the gate and hit him with gunfire while he breaks it. This axe swing will knock away any Majini that happen to be in the way, but it will pass right through your character. You could actually keep shooting at his head and restunning him before he has a chance to break it. - When the Executioner is stunned from taking too much damage, shoot him in the head with the handgun (or other weapon) a few times from close range then quickly cancel the final shot before he recovers into a melee attack - wait until he starts to rise. Once he is FULLY standing, he cannot be hit with a melee attack. - The Executioner can be double teamed. Directly after a partner's melee attack, run up to the Executioner yourself for a melee attack prompt. Only two melee attacks may be performed per stun. If your partner hits the Executioner while the Executioner is grappling your character, run up to the Executioner yourself and perform a melee attack as he staggers. Learn to take advantage of this "buddy system" we have here to avoid being "sandwiched". The Executioner will always perform a recovery swing after being hit with two melee attacks in a row, so back away from him after the second melee attack - it IS possible to restun him by shooting him in the head before he performs the recovery swing, but it is extremely risky. - If you're playing single player, then run up to the Executioner while he is stunned and hit him with a melee attack with Chris then run toward the Executioner and move behind him; if she is in "Cover" assist mode, Sheva will follow Chris and melee attack the Executioner as she runs by. - The Executioner's overhead swing can be dodge by simply sidestepping to the right or left. You can actually use this sidestepping technique to remain close to him and blast him. His horizontal swing can be avoided by constantly backing up, but don't rely on this all the time, especially when he starts to go berserk! - Regarding the above tip, remember these move startup animations: holding axe behind him = vertical (overhead) swing holding axe to the side of him = horizontal swing - The Executioner will kill any Majini that he hits with his big axe, so he can clear a whole crowd for your characters. All the Majini that stand in front of the gate as he breaks it will be damaged by his axe. - Gunfire aimed directly at the Executioner's head will stun him extremely quick. Just two handgun shots directly in the head should be enough to stun him in single player and co-op modes. Firing rapidly at his head with the machine gun will stun him quickly also. If this is your second playthrough, one close range shotgun blast to the head will usually stun him, one rifle shot directly to the head will stun him. Keep in mind that the Executioner must be standing and moving in order to stun him - gunfire while he is getting up will not count towards a stun. - Time your reloads so that you reload in front of the Executioner while he is stunned so that the action command for hitting him appears while your character is reloading. Right when your character starts to reload, press the button for the action command to make your character end the reload animation and automatically start the melee command. This will reload your weapon without having to watch the entire animation. One neat aspect about this technique is that you can shoot off a few rounds while close to the Executioner then be able to reload before finishing off the close encounter with a melee attack. - Much like the reload technique mentioned above, if you stand in front of the Executioner when he is stunned then fire off a shot, the animation for the shot can be interrupted by inputting the command for a melee attack. This mainly useful for the shotgun and rifle (if this is your second playthrough) since the handgun already has a fast rate of fire and so does the machine gun, but at least you can cancel the animation of your character lowering the weapon. - Run inside the broken down bus and blast the Executioner through the windows. You'll obviously have to watch for the Majini that enter the bus from the door. Keep in mind that if the Executioner swings, you are NOT safe from his hits while in the bus - he can hit both characters through the walls of the bus! Using the bus, it is possible to step in and out of the bus to lure him toward it then shoot him from inside. He will almost always walk away after the characters enter the bus. If he swings however, the walls of the bus will not protect the characters. - Set up traps for the Executioner - have him follow you into a building then jump out the window of the building and toss a grenade inside the building. Lead him under a power box and shoot it or lead him near a fallen power box then shoot it to set off an electric current once again. Lead him near explosive barrels and shoot them also, just be far enough away to where your character is not caught in the blast. - Shoot the Executioner from far or long range with the Handgun. If you want to take him down quickly then you're going to have to pump every SINGLE PIECE OF AMMO INTO HIM WITHOUT THE SLIGHTEST THOUGHT OF CONSERVING. Toss grenades at him once they are collected and this will speed up the process dramatically. Incendiary grenades really work best against the Majini rather than the Execution but they work well to stagger the Executioner from close range - aim toward the ground in front of your character then toss the grenade if you have to - just don't toss it directly at your feet or you'll get burned! - Run up the steps behind the middle building then stand near the railing overlooking the staircase while on the rooftop and shoot the Executioner in the head as he moves up the stairs. - The swarming Majini are really the worst part about fighting the Executioner, so you can't stay in one place for too long without surveying your immediate area. Always look around a bit while fighting the Executioner and, when available, take melee attack prompts immediately to keep your character from getting surrounded and to keep your character from getting hit. Picking up items while in the midst of a mob can really help out for immediate invincibility against any type of attack as well. - Setting Sheva to the Attack (Go) command from the moment that the gate is knocked down will make her more aggressive and she will shoot the Executioner more often with her rifle. The downside to this is that she may not always be there to help your character when Chris enters dying status. --> SPOTS WHERE THE EXECUTIONER CANNOT FOLLOW - The top walkway above the building that Chris and Sheva enter at the beginning. This is accessible by climbing the ladder behind the small fence to the left after entering the town once the Executioner has broken the gate down. - The inside of the bus in the middle of the town. He can hit the characters through the side of the bus if he swings, so watch for his attacks if he is berserking! - Jump across to the top of the shack or the top of the broken down bus while on top of the middle building. NOTE: He can reach the top of the execution platform, but he must go up the stairs in the building next to the platform, so your character can seek temporary relief while on the platform then leap off of it when the Executioner climbs up to the platform. It's possible to take advantage of constantly leaping off and climbing back onto the top of the executioner platform. The Executioner will simply keep turning and walking up and down the ramp. --> THE GAME PLAN (SUMMARY OF OWNING HIM) [SINGLE PLAYER METHOD] So basically, from the beginning, (a) look through the gate and shoot the red explosive barrel behind the gate down the alley to the right after the Majini break through the roof, 9b) shoot the Executioner with the handgun as he walks toward the gate, (c) toss a grenade at the gate while the Executioner breaks it, (d) equip a weapon (the handgun will do) then run up to the Execution and hit him with continuous blasts to the head (e) melee attack him right before he fully stands to end the final blast (if you're on single player then run by him and allow Sheva to hit him with a melee attack), (f) run down the middle path (towards the first building) and shoot the Executioner with the handgun when you turn then wait for him to step next to the group of red barrels then shoot them to burn him (g) stand on the other side of the flames and keep shooting the Executioner with the handgun even while he burns. (h) Enter the building to the east and grab the hand grenade and incendiary grenade, (i) jump out the north window of the current building then run to the north. Pick up the machine gun from the metal case for some extra firepower. Run to the stack of melons on the cart to the northwest and slash them then grab the hand grenade, (j) run into the middle of town and allow the Executioner to step near the middle portion of the path with the overhead transformer then toss a hand grenade below him, (k) the resulting explosion will stun him and knock the transformer down, which will electrocute him. Run up to him and perform shots with a gun then cancel into a melee. Try to approach a side where your character is facing the electrified transformer so that your character knocks him into it. (l) quick turn and run then toss another hand grenade. The Executioner will be hit by the grenade explosion and the transformer shock once again, so run up to him again and blast him some more then cancel into a melee. Still alive? (m) Quick turn and run away then toss an incendiary grenade then blast him with the handgun from a safe distance. (n) he will now be so weak that he will perform his Berserker Rage swings, so allow him to charge directly toward the north gate then shoot the oil canisters near the gate to burn him. NOTE 1: Remember that you can also stand right near the gate as the Executioner walks up to it and blast him in head continuously with a gun. NOTE 2: The surrounding Majini (especially while in co-op play) can easily screw up your game plan when tossing grenades, so the above method might not always go so well. The main problem I have is with random Majini grabs and a Majini stepping in front of my character before I toss a hand grenade. You just have to improvise with another hand grenade or allow the Executioner to perform his overhead hit then sidestep to the side and blast him with the shotgun to stun him. NOTE 3: Cancel into a melee early if the surrounding Majini are about to hit your character while you blast the Executioner from close range. --> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE EXECUTIONER WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY If you want to fire off some extra shots and your partner rushes in and performs a melee, you can still get off a few shots along with a melee cancel. Run up to the Executioner as he staggers then perform a few quick blasts with your weapon then cancel that blast into a melee immediately. Both characters can do this no problem. Even if the melee is delayed enough to where the Executioner is actually moving after the command is entered, it will still hit him and knock him back. --> CO-OP STRATEGY FOR THE EXECUTIONER While playing cooperatively, you're going to be swarmed with extra Majini, so you really can't stand near him and restun him. You're most likely going to have cancel your gun blasts early because of the surrounding Majini. From the start, make sure that you grab the hand grenade in the melon stack by the window. Toss this grenade toward the fence as the Executioner breaks it with his axe and this will both stun him and clear out any nearby Majini allowing you to shoot him a few times then melee him with both characters. Run down the middle path then wait for him to step near the oil canisters and then shoot them to halt him and the Majini that follow around him. - Character 1 (most likely Chris) At this point, one character should immediately run toward the middle building on the east side and go inside after the oil canisters are shot. Grab the grenades and maybe the machine gun ammo inside then quickly jump out the window on the north side. Open the inventory and equip a hand grenade while jumping through the window. Run to the northwest and find the stack of melons then slash at them and pick up the grenades form that pile. Now you have two hand grenades and an incendiary grenade. Toss the incendiary grenade at a nearby group of Majini if they start to swarm your character. - Character 2 (Sheva) The other character could enter the building on the west side and grab the green herb inside and maybe the machine gun ammo then jump out the window on the northwest side. You need some sort of extra healing item in case something goes wrong with Character 1, because it can very easily. Really, Sheva could stay outside of the buildings and simply back up and fire her rifle at the Executioner. Watch out for Majini that come from the north however. - Both Characters Meet Wait until the Executioner reaches the middle portion of the town, in between the two buildings then toss a hand grenade at him. The hand grenade should stun him and make the electric transformer fall right next to him, which will electrify him for some extra damage. Run up and get the usual hits in on him depending on the character that you are currently using. If the Executioner gets stuck with his back to the transformer while it is electrified, then a melee attack can actually make him stagger into the electrified transformer for extra damage. Both characters should run up and melee attack him, but the first melee attack should be delayed until right before he recovers so you can blast him a bit while he is stunned. The second melee attack can be delayed as well so both character can pump more gunfire into him shortly before the melee attack is executed. Remember to back up to avoid his recovery swing after the second melee attack - a grenade can actually stun him during the recovery swing. After the second melee attack toss another hand grenade when he begins to move toward your character (make sure that he is moving or it won't stun him). The hand grenade will once again stun him and electrify him because of the nearby transformer. Run up to him again then blast him and cancel into a melee attack. This should damage him greatly. The most important part for this advice is to grab the hand grenades - that's literally all I get since they are basically enough to take him down if Chris uses the handgun on the Executioner while in close range during a stun. - An Alternate Route Instead of having one character enter the west house, that character could also climb up the ladder in the southeast section just past the gate then grab the 3 hand grenades at the very top of the roof after climbing the second ladder. This takes quite a bit of time and leaves your partner open to attack all that time without your help. The good part about this is that many of the Majini will focus on the character that climbs the ladder however. The character that moves up the ladder can also toss the grenades from the rooftop if the Executioner is below or that character can move back down the platforms and join up with the partner. If you do this while playing alongside me online, then the Executioner will probably be falling when you arrive, I'm afraid, so you could use the grenades on the surrounding Majini at least! - Confusing the Executioner Both characters can get on opposite sides of the Executioner and basically confuse him. He can only come after one at time, so one character can blast him with the handgun while the other lures him away and sets him up for a melee attack with a tossed hand grenade. --> EXECUTIONER EXPLOITS - The Executioner must stop everything that he is doing and step over the small wooden fences in the west area right outside the gate to the town and in the northeast area beside the nearby building. You can hop over the small wooden fence in each of these areas and wait for the Executioner to approach then blast him as he steps over the wooden fence. Once he steps to your side, simply hop back over to the opposite side and make him step over again. The best fence to do this with is the one in the west right outside the town gate. The fence near the locked gate in the north has a window near it that you can hop through to get away from any Majini that pile up - hop through the window then clear out the Majini then hop back over and take on the Executioner. The Executioner will most likely walk to the front door, so he will leave the immediate area but quickly come back and have to step over the fence once again when you hop back outside! - It's also possible to lure the Executioner into the first building and vault back and forth over the railing inside to make him step over it much like the small wooden fences. It's a little funny to watch him step over such a high railing. - The Executioner's swing that knocks down the gate after the cutscene where the Majini break through the roof CANNOT hit your character, so you take advantage of this by getting right next to the gate as he breaks it then blast him or stand right near the gate and continually blast him while he walks up to it, knowing that you will not get hit when he breaks it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ _ ____ [CH12] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / | |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | | __ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | ||__|/ __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 1-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 15+ | 10 | 7 | <6 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <13'00" | 18'00" | 23'00" | 23'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH121] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P U B L I C A S S E M B L Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Chris and Sheva will start out in the aftermath of the Public Assembly battle. All Majini are now gone, all destructible objects in the town area are now destroyed and all items in the town area have disappeared. There are two ++GRENADES++ on the roof of the building that Chris and Sheva first entered the Public Assembly from however. Rush back to the southwest portion and move up the ladder behind the small fence. Move up the next ladder to step onto the rooftop where the two grenades are. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building. [ ] Grenade - On the top floor roof of the south building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run past the gate that Kirk destroyed with the helicopter. There is a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the small shack to the right as the characters step past the newly opened gate. You can jump out the window of the building then land in the drainage area below to be able to see a wooden barrel behind a fence up ahead. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | You see that --WOODEN BARREL-- behind the fence in the drainage area to the | | west? Run up to the fence and slash the barrel through the fence and | | you'll be able to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ inside without having to get it | | from the other end of the area. Climb the ladder in the drainage area. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move around the side of the building above the drainage ditch in the west. Find the set of double doors in the northwest. There is a dropoff with a ladder in front of the door. You can fall into the drainage area below and slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside to gain ++400 GOLD++ if you already haven't. Return to the double doors and activate the ready command while beside them to move on. [CH122] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U R B A N D I S T R I C T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both characters will be able to hear Captain Dechant over radio upon first stepping into this area. Kick open the door to the building up ahead then step inside. Slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- then take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the table near the barrel. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Drawers - The Drawers on the south side of the room near the barrels can be examines. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the southwest corner of the room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the table beside the barrel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop through the window or step around the north corner then open the door to the west. Some Majini can be heard up ahead. When the characters walk toward the broken ladder a slight cutscene will play. Both characters can press the assist button near the ladder for a partner assist action (assist jump). This makes Chris hoist Sheva up to the floor above. There is really no reason to do this other than to see a key item that neither character can reach just yet. The Sheva player should fall back down after the cutscene. On any playthrough, you can simply skip this partner assist action. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Barred Window - The Sheva player can examine the barred window on the second floor after the partner assist action in order to see a key item. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Find the alley to the west. A female Majini is hunched over a dead body at the end of the alley. She will be alerted to the characters presence soon, so prepare to blast her. She actually won't attack from a distance until a character aims a her. She feels that hot laser on her back ready to blast through her skull! When you step into the next area, a Majini will be beating a dead body behind the fence to the north. If you step near the fence then he will notice the characters and climb the gate to attack them. You can simply shoot him while he is at the top of the fence and make him suffer damage from the fall. It's really best to let Majini such as this come to your side; this way, you'll reap the reward of the item drop that they might possibly leave behind instead of having it closed off to you. Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the fence and other --WOODEN BARREL-- in the alcove to the east. -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In front of the fence to the north. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If the characters run up to the fence on the far south side then a blonde | | haired woman will fall from the side of the wall behind the fence and a | | Majini will quickly reach down and grab her then drag her away. Neither of | | them can be hit. They are immune to damage and will not stagger when shot. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | A character can stand near the south fence and shoot all the boxes inside | | the stand on the other side so that the pile falls over. A Majini hides | | behind them and will knock them down once a player approaches the stand | | after moving around the corners to the west. If enough of them are shot | | out of the way, the Majini will be huddled in the stand and only be able to | | knock aside a few boxes instead of a whole pile. It's quite hilarious to | | watch his attempt at a scare fail from a FAQ author's thought ahead of | | time. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Two more Majini will approach your characters from the south. Slash the stack of --TOMATOES-- in front of the west building. A Majini will attack when your characters step into the building (he drops through the roof). Slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside the building. You'll find a broken ladder outside the building to the south. A Majini will step out from the area behind the ladder. Finish him off then ignore the ladder for now and enter the path behind it then slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table at the end. -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST [ ] Tomatoes - On table by some sandbags to the southwest. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the right freezer, inside the west building. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table in the area behind the second broken ladder. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the nearby broken ladder. You can perform a partner assist action (assist jump) with this ladder as well, but this one has purpose! > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < < Move along the rooftops and head to the north. Use the command to jump to the room in the far north. The moment Sheva steps into this room, Chris is going to have to deal with some Majini below. The Chris player will not be completely overwhelmed though, so don't worry about getting back to him. Collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the top of the freezer and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table to the right then grab the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ from the middle table. Collect the **OLD BUILDING KEY** on the cabinet on the far northwest side of the room. Run back along the rooftops and get back to your pahrtna' now. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the freezer to the left as Sheva enters the room. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the middle table. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the right after entering the room. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Old Building Key - On the cabinet in the southwest portion of the room that only Sheva can get to. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < < Chris doesn't really have that much to do here. As soon as Sheva enters the building then three Majini will attack him. Simply shoot them in an area that will stun them for a melee attack then give them an uber Redfield knockdown. > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Once both characters regroup, step into the small room to the east then open the door at the end. Hop through the window directly ahead then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Lying on the right freezer in the room in front of the red door. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop back outside the room then move along the nearby alley to the south. A Majini will try to climb over the fenced portion of the wall to the east, so shoot him at the peak of his climb as he tries to climb or allow him to come to your side then blast him for a possible item. You'll run across a --WOODEN BARREL-- along the alley as both characters work their way to the southeast. A Majini will knock over the cardboard boxes that cover a stand as the two characters walk by it. Slash the stack of --TOMATOES-- on the table under the umbrella further ahead. You can toss a grenade or knock a Majini into the stand to the right of the tomatoes to break it for a random item. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - This is lying along the alley. --> Random Item [ ] Tomatoes - Lying on a table under an umbrella to the south. --> Definite Item: Incendiary Grenade [ ] Stand - Toss a grenade or knock a Majini into the stand near the tomatoes to break it. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the west of the building by a fence. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Red Door - Red door of the nearby building [ ] Blue Door - Blue door up the stairs of the nearby building ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The red door near the characters and the blue door up the stairs of the nearby building are locked. You might as well collect the random item from the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- to the west before doing anything else. Approach the blue door below the stairs of the nearby building then open it and step inside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - By a fence to the west. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ from the cabinet off to the right then enter the room around the corner to the east and collect the ++400 GOLD++ and ++100 GOLD++ from the long desk. Unlock the door if you want. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Shotgun Shells (+10) - Lying on a cabinet to the right as the characters enter the first floor of the building [ ] 400 gold - Step into the room off to the right before going upstairs to find this on a desk. [ ] 100 gold - Lying on the desk beside the 400 gold pickup. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the stairs and step onto the second floor. Take the ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ from the top of the metal container to the south. Step out onto the east walkway and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the left. Be sure to shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (1/30)-- on the south side of this rooftop as referenced below. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #01 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Look off the south side of the east walkway after \________/ after climbing up the stairs in the building with the two locked doors to find this BSAA emblem on the outside wall of the building to the south behind a fence. Aim and look downward. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Drawers - Check the drawers to the side of the first aid spray pickup. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the east outside walkway. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] First Aid Spray - On the south metal container after moving up the stairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step back into the building then walk to the west walkway. You can unlock the blue door to the south if you want. This is the one that was above the stairs. Two Majini will attack from the outside walkway. One of them knocks over some cardboard boxes from the right side of the walkway. They probably stack them up themselves to provide a cheap fright for locals as they knock them over. Find the chest to the left along the outside walkway and open it to collect the ++ANTIQUE CLOCK++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Antique Clock [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After climbing the stairs in the building with the two locked doors, fight off the two Majini that attack near the west walkway then step out onto it and turn left to find a chest containing this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Instead of going all the way back down the stairs and exiting the building, simply drop down off the side of the west walkway to get back to where the characters were previously at below. Walk toward the door to the north and use the assist button near it to kick it open and trigger a cutscene. -- CHECKPOINT Hey, wasn't that Allyson? Adam's girl? You know from the Kijuju blog. Go and visit the blog right now and read up on the story of Adam and Allyson if you don't know about them. It provides some good backstory for her character. www.kijujublog.blogspot.com Seriously, go now and read it before walking up the steps ahead and you'll feel more content in a few seconds. It doesn't provide a major plot device, but still... If you collected the Old Building Key then use it to unlock the door of the building to the west. Break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- then take the ++ITHACA M37 (SG)++ from the plaque inside the building. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Ithaca M37 (SG) Location: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 Details: Have Sheva collect the old building key by moving along the rooftops after using the partner assist action near the second broken ladder then, after the cutscene with Allyson, unlock the blue door to the nearby building then collect this weapon from the plaque inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building that must be unlocked with the Old Building Key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Moving up the ladder to reach the rooftop of the building and climbing up to the top of the crate in the northwest have little significance unless you're chasing after the chicken in this area and it happens to fly on top of either area. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | The chicken in this area can lay a variety of random eggs. There are four | | types of chicken eggs altogether: White (Common), Brown (Uncommon), Gold | | (Rare), and Rotten (dropped by an enemy). The chicken might lay one of the | | first three eggs if the characters leave it alone in a certain place for a | | while. | | | | An egg can be equipped and thrown at an enemy much like tossing a grenade | | or you can "Use" or press the assist button to eat the egg for a health | | restore depending on the egg type: | | | | White (minor), Brown (moderate), Gold (full), Rotten (-50% health) | | | | Rotten Eggs will take enough damage to kill most Majini in one hit when | | thrown. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below the stairs of the north building then climb the stairs of the building and move toward the door to trigger a cutscene. -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the staircase of the north building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sub-Boss --> Allyson (blonde woman) My dear Allyson, Adam wouldn't even recognize you anymore... and he sure won't in a few minutes, now that you've dared to raise those pretty little mouth appendages to a Redfield. You get a Haymaker to that pretty little face for that fright earlier, my dear... an uber Redfield Haymaker. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Right at the starting of the battle, if you want to tag team melee Allyson | | in single player then shoot her in the arm, issue the "Go" command to Sheva,| | perform a hook on Allyson then Sheva should be behind her to knee her back | | to Chris. Perform the Haymaker from the front side or step around her | | backside as she staggers to get the Back Hand command. | | | | It's so wrong and disrespectful, but it leaves me feeling so good when I | | I think about it. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Directly after the cutscene, Allyson will attack both character. She is just like an ordinary Majini except for the fact that she has a bit more health. She has about the same amount of health as the Majini with the megaphone back at the Public Assembly in Chapter 1-1. Weaken Allyson and defeat her like you would a normal Majini then her head will bust open to reveal a parasite called a Cephalo. These centipede-like head appendages strike from medium to close range with their necks. In order to defeat it, aim for the centipede head and fire at it with any weapon. The handgun and machine gun really work the best since you can spam it with rapid fire without knocking it down but if it gets too close then fire a shotgun blast at it then empty handgun or machine gun bullets into its head while it's down. There is a way to avoid the Cephalo spawning however. Simply shoot Allyson in the leg then run behind her and perform an instant kill melee attack with either character. Problem solved. This works for any type of parasite spawning while fighting a Majini. If you want to finish off Allyson in style however, simply shoot her in an arm and bounce her back and forth then perform a co-op melee attack against her to finish her off for good also. Go ahead and perform that Skull Crusher that you're no doubt brainstorming. Besides Allyson, other Majini will enter the building after a short while. Simply stun the extra Majini with gunfire then knock them down with a melee attack. About six extra Majini will attack altogether (not all at once, usually in groups of two). Allyson will leave behind the --IVORY RELIEF-- treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Urban District - Chapter 1-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ivory Relief [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Allyson (blonde woman) will drop this treasure after she is defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: The Works Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go. Details: In single player mode, right when the battle begins, shoot Allyson in the arm for an arm stun, issue the "Go" command so that you're AI partner runs behind her. Quickly hit Allyson with a melee attack from up close before she recovers from the arm stun and your AI partner should be right behind her, so that character can bounce her back. Let loose the tag team melee button input command when it appears and you'll bag yourself a trophy/achievement. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- There is nothing outside the door that leads to the second floor walkway where Allyson was standing in the cutscene. Break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table in the west room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - In the west room of the building, the opposite room from the room where Allyson is fought. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leave the building by opening the door and stepping down the staircase to the west. Kirk will come in over radio and mention that Alpha Team is under attack. Four Majini will step into view from the south and move toward the characters. I feel a tag team melee coming on. The double door gate to the west is locked. You can step over to the large crate up the steps then climb on top and drop behind the west wall or simply move around the back side of the crate and go through the hole in the wall on other side. Run to the far north end of the path to the side and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS--. The lock for the double door iron gate can be broken by kicking it or shooting off the lock, but there is really no need to do this. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the far north end of the area behind the locked gate. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the door on the southwest side of the next building with the assist "ready" command to continue. [CH123] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A B A N D O N E D B U I L D I N G - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Step around the corner of the dimly lit hall up ahead. A cutscene will play eventually to showcase the area. Open the door to the nearby room then step inside. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Sink - The sink off to the left upon stepping into the room. [ ] Bags - The pile of bags around the corner to the east. They are to the left around the first east corner. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Navigate around the corridor up ahead. There are a few rats running about. They've likely heard that Exterminator Redfield and Alomar are treasure hunting. Move to the corridor and walk up the stairs. Notice the black oozing liquid moving out of the ceiling. Both Chris and Sheva can stand under it and allow it to drip on them. Thankfully neither of them get dirty. It slides right off Sheva's smooth skin and Chris's granite composition. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Black Liquid - The black liquid that drips from the ceiling of the stairs can be examined. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Follow the corridor to the east at the top of the stairs. A body will step into view ahead. You can slash it with your knife. Slash open the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the cabinet. Sheva will speak a little about the corpse as both character move past it. Break open the next --WOODEN BARREL-- in the southwest corner of the room ahead. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Dead corpse - The dead corpse that steps into view can be interacted with once it falls. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the cabinet, to the east after getting off the stairs. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Climb the ladder up ahead. Just like RE4, these ladder can be knocked over with the "Knock Down" command that appears while standing above one. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #02 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Abandoned Building - Chapter 1-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After climbing the ladder, move to the center of the \________/ walkway to the side. Look up and to the northwest to spot a dead Alpha Team soldier hanging on a wooden pole then look toward the water tower further upward to see this BSAA emblem on the framework below it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - You see that dead Alpha Team soldiers that hangs on the wooden pole up above while looking off the side railing? You can be an evil bastard and shoot the corpse then watch it slowly fall off the pole. I once had him hanging off the pole with one arm. Anyway... be sure to look up toward the water tower off to the northwest rooftop and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (2/30)-- on the framework below it. .------------------------------------ EXTRA ----------------------------------. | The crows that fly overhead in this area can be shot. They will help to | | boost your kills for this chapter and might carry random items. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move directly to the north and slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS--. Step past the next Alpha Team corpse along the west walkway. Turn to the left once you reach the door then hop over the gap in the walkway using the command that appears while standing next to the hole in the walkway. Open the chest on the other side and collect the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++. Leap back across the gap then use the partner action command to kick down the next door and trigger a cutscene. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the ladder. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Against the wall to the north along the walkway above the ladder. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ at Captain DeChant's feet then break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the north cabinet and the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east cabinet. ------------------------------------------------------------------INVESTIGATION [ ] Captain DeChant's corpse - Lying at the character's feet after the cutscene. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the north side of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On a cabinet on the east side of the room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo - Lying at Captain DeChant's feet. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the blue door to the south and follow the corridor ahead as it moves to the north. Use the command in front of the controls to open the elevator door then step inside and use the partner assist command to go down. [CH124] Chapter 1-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - F U R N A C E F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Slash the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the elevator doors then move down the hall to the south up ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Across from the elevator. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Follow the hall ahead as it curves to the east then move up the stairs and open the door at the top. Slash open the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- to the right of the dead Alpha Team soldier then slash open the --WOODEN BARREL-- near the door up ahead. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Black Slime - On the left corner of the wall at the right turn. [ ] Alpha Team Soldier - The dead Alpha Team soldier on the floor. [ ] Door - The locked door to the west. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the corpse, next to another barrel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the west door. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The door to the west is locked and requires a key. Go figure. I know, let's go down the dimly lit tunnel with black oozing liquid all over the walls... and a the dead Alpha Team member slumped against the far wall! That's gotta' be the right way. Follow the south tunnel to the end and move to the west at the far end and enter the room with the incinerator. Break open the three --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the south side of the room and the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- next to the corpse on the other side. Notice the two gas cylinders that are against the east wall and north wall. The incinerator in the west can be turned on by interacting with the switch in front of it. Collect the **FURNACE KEY** from the right hand of the corpse in front of the incinerator. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Gas Cylinder - On the east side of the room. [ ] Gas Cylinder - On the north side of the room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels. [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels. [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south side of the room next to two other barrels. [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse. [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the dead corpse. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM [ ] Furnace Key - The dead corpse in the room has this in his right hand. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Now, let us go back to the door at the end of the hall with oozing black liquid that wreaks of death and unlock the door at the end then leave this area. A cutscene will play once the characters step close to the end of the hall. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + UROBOROS -------- HP: 28,000 Weak Points: - Orange glowing portion of arms - Brownish bubbling portion of collapsed body - Weak against fire (incendiary grenade, incinerator) Recommended - Gas Cylinder (shoot them with any weapon after absorption) Weapon(s): - Incinerator - Incendiary Grenades - Any weapon to hit the glowing portion of arms (shotgun) - Shotgun for showcased body weak point when collapsed Attacks: 1) Right Arm Swing - Uroboros swings his right arm across the area in front of him. This attack is mid and close range. 2) Turning Swing - While a character is behind him, Uroboros will swing at the character with his arm while turning. This attack is very rare, much like the Executioner Majini's turning swing. 3) Grab and Absorb - Uroboros reaches forward and grabs with both arms. The partner must save the grabbed character with a partner assist melee or the grabbed player must shake the left thumbstick to escape. The boss will eventually let go after a while. He stretches his arms out almost as far as he swings his arm for the other attack. 4) Lunging Grab - Uroboros ducks down then lunges forward to grab a character. This grab looks much like the other grab but it is more sudden. A button prompt that appears shortly before the grab will allow your character to dodge out of the way of the grab. 5) Dash - Uroboros crouches down then scurries toward your characters. This move can knock down a character that is in his way but it rarely does so. 6) Arm Extend Grab - From long range, Uroboros will lash out one or both arms directly forward to grab. This attack can be performed when the boss has one or both arms and it can be escaped by shaking the thumbstick or through a partner assist melee. 7) Direct Contact - Any type of direct contact with this boss for a slightly extended period of about 5 seconds will result in your character getting hit and covered in a black leech-like substance. The character will hold his/her body as if in caution status until the substance eventually disappears. The substance drains your character's health much like a poison for the first few seconds that it remains on the character. It will not force a weak character into Dying status. 8) Dissolve - Uroboros can teleport from one area to another by simply dissolving into the floor and reforming at some other part of the room. It's a Super Marcus! Dr. Marcus must have somehow survived and taken all of that mutating green ooze like Shredder in the second Ninja Turtles movie! No, actually this creature is named Uroboros. Knowing too much about this creature at this point is actually a spoiler. If you watched the opening movie then you should realize that this is the man that was overtaken by the black leech-like substance after the Bird Lady injected him. You don't want to fight this boss in the current hallway, so turn and run all the way back to the room with the incinerator. Fighting him in this hallway with a normal weapon setup is meaningless since all he will do is push both characters down the hall and into the room with the incinerator while he damages them with direct contact to his leech-like body. --> EXPOSING HIS WEAK POINTS Allow the boss to enter the room and it will trigger a slight cutscene upon stepping inside. This boss has two visible orange weak points on its arms and both characters can shoot at the orange glowing weak points to knock off his arms and stun him. The arms will constantly grow back at a quick rate, so both characters have to destroy them quickly. .---------------------------- SINGLE PLAYER TIPS -----------------------------. | 1) In single player mode, set Sheva to attack mode and she will help out | | greatly at damaging his arm weak points with her pinpoint accuracy with any | | weapon. | | | | 2) If Uroboros grabs your character then tap the assist button while | | struggling to have your partner save your character quicker. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> THE GAS CYLINDERS You really want to use his arm weak points as a last resort however. Remember the red gas cylinders along the sidewalls? Run toward one of them with either character and use the command that appears while standing next to it to make the character knock it down. Your character is not completely invincible to attack while performing the knock down animation for the gas cylinder, so you don't want to knock one over while the Uroboros is nearby. A lot of times, he will not hit your character, but he can! The boss will get the gas cylinder stuck in his leech-like body. Back away and shoot the gas cylinder with any type of weapon to immediately stun the boss and cause it to collapse. Its weak point will be showcased as the body beneath the leech-like substance is showcased under the brownish bubbling liquid. Any weapon fire from any weapon will damage it but close range shotgun blasts are preferred. --> THE INCINERATOR The easiest way to dispose of this boss is to get him caught in the incinerator. Allow him to pick up a fallen gas cylinder then lead him into the incinerator. While he is in the incinerator, shoot the gas cylinder to stun the boss then rush back outside the incinerator and use the controls to seal the chamber and burn him. One burn will be enough to finish him off on normal mode, but multiple burns in the incinerator are needed to finish him off on Veteran mode. This method will help to save a bunch of ammo, but you might forfeit a certain treasure in doing so. In order to lead him into the incinerator, it is best for one character to lure him inside while the other character waits outside the incinerator and stands by the controls ready to flip the switch after the gas cylinder inside of him is shot. On single player, walk over to the control and use the assist command when Sheva is nearby to make her stand near the controls. She will not flip the lever until the Uroboros is inside of the incinerator, so simply lead the creature into the incinerator while it carries the gas cylinder then shoot the cylinder and run out. Sheva will announce that she is flipping the switch and your character will have a few seconds to get out before the incinerator closes. --> STANDING UP TO UROBOROS The arm swipe and the two mid-range grabs can be avoided by simply backing up; well, as long as you have room to back up. The arm extend grab can be avoided with a sidestep to the left or right, but this move will be easier to avoid if he only has one arm, obviously; it can also be avoided by backing up, really far! If the boss is beaten normally without the final hit being delivered by an incinerator burn, he will drop a ++GOLD RING++ treasure item. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Uroboros without leading it into the incinerator for the final hit. The final hit must be a gunshot. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + Run back outside the room after the battle then continue back down the hall to the north. Use the furnace key on the door at the end to unlock it then step into the next hall. There are three packs of ++HANDGUN BULLET (+5)++ in the metal case before the second turn. There is a --BSAA EMBLEM (3/30)-- past the fence further down the hall. You'll need to look past a concrete piece then blast it while it hangs on the wall behind the fence. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn. [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn. [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Inside a metal case before the second turn. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #03 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Furnace Facility - Chapter 1-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: When the characters reach the metal case with handgun \________/ bullets, move down the next hall then look toward the right fence along the wall. Look past the left side of the concrete piece to see this emblem on the wall behind the fence. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Move down the hall to the west and open the elevator using the controls to the side of it. Step inside then choose to move up with the assist command that appears in order to end this chapter! - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ _ [CH21] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 2-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 60+ | 45 | 30 | <29 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <23'00" | 28'00" | 33'00" | 33'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH211] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S T O R A G E F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both Chris and Sheva start out in a warehouse. Keep in mind that you can shoot the rats for some extra gold pickups here. Turn around and slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the northwest portion of the room then climb the nearby ladder on the crate across from the barrel. You'll find two crates to the east, so hop the gap in between them then open the treasure chest directly ahead and pick up the ++300 GOLD++, ++300 GOLD++ and ++400 GOLD++ inside. You've likely seen the ---BSAA EMBLEM (4/30)-- hanging on the nearby wall in full view, right? - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #04 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Storage Facility - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Hanging near the middle of the west wall, above a \________/ wooden barrel shortly after the chapter begins. There is a note about the BSAA medals in this room also. The programmers want you to see this without using Berserker's guide. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Both Jeeps - Both jeeps in the back of the warehouse. [ ] BSAA Emblem Memo - On the sandbags in front of the south jeep. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - In between the two large crates in the north middle portion of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the very back of the warehouse behind the jeeps (northeast side). --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fall down the west side of the large crate then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the sandbags. There is a --BSAA EMBLEM FILE-- on the sandbags near the south jeep. Take the ++H&K MP5++ from the metal case in front of the south jeep. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: H&K MP5 Location: Chapter 2-1 Details: Open the metal case in front of the south jeep to find this weapon inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below where the BSAA medal was located and check out the --DIRECTIONS FOR PARTNER FILE-- and --ITEM MENU FILE--. Slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- beside the door on the west side of the room then use the assist button to interact with the door to move onto the next area. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Direction for Partner File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door. [ ] Item Menu File - On the sandbags to the right of the exit door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Below the BSAA emblem on the west wall. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the exit door. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On some sandbags near the exit door. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH212] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E B R I D G E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Move around the side of the crates to the north. Notice the C4 explosive tripwire in between the crates. Take out the machine gun or handgun and shoot the explosive or the tripwire to set it off from a safe distance. You'll run across more of these as the characters progress forward. Keep in mind that the characters can lead an enemy toward the explosive and set it off to damage the enemy. Aim upwards and to the left then shoot the Majini with the crossbow that will be alerted to your characters presence. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | It's possible to aim up toward the top left metal container when the cross- | | bow Majini first arrives and shoot him to make him fall on the C4 explosive | | below. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Continue around the corner and a Majini will be standing to the right. You can take out your knife and slash him as he runs toward your characters since he always dashes! Move on further ahead and quickly shoot the Majini with the crossbow as he tries to run toward on a nearby crate. If he makes it to the ladder then he will climb up it and try to shoot the character from above. Another Majini will attack from off to the right (south). If you look to the north before moving past the crates near the crossbow Majini then you'll notice a tripwire. With steady aim a player can shoot the wire or a player can shoot the actual explosive from the top of the crate near it. Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ inside the crate to the east after turning left up ahead. Climb the nearby ladder of the crate that the crossbow Majini ran to and you can get a clear view of the C4 explosive below. Drop down and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and --WOODEN CRATE-- near it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the other side of the second C4 explosive. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the other side of the second C4 explosive. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Inside of metal crate next to where the crossbow Majini is. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Maneuver around the sides of the crates to the southeast. Find the single --WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the metal crate to the east. Shoot the next C4 explosive tripwire then continue around the crates, this time heading north. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside of the metal crate in the southeast --> Definite Item: First Aid Spray ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NEW ENEMY: Adjule A new enemy known as an "Adjule" (dog) will step into view. There are a total of three inside the open crate up ahead. Take out the shotgun and shoot them or blast them from far away with the handgun or machine gun. Don't let them get too close. They have some very fast lunging attacks that can really leave a player confused as to their location after they hit a character. These enemies always attack in packs, so be prepared to deal with about two or three at a time most of the time. Adjules come in three different sizes. They become more ferocious and tougher when they're heads separate to reveal their parasitic inside. Any type of burst of light from a flash grenade or flash round will instantly kill an Adjule that has exposed its parasite, though, if this is your first playthrough then you don't have either of the flash explosives yet. A Majini with a crossbow will be on top of the east metal container during the Adjule battle so shoot him down or close to a wall so he can't hit the characters. Look around the side of the crates to the north after the battle to find a --WOODEN BARREL--. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the north of the open metal crate where the Adjules attack. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shoot the C4 explosive tripwire to the south and move around the side of the crates ahead. A sinlge Majini will leap out from behind the end of the left metal crate and attack. Climb the ladder on the side of the crate up ahead as your characters turn back to the north then follow the path up above and drop from the other end of the open crate. A Majini to the west will notice the characters. Soon an Adjule will step into view along with a new enemy known as the "Big Man Majini". Hurry up and step out from behind the crates. There is a set of oil canister that can be shot in front of the car in the open area. This will serve to damage the Big Man Majini and other Majini and the Adjules that attack. NEW ENEMY: Big man Majini Use your shotgun for this part while the other character uses a handgun or machine gun. You need to focus on the Big Man Majini once he steps into view. He hits very hard with constant straight punches and an overhead physical attack with his fists. The best way to deal with him is to take out the shotgun and blast him from close range to stagger him then rush up toward him and melee attack him. Blast him again then repeat and keep repeating. The Big Man Majini can also be take down with a handgun if a character constantly blasts his legs then runs up to melee attack him when he falls to his knees. The Big Man Majini can also be set up for a tag team melee after any type of melee performed to him. The characters can easily turn Big Man into a punching bag through constant bouncing melee attack after the first melee. A flash grenades stun can set him up for a tag team melee very easily. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: The Works Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go. Details: In single player mode, lead the Big Man Majini away from the other enemies, preferably in the narrow area, and use a flash grenade to stun the Big Man Majini then quickly run behind him and knock him toward your AI partner. If your AI partner knocks him back then hit him with the tag team melee command that will appear in order to get this trophy/achievement. This can be done against all Big Man Majini rather easily, so if you can't get it here then you'll have more chances later on. You could also toss the flash grenade then quickly use the "Go" command to make your AI partner rush to the other side of the Big Man Majini to set up the placement for the tag team melee nicely. No flash grenade is really needed if your character uses a handgun and aims for his legs. Big Man Majini are easier to work into a tag team sequence than normal Majini because they don't stagger per hit; they only slide just a bit per melee attack. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- The Majini and Adjules can get in the way quite a bit while attacking the Big Man Majini. Some of the Majini have crossbows and will try to climb the ladders of the crates to the west to get to high ground, so be ready to look up and blast them. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big man Majini and he will drop this. Most Big man Majini will drop this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = After the battle is over, slash the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the west side of the area near the tree. Move around the side of the cars then use the partner assist prompt to open the gate on the other side. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side of the open area near a tree. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPONT Break open the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on the sandbags ahead. Walk toward the gap in the bridge to the north. You see those four red explosive barrels up ahead? They will come in handy in a moment. Leap to the other side of the bridge by tapping the button when the "Jump" button prompt command appears. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate (right) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate. --> Definite Item: Red Herb [ ] Wooden Crate (left) - Lying on a sandbag with another crate. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A cutscene will trigger after leaping to the other side of the bridge. A truck is coming and I don't think uber Redfield has enough strength to stop it with his bare hands - sometimes I wonder though. Anyway, aim for the closest red explosive barrel to the right and shoot it when the truck passes by the side of the explosive barrel to cause an explosion that will make the truck fall over and slide the rest of the way toward the characters. If you're not precise or quick enough then truck will ram the two characters and kill them. The truck can still damage the characters when it slides toward them fast, but when it slows down quite a bit it is no longer a threat. A whole horde of Majini will attack from the north side of the bridge up ahead. Thankfully, they conveniently stand near the left and right red explosive barrels in the back of the bridge, so take advantage of their red color blindness then shoot the two barrels to take out several of them with each explosion. Run ahead and finish off the remainder of them. I don't know about you, but I feel some tag team melees are needed here. Run to the warehouse to the far north and break open the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- inside and find the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the east side of the warehouse. There is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- outside of the warehouse near the sidewall to the west. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the north warehouse at the other end of the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Outside of the warehouse and to the west. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move toward the stairs that lead to the sewers to the west. Look off the side of the railing (to the south) and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (5/30)-- on the middle bridge pillar below. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #05 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Bridge - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After moving to the other side of the bridge, stand at \________/ the top of the staircase then look to the south below the bridge. Look at the middle pillar supporting the bridge to see this emblem standing on a wooden platform that wraps around the bridge pillar. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- CHECKPOINT Move down the stairs and enter the sewer tunnel below. Keep moving ahead and three Adjules will race down the tunnel toward the characters. Both characters need to concentrate fire here or the Adjules will get past your shots. A character could toss a hand grenade here since they pile up in a bunch and the tunnel is narrow. Two more Adjules will attack once the characters move further into the tunnel. Continue to follow the sewer tunnel as it splits to the east. Open the door ahead then move around the corner. Shoot the rats for extra gold and break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- in the next room. Use the assist button to interact with the next door in order to enter the next area. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the south side of the room in the sewers. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the north side of the room in the sewers. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH213] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E P O R T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Move down the tunnel and be sure to pick up the ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ treasure off to the left upon stepping out into the waterway. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is lying in the standing water on the south side of the waterway to the left as the characters exit the tunnel while starting this chapter. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Notice all the Majini to the right up ahead. I bet they'll get up in a second and try to scare us. Let's move toward them and humor them. Good freaking god! That makes me want to curl into a fetal position just thinking about the pain. NEW ENEMY: Kipepeo An enemy known as a Kipepeo will bust out of the back of the fallen Majini. These enemies like to fly overhead and grab your characters with their tail appendage. Stand back and shoot them with a close shotgun blast or use the handgun or machine gun. Keep backing up if they move forward in order to avoid their grab. A total of three Kipepeo will spawn from the Majini in the waterway. The Majini at the far end will get up and attack like normal but, once he is shot a few times, his head will bust open to reveal yet another Kipepeo. Keep in mind that any Majini that the characters fight in the next few areas might spawn a Kipepeo without any warning. The Kipepeos will leave behind ammo and other items just like the Majini so be sure to watch for it - by now you know that all B.O.W.'s carry gold and ammo, right? T and G-virus cretins were just concealing it well in the past games. I suspect those Alpha Hunters back at the Spencer Estate probably had US dollars, coin currency, gold necklaces, gold teeth, and diamond rings on them if we would have looked more closely. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Instead of fighting the Kipepeos, the character could simply shoot the lock | | on the gate door ahead from the other side of the screen then run and open | | the door as they spawn and move down the tunnel to avoid the battle. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Break the lock on the door ahead by kicking or shooting it then enter the dark tunnel ahead. We have some very nice lighting effects here. Shoot the rats for some extra gold. Climb the ladder at the far end of the tunnel. The characters will climb up to a port area. If you look closely, a Majini will run by to the side; he off to the north past the boats as the two characters step into view. If you can manage to walk around the side of the building, arm your S75 rifle quick enough (on a second playthrough) and shoot him then he will leave behind a ++DIAMOND (PEAR)++ treasure on the other side. Run quickly over to that side and grab it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After exiting the sewer via the ladder, step around the right side of the nearby building and you'll see a Majini quickly move around the side of the boat up ahead. Quickly arm the S75 rifle and shoot him to make him drop this. You have to be quick. One shot anywhere on the body at default damage level will work on normal mode. On a second playthrough, a player can use a flash round to stun the Majini that runs behind the boat then shoot him. In co-op mode, one player can stun him then the other player can quickly run over to his side and continue to stun him with flash rounds. Perform a tag team melee on him to make fun of him trying to run from your characters. In other words, show off that you have read Berserker's RE5 guide where we make fun of cowards with our uber skills! = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Pick up the ++GREEN HERB from near the boats to the north and enter the nearby building to the east. Slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- and the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside the east building then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ to the side of the doorway. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the boats outside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. [ ] Green Herb - Inside the east building after exiting the sewer tunnel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk back outside the building then move out into the ocean from the shoreline up ahead. Move against the far south end to find ++100 GOLD++ eventually then run to the toward the middle of the ocean and find the planks that stick out of the water in the back middle portion and collect the ++100 GOLD++ while standing on the north side of those planks. Run to the far northwest end and pick up the ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ from the ocean floor. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is lying out in the far northwest portion of the ocean. Simply run out to the far northwest portion of the water, near the boat then pick this up. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Enter the marketplace area up ahead past the boats near the shore. Three Majini (one on the other side of the locked gate and two past the center stands) will quickly scurry away. You can shoot them if you want. Cowards. You fear the tag team melee addiction of almighty Berserker! Run now and tell all your friends about me. The east gate is locked and requires a key. Slash the ++MELONS++ on the west side of the middle stand and the ++MELONS++ on the east side. There is also a stack of ++MELONS++ along the north side but it doesn't hold anything special. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Melons - On the west side of the center set of stands. --> Definite Item: Shotgun Shells (+5) [ ] Melons - On the east side of the center set of stands. --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade [ ] Stands - Several of the stands in this area can be destroyed with a hand grenade or by knocking a Majini into them. There are eight destructible stands total. They all look similar somewhat. --> Random Items ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The chest in the center of the middle set of stands holds a ++RUBY (MARQUISE)++ treasure. You'll have to use a hand grenade to destroy one of the destructible side stands in order to get to it. If you climb the ladder on the south side of the building across from the building with the padlock and step across the roofs then you'll find an ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++ treasure on the far north side. If you look at the ceiling of the small green building to the south of the middle set of stands (literally aim upwards while facing the inside counter) then you'll see a --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- on the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Marquise) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Approach the stand in the middle of the market- place area in front of the locked door and toss a hand grenade against the chest in the middle of the stands. The grenade will go off and break the two side stands and allow access to the chest. Open the chest for this treasure! = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Find the ladder on the south side of the building next to the building with the padlocked door then climb the ladder. Run across the rooftop then walk to the far north corner to find this laying on the rooftop. It's not exactly in the corner but very near it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #06 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: To the south of the middle group of stands is a closed \________/ green building. Walk toward the building counter and aim upward then look at the ceiling to see this BSAA emblem. You can actually see it glimmering through the crack of the other side also. This building is very small - smaller than a stand. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Find the padlocked door across from the middle set of stands. Break the padlock and enter the building. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | You can enter this room by knocking off the padlock or you can jump through | | the window in the back. Majini will attack after you get a key item | | inside, so if you want to play it safe then jump through window in the back | | and this will make it to where they have to move through the window to get | | to your characters. You can stand inside the building and knife slash them | | as they try. Even the Big Man Majini will fall victim to this though he | | can get by the knife slashes at times. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Slash the --TOMATOES-- to the right after entering the building. A dead corpse hangs from the middle of the room. He has a meat hook stabbed through his neck. Shoot the key on the meat hook and it will fall. Pick up the **PORT KEY** key item. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Hanging Corpse - Hanging from the middle of the inside of the building with the padlocked door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tomatoes - To the right after entering the building with the padlocked door. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Port Key - Hanging from the hook on the hanging dead corpse. Shoot it to make it fall. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The moment the Port Key is grabbed, several Majini and a Big Man Majini will surround the building and enter it to attack. If you didn't break the padlock then they can only get in through the window, so you can easily stand and fight them off from inside the building but if you did break the padlock then it will be best to fight them outside to keep them to one side more easily rather than having them come from two separate directions. Try to take down the Big Man Majini first by using shotgun blast to knock him back then run up and melee attack him or one character could blast him in the legs with a handgun then run up and melee him. The other Majini shouldn't be too much of a problem, but you might have to break out the shotgun if they begin to crowd around too much. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big Man Majini after collecting the Port Key and he will drop this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = After the battle, use the Port Key on the gate to the east to unlock it then move along the dock and step onto the boat to the right. Slash the --WOODEN BARREL-- on the right side and the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- around the west corner of the boat. Step out onto the wooden dock to the north and pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the right when the dock splits. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the boat near the dock after moving past the gate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after moving past the gate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the boat (around the corner) after moving past the gate. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the south end (path split) of the wooden dock to the north of the boat. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop into the water below the boat on the north side then pick up the ++400 GOLD++ below the wooden ramp that leads up to the boat. A few Majini and a Big Man Majini will attack once the characters step near the path ahead. Have the shotgun ready for Big Man and melee his ass after each shot. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big Man Majini shortly after moving along the docks from the ship after using the Port Key to unlock the gate. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Climb up the ladder to the street above if you haven't already. Kirk will arrive in the helicopter up above and he will provide cover fire for Chris and Sheva. You can step behind the wall of the building to the left and use the new Resident Evil cover feature. You might need to take cover from the Majini with the crossbows behind the barricade further ahead. Use the handgun or machine gun while stepping out to fire at them. Kirk should help out quite a bit though to where you won't have to do that much. .---------------------------------------------------------. | Cover feature controls: | | | | Action button = press against/move away from wall | | Aim button = step out and aim while holding the button. | | Run button = reload (no need to hold aim button) | '---------------------------------------------------------' Enter the nearby building to the left and slash the --WOODEN CRATE-- inside. Be on the look out for the Majini with the crossbow on the high walkway of the building up ahead. Climb the ladder propped against the right building then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ near the north railing. You'll most likely notice the --BSAA EMBLEM (6/30)-- through the doorway of the building to the north while on top of the current building. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Stand - The first stand to the right can be destroyed. Kirk might destroy it. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the building to the left. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the railing on the north end of the rooftop of the building with the ladder. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #07 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Port - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Climb to the top of the building with the ladder \________/ propped against it then move to the north side railing. Look toward the open doorway on the north building directly ahead to see this BSAA emblem on the wall behind the doorway. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fall back down the building and hop over the barricade to the northeast. Grab the ++GREEN HERB++ off the table near the building to the left up ahead. Majini will move out of the double doors of the building to the northeast. One of them might spawn a Kipepeo once defeated. Pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO++ further ahead then move around the side of the table to the right and break the --WOOODEN BARREL-- in the alley beside the northeast building. You can also hop over the railing to the right just outside the building doors. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Move around the tables to the south outside the northeast building you'll find this down an alley besides the building. You can also hop over the railing beside the building to get to this. --> Random Item [ ] Tomatoes - On a table under a straw rooftop by the building with the double doors. --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On a table to the off to the left below the building with the "STORES" sign off to the left of the street. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the double doors of the northeast building then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- inside and open the metal case then grab the ++S75 (RIF)++. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: S75 (RIF) Location: The Port - Chapter 2-1 Details: Open the metal case inside the building to the northeast while on the street where Kirk provides cover fire. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Leave the building then head to the double doors in the north. Use the assist button to open the doors to continue to the next area. [CH214] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S H A N T Y T O W N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - You have two choices as to how to enter the building up ahead: OPTION 1 --> WALK DOWN THE PATH STRAIGHT AHEAD If you walk down the path then a Majini will .----------- TIP ------------. eventually spot your character and pound on the | Instead of gunfire, you | nearby window then eventually break through it | can also equip the knife | and attack. Stand near the window as the first | then stand in front of the | Majini climbs through and blast him. There are | window and slash at the | two more Majini inside that will either follow | Majini from the other | the first or stay behind - you might have to | side. | hop inside to get their attention. Run to the '----------------------------' end of the path and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the broken down car that is blocking the path around the side of the building. Hop through the window and enter the building. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Try facing the window that the Majini pounds on then jump through it to | | knock him down and perform a melee ground attack. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On a broken down car at the end of the path outside the building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The blood splatters along the wall and sheet to the side provide the perfect unsettling mood for entering this room. Find the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the shelf to the right. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] The Chainsaw - The chainsaw on the middle counter in the slaughterhouse. [ ] Hatchet - The hatchet that sticks out of the meat chunk on the counter beside the chainsaw. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- All the skulls displayed around the room can be destroyed with the slash of the knife or any type of shot if you so desire. Navigate through the hanging hooks with animal bits on them and open the door on the other side. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on the shelf across from the middle table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPTION 2 --> WALK AHEAD THEN MAKE AN IMMEDIATE RIGHT Kick through the blue door or carefully open it then move around the side of the building. Chris players can take out the rifle and look through the window near the wooden door up ahead then blast the single Majini standing near the window - the rest won't attack yet. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near the fence. The Majini will notice your character in due time and open the door to the building on the left, so you might as well kick down the door and start shooting. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the fence across from the back door of the Slaughterhouse. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | If you're fast enough at reaching the wooden door on the other side of the | | Slaughterhouse, your character can actually kick the door and hit the | | Majini on the other side of it. This doesn't always work like the window | | knockdown however. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO++ on the shelf across from the middle table. You might want to hop through the window on the other side and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on top of the wrecked car down the path to the right. Exiting this room via the window takes you back to the beginning path basically. Both characters started down the left side of the outside path. Get back into the room and kick back through the door on the other side. --> BOTH PATHS MEET HERE Alright, so now we're outside the building. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ near the fence if you haven't yet. Move along the path that leads to the hill up ahead. There are two --WOODEN CRATES-- on a table off to the left right near the building that both characters just exited from. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; left box. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On a table to the left at the beginning of the path; right box. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the hill and a slight cutscene will play. Two Kipepeos will continue their descent and begin to attack after the cutscene, so shoot them with your handgun. Sheva's machine gun also works very well at damaging them with its rapid fire and Chris' rifle can knock them down with one shot. Aim carefully since they sometimes wave around a bit while flying downward. You might want to back down the hill just a bit as they descend so they will be closer and usually more still while you fire. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | (1) The Kipepeos cannot move under any portion of the Slaughterhouse | | rooftop, so both of your characters can run under the roof then stand | | back and shoot them safely from a distance. Kipepeos cannot move under | | any rooftop of fly though a doorway. | | | | (2) A player equipped with a rifle can stand at the bottom of the hill and | | tell a partner to move forward to and activate the helicopter cutscene | | by issuing the "Go" command while the player with a rifle stands at the | | bottom of hill. The rifle player can easily aim and snipe both | | Kipepeos with the rifle from the bottom of the hill. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Continue up the hill. While standing below the ladder, you'll get a button prompt with either character. Basically press the B button when the "Assist" command appears and have the character walk toward the partner and press the button that appears. Sheva will be hoisted up to the ladder and she will climb on top of the roof. > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < From the moment that you regain control of Sheva, arm the machine gun then aimed toward the Majini with the cocktails off to the left and tap the trigger once to defeat him instantly and make a Kipepeo spawn from his body. Pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ and the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from the long platform along the middle portion of the roof then break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the raised portion on the right side of the roof. There is some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ near the railing along the far side of the roof as well as another --WOODEN BARREL-- on the far left side. Sheva mainly needs to watch out for the Majini with the crossbow and the Kipepeos that spawns from the Majini with cocktails. If the Kipepeo flies toward Sheva after shooting the Majini with the cocktails then make defeating it your first priority and then quickly shoot the Majini with the crossbow. Sheva can actually stand behind a wooden wall on the right side up ahead across from the ladder that will shield her from the flaming bolts. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - along the right side of the rooftop [Sheva only]. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - along the far left side of the rooftop [Sheva only]. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the roof. [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Lying on the long platform in the middle of the roof. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying near the railing on the opposite side of the roof. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Majini with the cocktails will spawn a Kipepeo from its head, so be ready to blast it with the machine gun if Chris doesn't shoot it. Use the remaining time to help out Chris while he fights the Majini groups below the building. Stand and blast them with the handgun or machine gun to help out Chris. Try not to interrupt the player if Chris has things under control with his melee attacks. Whether or not you hop back down the ladder or not at this point depends upon you. When Chris moves up to the door up the stairs ahead, Sheva can help out fairly well here. Equip the Machine Gun and aim down at the Majini then barely tap the trigger while aiming at their legs, head or shoulders and this will put them in a stunned position where Chris can hit them with melee attacks. If the Chris player realizes what Sheva is doing this can go extremely well. Either way, the Chris player should begin to realize the stunned Majini in front of Chris. Sheva needs to watch Chris' back and protect him from any Majini that might sneak up behind him as well. Shoot any Majini that get near him and try to blast them in vital areas to stun them for Chris to melee attack them. In order to get off the rooftop, Sheva will have to jump back down from the side with the ladder and move around the side of the building to rejoin Chris. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < Chris needs to go around the left side of the building. There is a breakable --WOODEN BARREL-- down a path to the immediate right after moving around the side corner of the building. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the end of the path along the left side of the building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | If you want AI Sheva to get off the building and rejoin Chris then tap the | | Assist button to issue a "Cover" assist command and she will usually jump | | off the building and meet up with Chris. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Chris will have to deal with a small group of Majini as they move down the hill directly ahead of him. There is also a Majini with a cocktail on the ledge directly ahead. Shoot at the Majini up the hill and prepare to back up as the Majini on the ledge tosses cocktails toward Chris; he might toss them toward Sheva. The cocktails can damage the Majini below, so he might actually do Chris a favor if you back up when he tosses the cocktails. You'll eventually need to shoot the Majini on the ledge if Sheva doesn't shoot it for you. The Majini with the cocktail will spawn a Kipepeo from his head, so prepare to shoot it with the handgun or rifle. The rifle really works the best since it is at such a distance - simply shoot the Majini then equip the rifle and blast the Kipepeo as it spawns. It will fly toward either Chris while he is stationed below or Sheva while she is up on the building, so be sure to take it down. After the Kipepeo is defeated, move further up the hill and a group of Majini will bust through the door of the building at the top of the stairs. Shoot at them from below the stairs and aim for a vital area on them such as the head or legs then run up and knock the whole crowd down with a melee attack. If Sheva didn't do a good job of surveying the area then a Majini with a crossbow will be at the top of the steps. Sometimes a Majini will hang around inside of the building up ahead as well. If you have a hand grenade here then toss it up the stairs and this should defeat the majority of the Majini. Sheva should come and join Chris in just a minute. If she doesn't then call to her with the B button or tell the other player to climb down the ladder and get their ass in gear. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < Make an immediate left and enter the restroom area. Move over to the last stall and prepare to shoot the Majini standing in that stall; he might rush toward your character. Pick up the ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++ where the Majini was standing then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- next to the nearby sink. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Equip the knife and face the Majini as he runs out of the stall then slash | | him to most likely knock him down. Perform a melee ground attack to finish | | him off if he falls. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the restroom, near the sink. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the floor in the last stall where the Majini is. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk back out of the restroom then continue on up ahead. Grab the ++RED HERB++ off of the table then turn left. There is a Majini in the small alcove behind the boards - look to the left as your character enters the area. Prepare to blast him then run up and melee him or whatever ritual you have. Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- across from where the Majini was standing. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the alcove across from the alcove with the Majini. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the table next to the boarded alcove. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The metal set of red double doors are locked .-------- EXTRA NOTE --------. from the other side. Go ahead and investigate | A grenade cannot even open | them to see the outside padlock. Walk further | those locked doors from | into the room ahead then turn to the left and | this side. They will be | move up the stairs. A single Majini is guarding | opened in a moment with a | the stairway, but as your character moves | little co-op assistance. | further up the stairs, another Majini will walk '----------------------------' down the second set of stairs at the top and another will enter the area from the doorway that leads out to the left walkway. Be sure to watch both of them as you shoot so one doesn't get the drop on your character. Run off to the left while on the second floor then pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the chair off to the left and step out onto the outside walkway then grab the other ++HAND GRENADE++ off to the left. If you walk over to the right past the metal drum and look up while out on the walkway, you'll see that the next floor is broken and has a dropoff where one can easily get back to this floor. Chris should keep that broken side of the above ledge in mind. Run back into the building then climb the next set of stairs. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the chair near the right outside ledge entrance. [ ] Hand Grenade - To the left on the outside ledge. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .--------------- FIRST FLOOR METAL DOOR LOCK GLITCH/EXPLOIT ------------------. | While on the second floor, it is possible to arm a grenade and stand on the | | right side of the third column to the right on the outside walkway of the | | current building and arm a hand grenade then toss the grenade against the | | yellow Animal Health sign of the BG Production building next door so that | | it bounces off the sign and lands in front of the red metal door below, | | which will break the lock. The correct targeting for tossing the grenade | | is to aim directly at the sign with both character and aim a little | | downward. | | | | You can also bounce a grenade off the side of the third floor walkway of | | the other building or you can toss it toward the right edge of the wall on | | while on the third floor of the current building. There's a variety of | | ways to bounce the grenade, as long as it fall in front of the door below. | | | | Sheva can hit the lock from the third floor of the BG Production building | | after Chris tosses her over if you toss a grenade down at the red metal | | door while standing on the edge of the third floor. The aiming can be | | quite hard. You actually have to aim like Sheva is about to throw the | | grenade at the concrete floor because of the camera. | | | | Sheva can also hit the lock from the second floor of the BG Production | | building if you run to the side with the slightly destroyed railing and | | toss a grenade down at the door. She can also shoot the lock with the | | handgun or rifle. Keep in mind that the Majini will be moving up the | | stairs while Sheva is on the second floor. | | | | ** Breaking the lock before Sheva falls to the second floor of the BG | | Production building will automatically cancel the first wave of Majini | | that normally attack Sheva. | | | | No matter which method is chosen, your character (or Chris, if Sheva is | | tossed over) can run to the stairs and activate the Chainsaw Majini | | cutscene and this will skip the first and second wave of Majini that appear | | in the area outside of the current building. | | | | One interesting aspect of this glitch is that if the first wave of Majini | | have already appeared then they will disappear immediately following the | | Chainsaw Majini cutscene. If Chris or Sheva stall outside the building for | | too long after opening the red metal door (if the first wave hasn't | | appeared) then the battle music will eventually play and the second wave of | | Majini will appear. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Destroy the two --WOODEN CRATES-- at the very top of the second set of stairs. Look over to the left and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on the shelf. There is a ++GREEN HERB++ on a chair hidden behind the stair railing in the alcove directly in front of set of shelves. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; left barrel. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - across from the top of the stairs; right barrel. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo - On the shelf to the left of the two wooden barrels. [ ] Green Herb - On a chair across from the shelf with the handgun ammo. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run out onto the outside walkway. Move toward the far end that faces the outside building for an assist jump prompt. Don't jump just yet! The Chris player needs the S75 rifle for this part, so give him the rifle if you have it Sheva player! Also, turn around while facing the edge of the building and look up onto the rooftop of the current building then shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (8/30)-- above. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #08 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Shanty Town - Chapter 2-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Before performing the partner action jump to toss Sheva \________/ over to the BG Production Building, while at the edge of the walkway, turn around then aim upwards to see the edge of this BSAA emblem. A Sheva player can simply turn around after landing on the opposite building to see the full emblem easily. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Make sure that all of the items in the current building have been collected before performing the assist action. ,------------------------- ADVICE FOR A CHRIS PLAYER -------------------------, | Before Sheva is tossed to the other building, a Chris player needs to take | | the rifle since a rifle is very much needed for the next segment of | | gameplay. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Walk toward the edge that faces the BG Building next door and use the partner assist prompt to help Sheva jump to the building across from the current one. > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < Sheva will land on the roof of the BG Production building next door. Take some time to break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the left then hop down to the floor below by leaping off the ledge ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left on the top ledge of the BG Building [Sheva only]. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the second floor of the BG Building in the northeast corner. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Look behind Sheva as she lands and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the northeast corner while on the second floor. Sheva will have her work cut out for her here as a group of Majini move up the stairs off to her right. There is an explosive barrel nearby. You can wait for Majini to pile up near it now and shoot them or wait until later in the battle and shoot the barrel. It's a little hard to hit it later in the battle at times with all the Majini in the way. Either way, allow them to gather near it then shoot it. It's best for Sheva to stand in the corner where the breakable barrel is (or was) to make sure that no Majini sneak behind her. Sheva mainly needs to keep a sharp eye out for the Majini with flaming crossbows that will stand near the stairs and shoot at her. When several Majini rush toward Sheva in a group you need to either shoot one of them in the head and run up to him then roundhouse kick him and the rest of the crowd or take out the Machine Gun and spread fire through the group then run up and hit any of them that are stunned in a pose that will give Sheva a button prompt for a melee attack. Melee attacks are very helpful in this area for both the invincible animation and the multiple knockdowns that they cause. If Sheva has a grenade then you might want to toss it at the group of Majini if they start to build up around the area. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | Arm the machine gun then wait near the stacked pipes across from the red | | explosive barrel then aim toward the top of the stairs. As the Majini run | | toward Sheva, tap the trigger button while aiming at their legs to either | | stun them or knock them down. Try to keep them grounded for as long as | | possible and they will begin to mount up beside the red barrel. At the | | last possible moment, shoot the red barrel. If a Majini tosses a weapon at | | you then immediately shoot the red barrel and the explosion will deflect | | it. Sheva will be close enough to the barrel where it will make her throw | | up her arms, so she'll also get invincibility during this animation from | | possible bolts fired at her at that time also. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Sheva needs to make her way downstairs and break the lock on the door of the building across from the BG Production building. It's best to fight off all the current Majini then move down the stairs and run toward the door, but keep in mind that Sheva can still open it while Majini are still in the area if you want Chris to help out. Walk toward the red double doors and Sheva will get a button prompt command while facing it. Press the X button to kick at the lock. Three kicks should break it. You can also shoot the lock. .-------------------------- EXTRA (W/SLIGHT SPOILER) -------------------------. | If Sheva does not open the door for Chris (during co-op), the battle music | | will continue to play but the final wave of Majini will not appear. Sheva | | can actually move up the stairs to the east by herself and trigger the | | Chainsaw Majini fight while Chris is still locked up. The Chainsaw Majini | | fight will carry on like normal, except Chris will still be trapped in the | | nearby building. Be forewarned that the Chainsaw Majini can break the lock | | to the door where Chris is located however! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D S H E V A < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < ,----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------, | In single player mode, if Chris quickly jumps down the side of the ledge | | directly after helping Sheva across, then you might not have to watch the | | scene where the Majini move up stairs on Sheva's side. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Equip the rifle with Chris. Chris is going to .----------- TIP ------------. have to provide cover fire for Sheva as the | Chris can shoot the Majini | Majini attack her. Fall down the ledge on the | as they enter the BG | right (west side) of the third floor ledge and | Building by looking down | your character will land on the second floor | at the ground floor and | walkway directly across from the floor that | and shooting them as they | Sheva is on. Step up to the railing and look | step through the entrance | through the scope of the rifle then get Sheva in | doorway. He can also hit | view. Look to her right and prepare to cover | the red barrel to the | Sheva. Make sure to shoot the Majini that are | right of the entrance with | close to Sheva first if they start to group up | the rifle to defeat | around her. The best way to help out Sheva is | multiple Majini. | to shoot the Majini with the flaming crossbows '----------------------------' that tend to stand near the stairs and shoot at her from a distance since Sheva will most likely be so busy with the group of Majini running at her, she won't have time to hit these distant pests. .--------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ---------------------------------. | If you're not that good at sniping like yours truly, stand on the far right | | side of the walkway and toss a hand grenade at the stairs the second you | | hear Sheva fall and this will take out a good majority of the first few | | Majini. You can continue to toss grenades at the stairs as they continue | | to move up them or toss a grenade at the ground outside of the BG | | Production building - don't forget about the red barrel! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Wait for the Majini to stand still then aim for the head and shoot while using the rifle and you'll get a guaranteed head explosion on each one. If you're playing in single player and Sheva manages to get by the Majini on the stairs and starts to move downstairs then she is heading for the door below, so quickly run down the stairs of the building and join her. Once the coast is clear, Chris should run back down to the first floor and await Sheva's arrival near the metal red double doors that are locked. Use the Action button near the door to kick on the locked doors a few times with Chris if Sheva suddenly starts to daydream and that should get her attention. > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > E N D C H R I S < < < < < < < < < < < < < < Once Chris is through the doors, both characters will be reunited right before another Majini ambush! Majini will eventually hop over the fence in the west and attack then some others will appear from the east. Try not to let them surround your characters. You might want to enter either of the nearby buildings or duck into the alley by the building. The red explosive barrels can be used to defeat a whole group of them at once, but you might want to save those explosive barrels for another more powerful enemy that will attack in this area in just a few moments. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On the table to the left of the front entrance to the BG Production building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Ride the Lightning Description: Defeat a Majini using the electric current from a transformer. Details: Look toward the stairs off to the side and find the transformer suspended on the telephone pole to the left of the staircase. Aim up and shoot the transformer down. The transformer will send out an electric current that will shock all nearby enemies after it is shot when it is not electrified. Lead Majini toward the grounded transformer then shoot the transformer to electrify them. Don't move up the stairs too far for the cutscene for the Chainsaw Majini boss will activate and make this achievement a bit hard to gain. If a player can kill a Majini with the electricity from the transformer then this trophy/achievement will be earned. Keep in mind that the actual electricity must kill the Majini, so a player can weaken the Majini (with gunshots) down to where the electricity from the transformer will kill it. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- Destroy the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the table near the red explosive barrel outside of the building that Sheva was in then enter the bottom floor of the building. Destroy both of the --WOODEN CRATES-- on each of the wooden tables inside. You can move up to the second floor via the staircase but it won't do Chris much good unless Sheva didn't break the wooden barrel up there - AI Sheva has a habit of leaving it behind. Exit the building through the back entrance then make an immediate left and follow the path to the dead end then break open the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the set of boards. Down the other end of the path there is a --WOODEN BARREL-- in a corner at the turn. .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------. | If you destroy the door in the back of the BG Building by slashing at it | | then it might make the next battle in this stage just a bit easier since | | you won't have to constantly kick it down while running into or out of the | | back of the building while being chased. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; right table. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Inside the BG Production building; left table. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - In the dead end behind the building [far east end]. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+10) [ ] Wooden Barrel - Along the path behind the storage building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the front of the building then head to the east. Climb up onto the broken down bus by moving up the first ramp on its left side then look to the right and pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++ on the dashboard. Step off the other side of the bus then destroy the --WOODEN BARREL-- on the right side of the broken down bus and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ on the left side of the path up ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the right side of the broken down bus. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the right side of the dashboard in the wrecked bus. [ ] Green Herb - Below the stairs that lead up to the gate. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Before you walk up the stairs, while standing near the bottom of the stairs, look up and find the transformer suspended on the metal pole beside the nearby building. You can actually shoot it to make it fall before the boss fight in order to already have it on the ground waiting to be shot during the battle. Walk up the path when you're ready. A cutscene will trigger as one of the characters walks up the path. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Whether or not both characters will appear in the next cutscene depends | | upon how close or far apart they are. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + CHAINSAW MAJINI --------------- HP: 10,000 Great. A chainsaw. Keep in mind that if the Chainsaw Majini hits your character with his chainsaw blade then it will register as an instant kill for that character much like Dr. Salvador's fine blade in Resident Evil 4 or it will leave your character in dying status. See his two different attacks below. Attacks: 1) Crazed Swing: Pretty much like it sounds, the Chainsaw Majini will hold his chainsaw up into the air and then laugh maniacally as he swings his blade forward. Unlike his other attack, this chainsaw swing is not an instant kill however. If this attack hits your character, it will immediately send that character into dying status. 2) Focused Swing: This is the swing to end them all as well as your character's life. If the Chainsaw Majini performs a much less charged and quieter swing rather than laughing then the blade will slice right into your character's neck and the Chainsaw Majini will continue to drive the blade across the neck until your characters head rolls off. The death cutscene plays on both screens while on either online service in order for both players to witness the love that was dished out in that one fatal swing. --> TO GAIN AN ADVANTAGE AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS BATTLE... Single Player: Have the rifle equipped before the cutscene ends then zoom in on the Chainsaw Majini's head and blast him in the head to stun him. Run up to the Majini and blast him a few times in the head with the handgun then perform a melee attack by inputting the melee attack button command that appears. Be sure to run by him to force AI Sheva into getting in a hit as well if you have her set to "Cover" mode. You could keep running away and shooting him in the head for a stun then melee him throughout the remainder of the battle if you can watch for the other Majini around the area. Always try to make sure that the first rifle shot hits the Chainsaw Majini while attempting to shoot him directly after the cutscene in single player mode. If the shot misses then the shell ejection animation from the rifle shot will leave Chris open to a chainsaw slice. Co-op: (Recommended) 1) One character (whichever) can stand at the bottom of the stairs and take on the Majini that appear while the other character fights the Chainsaw Majini. The character that fights the Chainsaw Majini needs to aim at his head with the handgun (or any other weapon) and fire off two shots (differs depending on weapon) then run in and fire off a few more shots shortly before hitting him with a melee attack. Right after hitting him, quick turn and run a few steps away then turn and repeat (shoot him in the head to stun him again). With good aim and a good partner that will keep the other Majini busy, you'll be able to finish him shortly. If you use some of the maximum aggression methods labeled further below, then he will fall extremely fast by doing this. (Alternate) 2) One character can equip the rifle and stand at the bottom of the stairs or really far away (other side of the screen) while Sheva moves up the stairs to trigger the cutscene. After the cutscene, zoom in and aim for the Chainsaw Majini's head with the rifle while the Chainsaw Majini chases the other player then shoot the Majini in the head. Each successful shot to the head will stun the Majini, allowing the other player to spam the Chainsaw Majini with shotgun fire to the head shortly before melee attacking it. You could actually keep this up with Sheva serving as bait to distract the Chainsaw Majini away from the rifle player while that player shoots the Chainsaw Majini in the head from a distance. It's good for both players to watch out for each other when the Majini start to appear. A rifle player could easily shoot them in the head for instant kills. 3) One character can stand at the bottom of the stairs while the other moves up the stairs. After the cutscene, aim up at the transformer on the metal pole then shoot it right when the Chainsaw Majini is at the bottom of the stairs to electrify him. You can keep running back and forth to the transformer for the rest of the battle and shoot it when the Chainsaw Majini is nearby to send another blast of electricity out of it. You could easily mix this method in with any other method, just keep the power box in mind. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------, | Both Sheva and Chris can stun the Majini by hitting it in the head, | | shoulders or legs to eventually stun him to where both characters can get a | | button prompt for a melee attack. Be sure that both characters hit the | | Chainsaw Majini with a melee attack when nearby. If you're playing on | | single player then have Sheva set to "Cover" mode and run behind the | | Chainsaw Majini after Chris' melee attack to have Sheva follow up with one | | of her own. Keep in mind that the absolute weakest portion of the Chainsaw | | Majini is head - a few shots from any weapon will stun him quickly when hit | | in the head. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> RIFLE STRATEGY Shooting the Chainsaw Majini in the head with the rifle will always stun him if he is he moving normally. The rifle is the absolute best weapon for Chris or Sheva to use during this fight while engaged in a co-op game. Your AI partner will usually provide distraction for the other Majini. Be sure to keep your distance from the Chainsaw Majini and don't ever shoot when he is close to Chris unless you are definitely going to hit him, if not, then the shell ejection animation during the missed shot might just sign your death warrant, my friend. Make sure there are no enemies around whenever Chris needs to reload. While in single player mode, this can still be one of the absolute best ways to finish off the Chainsaw Majini quickly. You see, shoot him in the head to stun him then run up to him and hit him with the melee attack then run past him while Sheva is in "Cover" mode and she will follow up with a melee attack of her own. The main player can toss a grenade afterward to restun the Chainsaw Majini - look toward the ground and toss it right in front of your character since the Chainsaw Majini will most likely be very close by. The Chainsaw Majini stays stunned for quite a while after shooting him in head so you could run up to him and blast him in the head a few times with the handgun or once with the rifle before hitting him with a melee attack! --> LURE STRATEGY A player can serve as bait to lure the Chainsaw Majini away from the other while the character with the rifle concentrates on shooting the Chainsaw Majini in the head with his rifle. Use the Machine Gun and Handgun to fire at the Majini and keep it chasing Sheva - try to aim for its head. Don't ever reload your Machine Gun while an enemy (especially the Chainsaw Majini) is nearby. Whenever the Chainsaw Majini is shot in the head with the rifle, quickly run up to the Chainsaw Majini and hit him with constant gunfire from any weapon then quickly perform a melee attack right before he recovers. Switch between weapons in tough situations when your character doesn't have time to reload. --> CO-OP STRATEGY A player can easily stand back and use the rifle to perform a quick headshot to stun the Chainsaw Majini while the other serves as bait then the lure player can rush into the Majini while it is stunned and get close and blast the Chainsaw Majini in the head or body with a weapon until the weapon is fully empty (don't reload) then perform a melee attack. The player with the rifle should stay far away and view the battle through the sniper scope then shoot the Chainsaw Majini in the head again when he recovers. The other player can reload right after a melee attack or, better yet, perform a quick inventory reload by combining the ammo with the machine gun during the melee attack animation. The player with the rifle can also rush in and perform the character's own melee attack after the other player's but you'll have to quickly gain some distance again. A lure player should try to keep an eye on the rifle player's backside and quickly blast any Majini that try to sneak up behind him since he'll be performing precision aiming while the Majini appear around the building area. A rifle player should remain focused on stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a headshot. It helps to move around a bit if you think some Majini might be approaching your character from behind; all you really have to do is run forward and bit when Majini start to appear behind the character then you'll have time to perform a quick headshot. It's really best if the rifle player reloads by combining the ammo with the rifle via the inventory menu during the clip ejection animation in between shots. --> SHOOT THE BARRELS Lure the Chainsaw Majini toward one of the four red barrels found in between the buildings and shoot the red barrel to cause an explosion that will stun him if he is close. If he is not close enough then the blast will simply stagger him for a few seconds. Be sure to stay far enough away from the red barrel so your character doesn't get caught up in the blast. The red explosive barrels have a much greater blast radius then you might expect so be careful if this your first time to experiment with them. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | If your partner happens to be standing next to a red barrel right when the | | the Chainsaw Majini is about to hit that character with its chainsaw then | | quickly aim toward the barrel and shoot it. It might damage your character | | or it might not. Your character might throw up his/her arms in response to | | the blast rendering them invincible for a few seconds or the blast might | | hit that character and take away some health. Either way, it is better | | than instant death. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> A MOST GRUESOME GAME OF TAG Both characters will have to stay on the move throughout this entire battle. You'll need to constantly look out for Majini that enter the area and you'll really need to listen for the roar of the chainsaw. The Chainsaw Majini takes quite a while to prepare his fatal chainsaw death blow, but when you're stuck in a reloading animation, that fatal blow animation time could never go by any faster! It kind of sounds like this: (A REVVING CHAINSAW BLADE MUFFLES OUT ALL OTHER SOUNDS) TAG! GRINDING NOOOOOOOOOIIIIIIIIISSSSSSES- YOU'RE IT! (BODY COLLAPSES IN FAILURE FOR BOTH PLAYERS TO SEE). His attack where he charges his swing longer (and laughs) is not fatal but it will drain your character down dying status if it connects. The main path that you'll want to take during this fight is to move through the alley in the back of the BG Production building then kick through (or if you destroyed it) run through the doorway and then step through the building again to reenter the area in front of it. You can keep circling this entire area in this way to stay away from the Chainsaw Majini. You can also take the battle upstairs to the second floor of the BG Production building where some objects lie in the middle of the room; the objects can serve as a barrier while you circle around this floor. Don't every try to meet up with Chainsaw Majini on the staircase. It's also possible to take this fight back toward the beginning of this stage if you so desire. You really don't have to worry about getting hit by his chainsaw whenever your character dashes next to him but he will most likely try to take a swing at your character, so be quick! He has a long recovery time after each unsuccessful slice so that time can be used to blast him. Keep these tips in mind: - An Incendiary Grenade will stun the Chainsaw Majini afterwards if he is caught in the flames (he staggers) - A Hand Grenade explosion will cause him to crouch down. - Directly after a melee attack, depending on the landscape, your character can toss a hand grenade directly at the ground while facing the Chainsaw Majini as the Chainsaw Majini recovers and the grenade will go off and restun him. This is a trap if you can keep this up - melee, grenade, melee, grenade, etc. - If your partner is about to get hit with the chainsaw and there is a red barrel nearby the partner, shoot the red barrel with your gun. Hey, at least it will save them from instant death. .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | Be very careful while healing your partner while your partner is close to | | the Chainsaw Majini. A single heal at the wrong time will make the | | characters stand together just long enough for the Chainsaw Majini to rev | | up his blade and hit both characters. Try to quickly stun the Majini with | | headshots if your partner is near him and in dying status or extremely low | | in health then heal your partner quickly while the Chainsaw Majini is | | stunned. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> MAXIMUM AGGRESSION METHOD - RIFLE PLAYER A player can take the Chainsaw Majini on solely with a rifle and have the Chainsaw Majini dead in a few minutes if both the rifle player and the other player work together. It's very risky since one missed headshot from close range might just equal the rifle player's death but if you're aim is good then there won't be any problems. Have the player without the rifle wait at the bottom of the stairs then arm the rifle and move up the stairs to trigger the fight. When the battle begins, aim for the Chainsaw Majini's head with the rifle scope and blast him directly in the head to stun him. Run up to the Chainsaw Majini enough to where the melee command button prompt for hitting will appear then fire off at least two rifle blasts directly at any portion of his body. Cancel the final blast into a melee attack then quickly pull up the inventory menu and reload by combining the ammo with the rifle. Quick turn away then run down the stairs just a bit then quick turn around and blast him in the head again. Rinse and repeat this sequence and the Chainsaw Majini will fall very quickly. It is possible to get in three full rifle blasts before ending the sequence of shots with the melee attack but you have to perform the head stun shot very close. The entire sequence is a complete trap for as long as you can keep it up. Sheva should stay at the bottom of the stairs and fight off the Majini that hop into the area below. Keep them away from the stairs so Chris can focus on his aiming. - SHOTGUN PLAYER Shotgun players can be just as aggressive with the shotgun while close. Simply stun the Chainsaw Majini with two handgun shots or one well aimed shotgun blast from close range then run up to him and fill him full of shotgun blasts then melee attack him. Quickly reload through inventory then quick turn and run away a bit then arm the handgun or shotgun and stun him again. The rifle player can help out by stunning the Chainsaw Majini with a rifle shot to head while he is at the bottom of the stairs. Be sure to watch for the Majini that jump into the area from below however. - COMBINING THE TWO AGGRESSION METHODS If two players work together and combine both aggression methods then the Chainsaw Majini will die extremely quickly. The main bad part about combining both aggression methods is that the Majini below the stairs will eventually move up the stairs and start attacking. You might be able to take down the Chainsaw Majini before they make it up the stairs though. For both character methods, a character should never melee attack the Chainsaw Majini early or it will end the prolonged stun. Always survey the situation below the stairs when quick turning with either character. --> IF YOUR PARTNER HITS THE CHAINSAW MAJINI WITH A MELEE ATTACK EARLY If you're going for the gunshot + melee cancel method that I mentioned above and your partner rushes in and performs a melee, you can still get off one final shot along with a melee cancel. Run up to the Chainsaw Majini as he staggers then perform a quick blast with either the rifle or a few shots from the machine gun or handgun then cancel the final blast into a melee immediately. With the shotgun, you can get off about a good 3-4 shots before he recovers and still have a chance to melee attack him. .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------. | Any of the above methods can be speeded up greatly by tossing hand grenades | | at the Chainsaw Majini while he is stunned to intensify the damage done. | | Remember that a single Incendiary Grenade will instantly stun him as he | | burns in the fire. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> CHAINSAW MAJINI EXPLOITS - If the transformer is on the ground and electrified, the Chainsaw Majini might get stuck behind it to where he will continually run into it while trying to get to your character. If this occurs, simple stand in place and shoot the electric transformer every now and then to keep it electrified while you chuckle at his stupidity. - Lure the Chainsaw Majini onto the broken down bus by moving up either ramp along the side of the bus then drop from the driver's side of the bus. While the Chainsaw Majini drops from the bus, shoot him. You can keep luring him onto the bus to make him drop again. This is some very valuable info for knife runs since he can be slashed while he drops or steps up onto the bus. - Lure the Chainsaw Majini back to the first building where Chris and Sheva can perform the partner action that will hoist Sheva up to the building. The neat thing about doing this is that the Majini will usually come after Sheva at this point by climbing the ladder, so all she has to do is stand at the top and slash them back down with the knife. The Chris player can focus on the Chainsaw Majini at this point. Keep in mind that both characters are not invincible during their ready poses for the partner action setup by they are invincible once the hoisting command has begun. This will not work well in single player mode since the AI partner will automatically fall down the ladder to "help" the player. If you're performing a knife run through co-op play, try this and get back to me on how well it went. - Lure the Chainsaw Majini all the way back to the Slaughterhouse at the beginning of the stage. Make him follow your character toward the window then hop through the window. The Chainsaw Majini will refuse to climb through the window and you can shoot him while he is on the other side. He will take the long way around and choose to move through the blue door outside of the Slaughterhouse. Simply hop back through the window when he gets close. You can keep this loop up and he will he will always choose to move through the blue door. It's good to destroy the wooden door in the Slaughterhouse while doing this so you don't have to kick it open on your way back - the Chainsaw Majini will destroy it himself if you don't however. This is also valuable info for knife runs since he can be slash from the other side of the window. - When your character hops through the window of the Slaughterhouse, the chainsaw Majini will always run toward the blue door and his AI is bound and determined to open that door, so you can follow him and blast him along the way. He opens every door by hitting it with his chainsaw and he has some hefty recovery time from doing this and you can get in a few good shots while he does this. He will only turn after he has opened the door, so be ready to run again. This is incredibly helpful for knife runs since he can be slashed quite a bit before he turns after opening a door! Be forewarned that your character should quick turn and run away early since the corridor with the blue door is very narrow and the Chainsaw Majini will likely be in the way where your character will not be able to run beside him. - The Chainsaw Majini's chainsaw blade attack that opens a door CANNOT hit your character much like the Executioner's gate-breaking swing in the Public Assembly, so you can literally stand on the other side of door and blast him the second he opens it as the chainsaw blade passes right through your character while the door is opened. Pick up the **GUARD'S KEY** from the Chainsaw Majini body once he falls. Some of the other Majini might still be in the area; listen for the battle music to tell if they are or not. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Guard's Key - Defeat the Chainsaw Majini and he will drop this. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | More commonly on difficulties such as Veteran or Professional, but | | sometimes even randomly on normal mode, the Chainsaw Majini might get back | | up after his "death" and begin swinging wildly while moving toward your | | characters. He has little life left when he does this, but he is a walking | | death machine that will easily kill off any character that get in his way | | by sending them into dying status and finishing them off almost instantly | | afterwards. | | | | If he does this, use the rifle, handgun or machine gun from long range to | | quickly spam fire on him and kill him off again. You don't really have to | | kill him; a character could easily pick up the key from his fallen body | | unlock the door and both players can leave the area through the assist | | command while he rages. | | | | He can be hit from the moment that he starts to rise, so a character can | | begin to damage him right then. If this is your second playthrough then | | placing a proximity bomb in his path will cause him to get stunned once he | | moves over it and allow the characters to run up to him and easily finish | | him off. | | | | NOTE: The Chainsaw Majini CANNOT die while rising before going into Berserk | | mode. He will ONLY die after fully standing, so basically if you have | | already shot him twice with a magnum while he rises, then he is already | | dead even though he continues to rise but he will only die when he fully | | stands. There is no reason to continually spam him with bullets and waste | | them. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, the Majini left behind do not have | | to be defeated. You could simply grab the key, then use it on the gate up | | the stairs and then exit through the back gate. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + Once the Chainsaw Majini is finished, move up the stairs to the east then run around the corner at the top. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right along the way to the gate. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - in front of the locked gate, to the right --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interact with the gate near the barrel once the Guard's Key has been obtained from the Chainsaw Majini's body and the gate will be unlocked. Kick through the gate then rush toward the --ITEM BOX-- ahead. Open the chest and pick up the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++, ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++, ++EMERALD (PEAR)++, ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ and ++3,000 GOLD++ from the item chest. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square), Sapphire (Square), Emerald (Pear) |_________________| Topaz (Pear), 3000 Gold [all treasures = 1,000 gold each] DETAILS: Inside the chest beyond the gate that requires the Guard's Key. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 3,000 Gold - Inside the item box. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step in front of the gate to the side and press the assist button to open the gate and move onto the next area. [CH215] Chapter 2-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T R A I N Y A R D - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This area is extremely short. Turn to the left then enter the small building to the north. Shoot the crow nestled in the back of the building and it might drop some extra gold. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off to the left while inside the building. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Off to the left after stepping into the small building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There are quite a few crows flying in the northeast. The smell of death is in the area. Remember that the characters can shoot at the crows for extra gold or just to say that you shot something in this chapter segment. Rush to the gate to the north and both players should use the assist button to slide it open. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | While standing in front of the open gate, notice all the red explosive | | barrels and breakable stands in the open area up ahead. A player can | | actually shoot the red explosive barrels from the gate. Is it useful? No. | | Why the hell do it then? Because it's something else interesting to do in | | this area besides kill crows, that's why. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Enter the next area and a cutscene will trigger. This cutscene requires a button command from both players in order to survive the action that takes place during it, so don't put down the controller. In single player mode, you'll have to press the action commands for both characters but in co-op mode, each player will be responsible for that player's own character command inputs. The screen will display "Chris" when it is Chris' turn while a Sheva player watches the action from that player's screen. -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Chris) Sequence: A Majini suddenly leaps into the air from behind a tree while on a bike and flies toward the characters with a chain ready to hit them but Chris turns to push Sheva out of the way. Type: Single Button Command: Dodge -> COMMAND INPUT 2 (Sheva) Sequence: As the Majini on the motorcycle drags Chris away while he is caught on the chain, Sheva aims her guns carefully and fires at the chain to break it and free Chris. Type: Single Button Command: Fire -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Both) Sequence: Two Majini on motorcycles drive straight toward the characters but as the characters prepare to dodge. Type: Two buttons Command: Dodge - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ ____ [CH22] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___| / __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 2-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 50+ | 35 | 20 | <19 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <22'00" | 27'00" | 32'00" | 32'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH221] Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T R A I N S T A T I O N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Sniper Rifle (for distant Majini especially in the Mining Area) - Machine Gun or Handgun (for normal Majini combat) - Shotgun (for crowds and boss enemy) Be sure to examine the --TYPE 2 PLAGAS FILE-- on the table. It is rather interesting for those familiar with Resident Evil 4. Turn around and pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the cabinet then take the ++HANDGUN BULLETS (+10)++ from the back right lower shelf. Open the north door and step out into the area with the train carts. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Type 2 Plagas File - On the table in front of the characters as the chapter begins. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Turn around at the starting and pick this up from the cabinet. [ ] Handgun Bullets (+5) - Lying on the back right bottom shelf. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk around the side of the train cart to the north and move in between the train carts. There is a C4 tripwire at the other end of the train cart. Three Adjules will step around the side of the left train cart and attack. Shoot the C4 explosive right when the Adjules try to pass underneath it to instantly kill some of them. Take out the shotgun to finish off the survivors. The Adjules move up under the train carts, so back away from the train cart if they move under one and allow them to move back out before attempting to shoot. Move around the side of the left cart. There is another C4 tripwire up ahead. Once a character moves close to the next C4 trap, three Adjules will attack from behind, so perform a quick turn then fight them. Another Adjule will eventually appear from the north to join in with the other three. You'll also hear some Majini yell out from some unknown location. Look up. They are on the train carts above and are armed with crossbows. Don't worry about them at the moment though; take care of the Adjules first. There are a total of three Majini up on the train carts armed with crossbows. You can either climb on top of the wood pieces at the north end of the middle train cart and climb up to the train cart to take them on or a character with rifle can climb on top of the stack of metal pieces to the northeast and get a clear shot at all of them. Move all the way around the east side of the carts then pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ lying in the middle portion of the blockade and grab the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ treasure attached to the wooden fence to the right of the blockade. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Walk around the side of the third train cart in the east and you'll find this attached to the wooden fence to the right of the wooden blockade on the other side. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - In the middle of the wooden blockade around the side of the third train cart. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move back around the side of the train cart then step up onto the wooden pieces at the north end of the middle cart. Grab the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ from the side of the metal pieces off to the right when the characters reach the top of the wooden piece stack then climb up onto the top of the middle train cart. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While climbing the stack of wooden pieces to get on top of the middle train cart, turn to the right and grab this off the west side of the north metal piece stack. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = While on the middle train cart, hop over to the train cart on the right side (west side). Arm a sniper rifle or you can simply look up and spot a --BSAA EMBLEM (9/30)-- on the middle portion of the top part of the tower in the west. Be sure to pick up the ++400 GOLD++ at the far south end of the current train cart also. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #09 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Train Station - Chapter 2-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Climb to the top of the middle train cart then hop over \________/ to the right (west) train cart. Look off to the west and find the closest tower. The BSAA emblem is on the middle portion of the top section of the tower. Use a sniper rifle or a handgun to hit it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 400 Gold - At the south end of the top portion of the west train cart. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop over to the far east cart then move over to the ramp on the east side. Shoot the C4 tripwire placed along the metal pieces up ahead the continue forward. Turn to the left and step over to the northeast dropoff with the red and white striped line. DO NOT DROP JUST YET! Your character will fall and land on a rail cart then the rail cart will roll through the tunnel ahead... the tunnel that is filled with two C4 tripwires. Stand just a bit back from the red and white striped line then arm a sniper rifle and look down into the tunnel then shoot the first C4 explosive. It's possible to hit the first with a handgun or machine gun also. You can shoot the second C4 explosive by running back to the mid portion of the ramp and looking down into the tunnel. Look for the actual explosive portion that is strapped to the right wall and fire at it to set it off. Look for the wire below if needed then move around the ramp and try to find the explosive on the right wall that is connected to it. The first character that falls down will land in the cart below and roll down the tunnel, so be prepared to target and shoot the second C4 explosive if it wasn't hit earlier. Hop off the rail cart then run back to the west end of the rail track. Collect the ++400 GOLD++ from off the wooden cart on the southeast side. Rush back to the elevator that the cart rolled over to and use the partner assist command to take the elevator down. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 400 Gold - On the wooden cart at the west end of the rail track where one character must ride a cart down the tunnel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH222] Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E M I N E S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Take the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the top of the wooden box up ahead. The GPS radar map (minimap) is not available in this area. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - To the right of the lantern on top of a wooden box. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In order to see the path in front of your characters in this cave area, one character must pick up the lantern on the cave floor ahead then the other character must lead the way and protect the lantern carrier from enemies. In single player, it is best for the player to order the AI partner to pick up the lantern through the partner action (assist) button. In single player, the AI partner will automatically aim the lantern in whatever direction your weapon is aimed, so exploring is pretty easy; the AI will also run if your character runs. Press the assist button a second time to make an AI partner drop the lantern. Keep in mind that the lantern can be dropped by equipping any weapon if you're the one holding it. A character can walk and run with the lantern and also pick up items. .--------------------------------------------------------------------. | Lantern controls | | | | Assist Button = Partner Picks up/puts down lantern (single player) | | Equip Weapon = Player puts down lantern. | '--------------------------------------------------------------------' After a character picks up the lantern, begin your journey into the dark tunnel ahead. Try to stay together since the cave is pitch black without any light to guide the way. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Shoot the bats in the tunnel to kill them for possible gold pickups. They | | will also appear under the Records menus as kills. Tossing a flash grenade | | will kill them instantly if they are in the area. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' In the middle of the first curved turn in the cave there is a ++RUBY (PEAR)++ treasure that can be shot down from the ceiling. This item is absolutely invisible on the cave ceiling so read the description below to find it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While moving down the tunnel, find the first set of wooden planks that are nailed together overhead then continue down the tunnel and count the single overhead planks as you move by them. At the third wooden plank, aim upward toward the cave ceiling behind it so that you are aiming in between the third and fourth plank. Watch for your laser sighting to change to a circular dot while aiming at the cave ceiling then shoot the object and it will fall. Pick it up to claim your reward. This treasure does not glimmer and it is invisible while attached to the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Take a right at the cave split and pick up the ++RED HERB++ at the dead end. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - Take a right at the first cave split and this will be at the end. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the split in the cave and go left this time. Walk into the standing water and prepare to shoot a Majini that attacks up ahead. The lead character can actually arm the knife and slash the Majini since it will always run toward your character. Keep in mind that any Majini fought in this area have a high tendency to form a Cephalo from their head as they die. Use a flash grenade or shoot at the head to finish it off if this happens. Shooting a Majini in the leg and then rushing behind it for an instant kill melee attack will keep the Majini from forming a Cephalo. A Majini armed with a mining pick is further ahead. Look up real quick before the Majini attacks and find the glowing red item on the wooden plank above then shoot it and then collect this ++RUBY (PEAR)++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Shortly after moving out of the standing water, and right as the Majini with the mining pick appears ahead, aim upwards and shoot this off the wooden plank attached to the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Two Majini will attack at the split up ahead, one from the left and one from the right. The Majini from the right will be closer, so finish him off first. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- and the two --WOODEN CRATES-- off to the right at the split. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Turn right at the second split to see this. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the barrels. --> Definite Item: Flash Grenade [ ] Wooden Crate - Turn right at the second split to see this behind the barrels. --> Definite Item: Flash Grenade ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turn around and move across the standing water in the next tunnel. You'll eventually come to a bridge. Stand in the center of the bridge then look off to the right and shoot the --BSAA MEDAL (10/30)-- while looking up at the waterfall. Look toward the other end of the bridge then aim upwards and shoot the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ down the wall then collect it. Two Majini will attack from the tunnel on the other side when the characters step near it. A third Majini will join the other two eventually. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #10 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Once the characters reach the bridge in the dark cave, \________/ step to the middle of the bridge then turn right. Look up toward the cave wall with the waterfall to notice the emblem stuck to the cave wall. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While standing near the middle of the bridge in the dark cave, look toward the opposite side then look up to find this treasure attached to the wall above the next tunnel. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = You'll arrive at another path split shortly. Two more Majini will attack. Move down the right path first of all then break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- and the --WOODEN BARREL--. The wooden crate on the right contains a snake, so shoot the crate with a handgun or machine gun then shoot the snake to avoid taking damage. A character can also slash the crate real fast then slash the snake inside, just make sure that your character is close enough to the crate. The snake might leave behind an egg. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near some boxes down the right path after stepping off the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate (left) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping off the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate (right) - On a wooden box down the right path after stepping off the bridge. --> Enemy: Snake ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the left path then move along it. If you look to the left, you'll notice some holes in the wall and there is a crate on the other side. We'll get to those crates in a second. Continue ahead then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Down the left path at the split after crossing the bridge. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Lying on a wooden box next to the wooden barrel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move over to the side to where the paths meet then prepare to take on the Majini with the mining pick further ahead. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- that the Majini was standing in front of. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the paths behind the bridge meet. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the Majini with the mining pick shortly after the paths behind the bridge meet. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Follow the next tunnel and you'll come to a large rock formation in the middle of the cave area ahead. Turn to the left and follow the slightly hidden path to the left. Shoot the --WOOODEN CRATE-- on the table and kill the snake inside then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- and open the chest then collect the ++DIAMOND (OVAL)++ from the nearby chest. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Oval) [4,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: When both characters reach the rock formation near the end of the dark cave, turn left and follow the slightly hidden path then open the chest near the wooden crate at the end. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - When you reach the large rock formation near the end of the dark cave, turn to the left and move down the path to find this on a table at the end. --> Enemy: Snake [ ] Wooden Barrel - Next to the wooden crate mentioned above. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the cave area outside the current tunnel then walk toward the light in the tunnel up ahead. The character carrying the lantern can put it down now by switching the current weapon or by equipping the knife. The AI partner will automatically put down the lantern. You can either have Sheva rotate the handle to the side or have Chris rotate it in order to open the gate up ahead. Spin the thumbstick in a circular motion to rotate the handle. It is really best for the actual player to spin this handle, since you'll have to fight enemies on this side in a moment. Release the handle once the partner moves up under the gate. > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 1 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < The character that stays behind should release the handle after the other player moves under the gate. This player is going to have to deal with three Majini as they attack from the dark cave behind the player. Fight them off to buy time for the partner to lift the gate via the handle at the other end. The moment the gate is lifted, haul ass under the gate since your partner will be patiently spinning the thumbstick online while you fight the Majini. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 2 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < The character that moves under the gate will need to run toward the handle in the cave up ahead then quickly spin the handle to open the gate for the other player. Use the "Come on" command to signal that the gate is lifted since the partner will be busy with three Majini behind the gate. Release the handle when the player moves up under the gate and the Majini will remain trapped on the other side. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .------------------------------------ TIP 1 ----------------------------------. | While the gate is raised for Partner 1, tapping the assist button with | | Partner 1 will issue the "Go" command for that character. Tapping the | | assist command for Partner 2 once that character raises the gate from the | | other side will issue the "Come On" command. | |------------------------------------ TIP 2 ----------------------------------| | Both characters can stand on the opposite side of the gate and knife slash | | any Majini trapped behind it then collect the dropped items by picking them | | up through the gate (if they are nearby). | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Several Majini will appear during a cutscene once the characters step into the tunnel. Two of the Majini on the floors above carry dynamite, which can make this part frustrating if you don't react quickly and take them out fast. The dynamite will kill off the Majini on the first floor, but they'll always toss it near your location and there are very few safe places to go to take cover from the dynamite other than a few tunnels. One character should rush back into the tunnel very quickly and take out a sniper rifle and quickly aim toward the left tunnel on the third floor above then shoot the Majini with the dynamite. Look up on top of the middle platform with the connecting bridge and find the second Majini with the dynamite then shoot him with the rifle. There are Majini armed with crossbows on each of the two side wooden platforms above the third floor, but they aren't as much of a threat as the dynamite tossers since their crossbow bolts tend to miss if the characters stay moving. Once the Majini with the dynamite have been disposed of, pull out the shotgun to deal with the Majini horde on the first floor. They will begin to fall from the floors above and group around eventually. This is an excellent opportunity to set up some tag team attacks from an arm stun with the other player or even the AI partner. You can easily bounce more than one Majini to set them up for a tag team melee. There is a breakable --WOODEN CRATE-- on the wooden blocks to the side. Enter the tunnel off to the left and collect the ++FLASH GRENADE++ near the rock rubble inside. Climb the ladder to the second floor and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the left side. Stand on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor then look toward the wheel above the middle platform. Find the shiny red piece on the second circular metal piece to the right in the middle of the wheel then shoot it to make the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ fall onto the middle platform for your character to collect. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the characters reach the big open cave area after the dark cave, climb to the second floor then stand on the wooden walkway on the left side of the second floor and aim up toward the wheel above the middle platform then shoot this down from the center of the right circular metal piece in the center of the side of the wheel. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On top of the wooden blocks when entering the big cave area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the left side of the second floor with another. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Flash Grenade - On the ground near the rubble in the dead end tunnel to the left after entering the big cave area. It's under the pile of skulls. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Climb the ladder on the right side of the second floor to reach the third floor then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in front of the characters and collect the nearby ++GREEN HERB++. In the middle of the third floor, vault over the railing of the middle platform then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- on it. Run to the opposite side of the third floor and break the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the stack of steel beams at the other end. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Right in front of the top of the ladder that leads to the third floor. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Vault over the railing at the top center portion of the third floor and this is on the platform behind the railing. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On a stack of steel beams on the far right side of the third floor. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the barrel in front of the top of the ladder on the third floor. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Facing the two entrances on the third floor, enter the tunnel on the left. Run down the tunnel. A Majini will eventually fall in front of the characters and try to toss dynamite, so blast him before he starts. Right after defeating him, look up on the wall to the side of the alcove that he jumped from. This wall is above the ceiling to the tunnel ahead. Aim up and shoot the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ down from the wall above then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: The Mines - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After moving to the third floor in the big open cave area after the dark cave, enter the tunnel on the right side then fight off the Majini with dynamite that falls from the overhead alcove. Aim upward towards the wall directly ahead after finishing him then look up to see this on the wall above the tunnel ahead. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Continue on ahead then take the path off to the left. A deadly combination of long range Majini will be blocking the exit up ahead. If you have a hand grenade then toss it at them and quickly step behind the nearby wooden wall. You can also aim for the dynamite that the right Majini carries and blow them all up with one shot if you're aiming is good. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- that was in the back of them after the fight. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Behind the three Majini that are met near the end of the cave. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH223] Chapter 2-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M I N I N G A R E A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Chris and Sheva will start outside the mine elevator. Move down the remainder of the tunnel ahead then pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from near the boulders off to the right and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ from the ground near the pipes. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the ground near some boulders after exiting the tunnel. [ ] Green Herb - On the ground near some pipes after exiting the tunnel. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the stairs of the nearby building to trigger a cutscene. -- CHECKPOINT After the cutscene, Majini will appear outside the building to the west. One of them will be using a stationary gatling gun. Check the left locker in the set of lockers on the south side of the room and collect the ++DRAGONUV SVD (RIF)++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Dragunov SVD (RIF) Location: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 Details: After the first cutscene in this area, open the left locker in the set of lockers on the south side of the room to find this inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + You can take cover behind the nearby window to the west. Walk toward the window and press the action button to duck behind the metal wall below the building. One character should take cover behind the window and equip a rifle; take shots at the Majini behind the gatling gun during his gunfire breaks. The other character should watch the partner's back since a few Majini will enter the building from the first floor. I highly recommend using the S75 rifle since the aiming is more precise at the moment. The Dragunov has an extremely good rate of fire compared to the S75, but the character will hold the S75 steadier for near perfect headshots. Once the first Majini manning the gatling gun is taken down, two more Majini will try to run toward it, one right after the other, so stay put and kill them all. There are Majini with crossbows on the side trailer and the side of the mountain in the distance as well. Shoot them all. Don't worry as much about the Majini that are armed with melee weapons; these Majini will run toward the current building and try to move inside the building through the door on the first floor. Stay behind once the Majini have stopped their attack then zoom in on the very ledge of the mountain ahead. Look closely and shoot the Majini with the crossbow on the mountain and the Majini with the dynamite. The Majini with the dynamite can be quite annoying while moving up the mountain, so go ahead and limit their number by one right now. There is a ++GREEN HERB++ near the railing of the stairs and some ++HANDGUN BULLETS++ on cabinet near the top of the stairs. Be sure to check out the --MESSAGE-- on the counter. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Message - On the desk. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the railing of the stairs. [ ] Handgun Bullets - On a cabinet near the top of the stairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move down to the first floor via the staircase then exit the building through the door on the north side. After exiting the building, arm the S75 rifle and survey the entire mountain area ahead; if something moves, shoot it until it doesn't move again or until Sheva comments on your well-aimed shot! Move to the west. Climb up on top of the trailer and pick up the ++HAND GRENADE++. Fall back off the trailer then move around the other end of the trailer and climb the ladder on the side of the raised path to the southwest. Open the chest off to the left and collect the ++DIAMOND (BRILLIANT)++ from inside. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - In the back of the trailer outside the building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Brilliant) [4,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle, move around the left side of the trailer ahead then climb the ladder along the raised area then open the chest off to the left to collect this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Move to the west along the northwest side along the current ledge then collect the ++RED HERB++ from near the railing. Climb back down to the main mountain trail and follow the trail to the west. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the raised area with the chest, near the railing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You can get up on the trailer with the gatling gun and fire off a few rounds if you want. It doesn't hurt to get the feel of the controls of a stationary weapon right now. There is no use for it at the moment though since it faces the wrong way. So sad that Chris can't tear a mortar weapon off its hinges like Jack Carver from Far Cry. I have a feeling that Mr. Redfield could if he really tried though. If you took my advice and shot the Majini on the mountain side then you won't have to deal with any once you reach the ladder! If you didn't then one with a crossbow will be above the ladder and another with dynamite will be tossing down explosives at the characters. Check the area and collect the ++HAND GRENADE++ from around the side of the metal container, the ++RIFLE AMMO++ from in front of the outhouse then look directly up and to the right of the ladder and shoot the sparkling ++DIAMOND (PEAR)++ from off the side of the mountain. Enter the side shack and grab the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Pear) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle, when you reach the first tall ladder, look up on the side of the mountain and shoot this sparkling treasure on the mountain wall to the right of the top portion of the ladder. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - Around the side if of the metal container along the path while approaching the tall ladder. [ ] Rifle Ammo - In front of the outhouse door near the tall ladder. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - In the shack beside the tall ladder. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | Before climbing the ladder, find the outhouse to the side. Approach it for | | a "?" command. Use the action button to initiate the hidden command (your | | character will knock on the door). A Majini will open the door and step | | out of the outhouse. This Majini may bust through the door whenever a | | character tries to take the rifle ammo outside of it as well. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Climb the tall ladder. Turn to the left and look off toward the northeast. While staring off the side of the mountain, find the first rooftop on the building to the right of the one the characters exited from to spot a --BSAA EMBLEM (11/30)-- on top. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #11 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Once both characters exit the building after picking \________/ off the Majini on the mountain with the use of a sniper rifle, climb the tall ladder along the side of the mountain. Turn left at the top of the mountain path then run to the left and look toward the northeast buildings. This emblem is on the lower rooftop of the building to the right of the building that the characters exited from. It can be hit with a sniper rifle or a well-aimed shot from any weapon. Come on and use the machine gun my readers and show off those aiming skillz! - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- CHECKPOINT Follow the current ledge to the north and drop from the ladder. While standing on the first lower ledge, look off to the north and find the shimmering ++DIAMOND (SQUARE)++ on the side of the mountain wall near the short ladder up ahead. Shoot it right now to knock it down and the Sheva player will be able to collect it quickly on her way up the mountain. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Mining Area - Chapter 2-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Square) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This diamond is stuck on the wall to the left of the short ladder that Sheva can be hoisted up to. Look on the mountain wall then shoot it to make it fall. I highly advise shooting this treasure from the ledge that the characters fall to after dropping from the high ledge before the cutscene since the Sheva player will not really have time to aim for it with the dynamite Majini in the area after the cutscene. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Drop down and move up the mountain trail to the north. A cutscene will play eventually. There is a broken ladder where a partner action command can be used below it to toss Sheva to the ledge above. This will help her to get up above quicker than Chris. Both players should keep in mind that the best way to take down a Majini with dynamite is to quickly shoot it before it tosses the dynamite or run toward it a bit as it tosses dynamite then shoot it from mid range. The dynamite can be shot to make the Majini explode instantly, but watch out about doing this from too close or your character will get hit by the explosion. > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < Sheva better damn well move quickly up that next ladder after Chris tosses her up the broken ladder since Majini with dynamite will be tossing explosives at her and Chris this entire time. If Sheva is hit with dynamite on the ledge right above the broken ladder it might be enough to damage her so that she goes into dying status and Chris will have a hard time trying to get to her, so climb the ladder quick - the climbing animation will make Sheva invincible. A Sheva player should ignore any Majini down the path to the right and move up the path to her left. Sheva needs to make her way to the top and defeat any Majini armed with dynamite that she sees. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < A Chris player should immediately run up the mountain trail to the north and take down the Majini with the dynamite at the curve. Run up the mountain trail and shoot any Majini that Sheva leaves behind. If any Majini start to throw dynamite from further up the trail then ignore the rest of the Majini and move up to the trail above to take them down. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Both character NEED to focus on any Majini with dynamite that drop or run into the immediate area. There are tons of dynamite Majini at this part, so watch for them and shoot them when they appear. Don't ever get too close to one while shooting it or it will damage the characters with its explosive death due to the dynamite. This is a good place to set up tag team attacks, but don't get too cocky there or a dynamite Majini might ruin your fun! Step over to the left side (west) side of the metal container on the ledge ahead then both players should use the assist button prompt to push it out of the way. Drop down to the ledge to the north below. -- CHECKPOINT Take the ++HAND GRENADE++, collect the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ from the table off to the left and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS--. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal crate. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right of the table below the ledge with the metal crate. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - Beside the mountain wall below the ledge with the metal crate. [ ] Green Herb - On the table below the ledge with the metal crate. [ ] Shotgun Shells - On the table beside the green herb. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Before activating the cutscene that leads into the boss fight below, both | | characters can stand on the side of the ledge and shoot all the wooden | | barrels below. This will allow quicker access to the items during the | | boss fight. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' A cutscene will trigger shortly after the characters drop from the north side of the ledge. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + POPOKARIMU ---------- HP: 24,000 Weak Points: - Reddish back end of tail Recommended - Proximity Bomb (to stun Popokarimu) Weapon(s): - Shotgun (to blast the back end of his tail from close range) - Machine Gun or Handgun (to blast the back end of his tail from long range) - Rifle (to blast the reddish portion of his tail while he flies) - Flash Grenade (to instantly stun him when he flies) Front Attacks 1) Arm Swipe - Popokarimu swings its right arm forward. 2) Lunge - Popokarimu backs up a bit then stops and races forward then swings its left arm forward. This can be dodged with a button prompt that appears. Either the action button or run button will appear. Press both! 3) Shriek - Popokarimu folds out its wings then shrieks. This will stun whichever character is in front of it as long as the shriek last but it will not damage a character. This move will also put enough sound pressure on a proximity bomb to make it explode if one is in front Popokarimu at that time. 4) Ground Smash - Popokarimu leaps into the air then attempts to fall on a character. It will take quite a while to recover from this attack if it misses. Back Attacks: 5) Tail Swipe - While a character is behind him, Popokarimu swings its scorpion-like tail at the character. 6) Sticky Slime - Popokarimu lifts its tail behind it then fires out a sticky greenish slime that will trap any character that it hits. A character must struggle to break free or have a partner cut them out of the trap with a partner assist knife attack. Flying Attacks 7) Tail Strike - Popokarimu shrieks then quickly flies toward a character and tries to hit the character with its tail as it dips downward while flying. A button prompt dodge command will appear during this if your character is in the way. Press both the action and the run button to avoid it. Popokarimu will start the battle while he is in the air. He will descend toward both character and land. He has some very hard armor over the majority of his body but the back end of his tail has soft reddish skin that's just begging for a few close range shotgun blasts! .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | While Popokarimu descends at the beginning of the battle, toss a flash | | grenade at the ground underneath him to instantly knock him out of the air | | and stun him. A flash grenade will instantly stun him any time that he | | flies in the air. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> AVOIDING HIS ATTACKS A vast majority of Popokarimu's attacks can be avoided by constantly backing up or stepping to the side. Back up to avoid his arm swing and tail swipe then step to the side to avoid his lunge or sticky slime attack. You'll get a button prompt command shortly before he races forward during his lunge attack. The button will be either the action or run button, so press both of them to make certain that you dodge it with a roll. From the front, it will perform its arm swing, lunge and ground pound attacks and when it has its back to your character it will perform its tail swing and sticky slime trap. --> WHEN POPOKARIMU FLIES Popokarimu will sometimes flap its wings and take to the air. It will only perform one lunging attack over and over while it is flying above so it is even more predictable at that time. The flying lunge attack will make a button prompt command appear shortly before it hits your character, so press both the action and run button at the same time to avoid its attack. --> STEPPING INTO A SHACK By entering one of the three nearby shacks, a character can escape from Popokarimu for a short while, but he will eventually break down your shelter with one of his physical attacks. Only enter a building to collect the items inside or quickly heal since he will break down the building very shortly after you enter it. Sometimes he hangs around the doorway for a bit however. --> COLLECTING THE AREA ITEMS Be sure to run around the area and collect many of the items in the barrels and the shacks. You need to grab the proximity bombs since they will come in handy. Two of them are in the west shack, two more are in the barrels to the south of the west shack, one more is in the right barrel behind the west shack, and the final bomb is inside the north shack for a total of six proximity bombs in the area. --> STUNNING POPOKARIMU There are three ways to stun the creature with the weapons that the character have available to them right now: A) Grab one of the proximity bombs in the area then lay it down in its path with the L1 button while the bomb is equipped. Simply stand and allow Popokarimu to step over the bomb. The explosion from the bomb will knock it over and stun it for a few seconds. It should be noted that Popokarimu's shriek has the power to make a proximity bomb explode if it is laid out on the ground in front of him when he performs his shriek. B) Both characters can surround Popokarimu and the character in the back of him can arm a damaging weapon such as a shotgun and blast it in the back of its tail. After Popokarimu has received enough damage it will fall over and be stunned for a few seconds. C) When he flies in the air, take out a flash grenade and toss it underneath him and Popokarimu will fall to the ground then roll over on his side. --> WHILE POPOKARIMU IS STUNNED Once the boss has been knocked over, arm your most powerful weapon (shotgun most likely) then run over to the side with the exposed bottom portion of the tail. Both characters should let loose on that weak point with nonstop gunfire. Its first stun can easily be its last with two aggressive players or one extremely aggressive shotgun user that reloads through the inventory between gunshot animations with an Ithaca shotgun. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Definite Item: Proximity Mine [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the west side beside a shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb [ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Further along the west side beside the shack with two proximity bombs inside. --> Proximity Bomb [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the north side of the trail (center back portion). --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the north shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the east shack. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack. [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the west shack. [ ] Proximity Bomb - Inside the north shack. [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack. [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the north shack. [ ] Handgun Ammo - Inside the east shack. [ ] Flash Grenade - Inside the east shack. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ _____ [CH23] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ \ |___ / / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| __) | ___ |_ \ / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | / __/ |___| ___) | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_____| |____/ |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 2-3 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 40+ | 30 | 20 | <19 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <09'00" | 12'00" | 15'00" | 15'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH231] Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S A V A N N A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - This chapter is a full-fledge shooter. Both Chris and Sheva will have to defend the jeep that is headed to the Marshlands along the way. Players will have to do battle with Motorcycle Majini that toss weapons and cocktails and then a few trucks will appear that will attempt to ram the jeep. Gun Controls Fire button = fire mounted weapon Left analog = turn mounted weapon NOTE: A glowing red dot on the screen will showcase your current aiming spot. Chris = mounted machine gun (fast/full view/not as powerful/instant fire) Sheva = mounted gatling gun (slow/limited view/powerful/slow startup due to revolving chamber) Sheva has a slightly limited view compared to Chris, a slower overall turning speed, and her gun has a slow startup but her gatling gun is more powerful than Chris' machine gun. To avoid the long chamber revolving animation with the gatling gun, tap the fire button when no enemies are present to keep it revolving. Chris has a greater view thanks to his higher placement on the jeep, a faster overall turning speed, and an instant fire from his gun, but his gun is not as powerful as the gatling gun. Keep in mind that both player's guns can overheat if they are continuously fired, so always take breaks. The gun will build up heat as presented on the circular gauge around the weapon icon; when the gauge begins to fill with red then it is overheating. When a gun fully overheats, your character will not be able to fire it for a few seconds. With Sheva's gatling gun having a slow startup, a player will want to let go of the button and then tap it sparingly to avoid having to go through the full startup animation each time the gun is about to overheat. As long as the chamber is not firing then it will cool down; it doesn't matter if it is spinning. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Drive By Description: Stop an armored truck by taking out the driver. Details: Aim for the door of any armored truck that passes by the jeep and shoot off the door with either character's mounted gun then shoot and kill the driver inside the truck. The truck will crash after the drive has been killed and this trophy/achievement will be earned. Restart the stage if you miss it and try again. Even if the truck is flaming, the driver can still be shot all up to the point when the truck explodes and stops. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- --> ENEMY GROUP 1 The first group of enemies consist of several Motorcycle Majini. There's really not too much of a strategy for this group other than shoot them all. If they ever throw a weapon toward the jeep then shoot the weapon out of the air to avoid taking damage. After the first group is finished, a button tapping command will appear as the driver makes a sudden sharp turn, so be sure to tap the on-screen button to avoid taking damage. Both players must tap the button. --> ENEMY GROUP 2 From this point onward, both players should work together to take down separate teams of enemies. Chris players should focus on Motorcycle Majini thanks to his greater view of the area below and Sheva players should focus on the trucks that appear since her weapon is more powerful. NOTE: In a single player game, the AI partner will usually follow the strategies listed above. .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | Once a truck begins to flame, don't continue to fire at it while it is | | close to the jeep. Having it explode while next to the jeep will damage | | the jeep. Wait until it moves away then finish it off with gunfire. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' - Wave 1 Captain Stone (Josh) will contact both Chris and Sheva over the radio as a truck drives up from the right side of the back of the jeep. Sheva should focus on the truck to the right while Chris turns his attention toward the Motorcycle Majini that appear on the left side. Chris can shoot them faster and he has a wider view of them as they appear from the side. - Wave 2 Sheva should focus on shooting the Majini in the back of the truck then she should shoot at the front half of the truck when it comes into view. After the truck is at least flaming, both players should turn to the immediate left and finish off any Motorcycle Majini that appear. They will start to appear from the left side as they slow down and drive next to the jeep so concentrate fire on them as the jeep begins to move by them. Another scene will showcase yet another sharp turn where both players will have to tap a button to sustain they're grip on the vehicle. -- CHECKPOINT --> ENEMY GROUP 3 - Wave 1 A truck will drive up from the left side, so Sheva should focus her aim to the left and begin to fire at the truck. Chris should keep his eye on the right side since some Motorcycle Majini will begin to appear as the jeep catches up to them. -Wave 2 Motorcycle Majini armed with cocktails will drive into view from the right side. Both Chris and Sheva should focus on these Majini since they are the only threat for the moment and are quite numerous. Try to shoot them all before they toss a cocktail at the jeep. -Wave 3 Majini will slow down then come into view on both sides of the jeep after the second wave is finished. One player can take the left and one can take the right for this wave, but really planning it out as such is really not needed since they drive together in the middle of the road very shortly after appearing. Another sharp turn cutscene will play so be prepared to press the two buttons that appear on the screen. The players have to press either two shoulder buttons or two face buttons for this button prompt command. --> ENEMY GROUP 4 - Wave 1 A truck will appear from the left and another truck will appear from the right almost simultaneously, so each player should pick a truck to focus on. Try to take down the trucks as quickly as possible by shooting the front portion or possibly the driver inside of the truck (shoot off the door). Immediately after finishing off a truck, both players should turn their attention toward the middle road as Motorcycle Majini begin to drive into view. A few straggling Majini may appear from the back of the road. Blast them all to end this wave. -- CHECKPOINT - Wave 2 The truck will stop and then suddenly turn as the viewpoint of a roadblock with a truck and several Majini are showcased to both players. Chris players should focus fire on the Majini while a Sheva player shoots the red barrels surrounding the truck in the back. There are three sets of red barrels altogether. -- CHECKPOINT --> ENEMY GROUP 5 - Wave 1 The jeep will drive over a bridge. Once the bridge is passed both players should focus their aim to the right. A truck will drive up from the right side and try to ram the jeep off the side of the cliff to the left. Both players should focus on taking down the Majini in the back and then focus on shooting the front end of the truck. Once the truck is destroyed a cutscene will play eventually. - Wave 2 Motorcycle Majini will drive up from the right side, so both players should focus fire to the right. The scene will eventually end during the middle of the action as a cutscene activates. [CH232] Chapter 2-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T H E P O R T ( N I G H T ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + NDESU ----- HP: 8,000 (Small Plagas) HP: 26,000 (Large Plagas) Weak Points: - Head (makes him move back from the jeep to showcase plaga) - Multiple Small Plaga (make him showcase large plagas) - Large Plagas (ultimate weak point) NOTE: In this battle, especially on higher difficulties, a Chris player should focus aim on the Majini armed with a cocktails that appear in the doorway to the left and the two Majini armed with crossbows that appear to the right (one on the high platform and one below). There is a single red barrel that is near both crossbow Majini that can be shot to take them out instantly. Save this for when Ndesu is right up against the jeep or toward the end of the battle. Knowing Ndesu's attacks and learning how to avoid them is the absolute most important part of this battle. Close attacks: 1) Foot Stomp - Ndesu raises his right foot into the air and tries to stomp the truck. Avoidance: Shoot his head to cancel the attack. 2) Right Hook - Ndesu raises his right arm to the side and tries to punch both characters. Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs. 3) Overhead Punch - Ndesu leans back and raises both arms then tries to smash the jeep This takes some extreme damage. Avoidance: Aim upward then fire at his head right as he prepares to smash the vehicle. A few precise shots to his head will stagger him and cancel the attack. It's best to aim up and to the right of his head, this way, the shots will hit his head right before he smashes the vehicle. Distant Attacks: 4) Rock Toss - A cutscene will showcase Ndesu tearing up some of the ground as he lifts a big boulder. He will lift it above his head then toss it toward the characters. The boulder will roll toward the jeep. Avoidance: Fire at the boulder while he holds it over his head then follow it with fire as it rolls along the ground to break it just before it reaches the jeep. The characters can also shoot a nearby red barrel to make him drop the boulder, but I recommend saving the boulder for when he grabs a wooden pole. 5) Ground Pound - Ndesu lifts both arms into the air and pounds the ground, creating a slight earthquake. Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs. 6) Ram - Ndesu leans his top half downward and charges a ram then he runs toward the jeep head first. Avoidance: Shoot him directly in his head to cancel this ram. 7) Pole Grab - Ndesu grabs a nearby wooden telephone pole from out of the ground then walks toward the jeep with it. This is not an attack but it leads into other close range attacks and the pole grab can be canceled. Avoidance: If a red barrel is near Ndesu, fire at it and he will drop the pole instantly when the blast hits him. The only time a character cannot cancel this attack is when Ndesu pulls up a pole from the foreground of the left side of the screen. Shooting the left barrel at that time will only waste a barrel. Pole Attacks: 8) Pole Swing - Ndesu holds the pole to his right side then swings it toward the characters. Avoidance: Press the on-screen button inputs. 9) Pole Smash - Ndesu lift both arms into the air while holding the pole then tries to smash the jeep with the pole. Avoidance: Aim upward as he prepares to smash the vehicle then fire at his head to cancel the attack; just like with the overhead punch, precision fire toward his head will cancel the attack. It's best to aim up and slightly to the right of his head, this way, the shots will hit his head right before he smashes the vehicle. --> DRIVE HIM AWAY FROM THE JEEP Ndesu will move toward the jeep at the beginning of the battle and remain there until he is driven away. The only way to make him back off is for both players to continuously fire directly at his head. Both players need to stop firing and focus on dodging his attacks whenever he readies one. Blast him enough in the head and he will back off. --> NDESU'S PLAGA Ndesu will showcase his weak points as two plaga move out of his skin - one on the left side of his chest and one on his right arm. Fire at them to damage them and ultimately destroy them. Destroy the arm plagas first since it is further away from his head. This will help when he moves close since you will have to quickly aim to the right (his left) to blast his foot or quickly aim at his head to cancel the foot stomp attack; the players will only have to minimally adjust aiming with only the chest plagas left. DO NOT fire at the red barrels when he backs off. The red barrels should only be blasted to make him drop a weapon or to damage his plagas weak points when he showcases them. It's always best to use them to make him drop his weapons for the most part. While he is at a distance, keep aiming and firing at his plaga. A Chris player should aim toward the left and shoot the Majini armed with cocktails in the doorway and then aim to the right and shoot the two Majini with crossbows (top platform and ground). The red barrel near them can be shot to take them both down, but you want to save this for later in the battle really. --> NDESU STEPS IN AGAIN Ndesu will eventually move back toward the jeep. The characters will need to switch aiming between his head and plaga at this point. Blasts to his head will make him back off quicker while blasting his plaga will eventually make him showcase his ultimate weak point and back off in the process. --> THE MAJOR WEAK POINT Once the two plaga are destroyed, Ndesu's ultimate weak point will be showcased as he crouches down and a big plagas moves out of his back. Fire at the weak point to damage it as much as you can before it goes back into his back. --> FOUR PLAGA Once Ndesu is knocked back from the jeep again after his big weak point has been showcased once, four plaga will move out of his body. Destroy all four of these plaga to make him showcase his big plagas once again. Fire at the big plagas weak point and he will fall eventually. On Professional, the players will sometimes have to repeat shooting his four plaga once again. A cutscene will play afterward and the chapter will end once Ndesu is defeated! + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ _____ _ [CH31] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ / / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |_ \ ___ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 3-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 30+ | 20 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <18'00" | 22'00" | 26'00" | 26'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH311] Chapter 3-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M A R S H L A N D S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Sniper Rifle (for BSAA medals and distant Majini) - H&K MP5 (for tag team melee setup; for shield carriers [see tip below]) - Hand Grenades (for crocodiles; for crowds) - Shotgun (for crowds) .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Be sure to bring the H&K MP5 machine gun with you to this chapter since the | | characters will run into enemies carrying shields and the MP5's armor | | piercing attribute will allow it to blast through a shield, even at the | | default level. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Both characters will start on a wooden platform beside the boat. Walk up the stairs then pick up the **BEAST SLATE** key item from the ground. Look over to the left and find the goat skull handing on a pole behind a shield. Break the goat skull and collect the ++RUBY (PEAR)++. Break the two --VASES-- on the left side of the area as well. Approach the purple flowers on the right side of the area then take the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ treasure that is stuck on the fence above them. Examine the BSAA soldier corpse to read the --SCHEDULE REPORT--. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] BSAA soldier corpse - Pinned to the ground with spears. [ ] Schedule Report - Readable while examining the body of the BSAA soldier corpse. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - To the left beside another vase. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Beast Slate - In the middle portion of the ground. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Break the goat skull hanging on the wooden pole beside the shield on the left side of the area with the Beast Slate and this treasure will fall to the ground. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Find the two purple flowers on the right side of the area with the Beast Slate and collect this from the fence above the flowers. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Return to the boat but don't get on just yet. Take out a sniper rifle and look toward the north and you'll just barely be able to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (12/30)-- on the center of the pole out in the water. You have to have a sniper rifle to see this one and hit it from this distance. You'll only see a slight glimmer. Read the description below for more details. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #12 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: In the area where the characters obtain the Beast Slate \________/ at the beginning of the Marshlands, arm a sniper rifle while standing behind the north railing of the nearby wooden dock where the boat is then look to the north. Find the pole out in the water up ahead with two overhead telephone wires connected to it and look in the center of the pole to see a slight glimmer. The slight glimmer is the BSAA emblem. A player can only shoot it from this distance in single player mode. In a co-op game, one character can drive the boat out to the pole while the other character shoots the emblem from up close. If you want to get it easily, press "Start" on a second player controller and then have one character drive the other out to the pole while on board the boat. The character on the front can easily shoot it from the front of the boat with a handgun while the boat is facing the north end of the pole. Just quit the game afterwards if you don't want to continue playing two- player and the medal will save on the main save file for Resident Evil 5. Another way to clearly see this is to bring a PSG-1 rifle with your character with a level 2 upgraded scope. Simply aim then look to the north pole with the cables attached to it while on the dock and it will appear a bit bigger in the scope. It's still small though and will require some pinpoint aiming even with an upgraded scope. The PSG-1 rifle is not obtained or unlocked in the Buy menu until Chapter 5-3 however. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Walk over to the boat and use the assist button to get on. Boat Controls: .-------------------------------------------------------. | Fire = Accelerate | | Aim = Brake/Reverse | | Fire + Run = Turbo | | Left analog = Steer | | Assist = Swap places (in co-op mode)/Get on boat | | Action = Get off boat (near dock) | '-------------------------------------------------------' .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If the driver of the boat accelerates too fast and crashes then you'll | | receive some extra dialogue from your AI partner at times. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' This portion of the chapter is fully open to exploration, so you can choose to go anywhere. The ultimate objective is to find all the plates, like the one that the characters just collected. There are a total of four altogether. One of the first places that the characters should go is toward the blue circular marker in the west portion of the map. Dock there then leave the boat and collect the ++SLATE MAP++ from the wooden deck. This will add the locations of the other three plates to your GPS (mini) map as red X's displayed on the map. The door to the side with the circular carving requires all four plates in order to open it. Placing a plate in the circular indention will always give the characters a checkpoint. Get back on the boat. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Circular Indention - circular indention on the door. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Slate Map - Lying on the wooden deck near the locked door. * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * This will disappear if not obtained before collecting the final slate piece. Where you go from here is completely up to you. I will start off with some optional areas first of all. --> THE CHICKEN ISLAND Drive out to the island in the middle of the lake and get off the boat. The chickens in this area will randomly lay eggs and you can easily get a Brown, White and Gold Egg from here in order to almost get the Egg Hunt trophy/achievement. You'll still need to get the rotten egg from a random enemy drop however. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Egg Hunt Description: Find all 4 types of eggs. Details: A player can easily obtain the White, Brown and Gold egg from the chicken island in the middle of the lake. Simply wait around until the chickens lay eggs. While playing single player, usually the AI character will be the first to notice an egg that a chicken lays, so if your AI partner suddenly starts to move in a certain direction, then there is most likely an egg there. Use the "Restart" feature in the pause menu if the chickens refuse to lay a certain egg. Keep trying to get all three egg types. This is your absolute best chance at collecting a gold egg. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- Find the two purple flowers near the near the thick wooden pole off to the left then collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ that is hanging on the pole. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Find the two purple flowers on the left side of the chicken island in the middle of the map then collect this from the side of the thick wooden pole above them. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Stand right near the abandoned boat to the side of the dock then look up under the building up ahead to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (13/30)-- up underneath it. You'll need to look past the stairs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #13 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Step toward the abandoned boat on the chicken island in \________/ the middle of the map then look north to see this emblem under the building up ahead. You'll need to look past the stairs of the building to see this so you might have to adjust your viewpoint a bit if something is blocking it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Climb the ladder of the platform near the building and break the --VASE-- on top then vault over the fence on the left side of the area and break the --POT-- on the wooden shelf in the back. There are two ++EGG (WHITE)++ pickups on the wooden shelf to the right of the building entrance. Enter the building up ahead then break the two --VASES-- and open the chest in the middle of them then collect the ++CHALICE (SILVER)++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Chalice (Silver) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Inside the chest in the building on the chicken island in the middle of the map. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Boat - The boat near the dock can be interacted with. [ ] Fireplace - Beside the tall wooden platform. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - On top of the wooden platform with the ladder on it. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - On a wooden shelf behind the fence to the left of the building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Inside the building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Inside the building. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Egg (White) - Lying on a wooden shelf to the right of the building entrance. [ ] Egg (White) - Lying on a wooden shelf to the right of the building entrance. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Get back on the boat and drive all the way out to the sunken ship on the map. It is shown on the mini-map as a line in the northeast portion of the map. Get off the boat at the dock near the sunken ship. Walk up onto the boat then look off in the water to the left and collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ from the sunken side of the ship. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is in the water on the left side of the sunken boat that you get off on in the northeast portion of the map. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = There is a --VASE-- near the pole in the middle of the ship. Open the metal case on the opposite side of the ship after moving up the narrow wooden ramp and then collect the ++ROCKET LAUNCHER++ from inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Rocket Launcher (RL) Location: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 Details: Dock the boat at the sunken ship in the northeast portion of the map and this will be inside the metal care on the far right end of the boat. Keep in mind that you HAVE to move up to the small wooden ramp in order to get the "Open" command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - By the pole in the middle of the boat. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Get back on the boat and leave the area. Head to the far northwest corner of the map. Get off the boat at the wooden platform area in the northeast. You'll likely see the --BSAA EMBLEM (14/30)-- on the wooden beam up under the hut ahead. Look toward the ceiling. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #14 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Go to the far northwest corner of the map then step off \________/ the boat and move up the wooden walkway and you should be able to see this on a wooden beam near the ceiling of the overhead straw rooftop. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Break the --VASE-- up under the hut then turn to the right and move up the rest of the wooden walkway ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Under the hut. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Before reaching the ladder to the high platform look to the right side of the current platform to see that the characters can drop to the middle portion of shallow water that the platforms stretch around. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | The fish (Nile Perch) in the center portion of water can be shot as they | | jump out of the water and they leave behind extra gold. A player can also | | look closely for ripples in the water to spot their location and then fire | | at the circles of water as the fish moves underneath the water; your | | character is likely hit the fish as it swims by. There are quite a number | | of fight in the water! In single player, the AI partner has got some | | pinpoint aim for shooting fish with a handgun; it's quite a sight to | | behold. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Fall down into the water then collect the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ which is to the left of the left red ladder attached to the side of the platform. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Drive out to the far northwest portion of the map then get off at the wooden platform in that area. Move along the platforms then fall into the middle section of water. This is to the left of the left red ladder that is attached to the side of the wooden platform above the water. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Climb the ladder on the platform then open the chest at the very end of the platform and snatch the ++CHALICE (SILVER)++ treasure from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Chalice (Silver) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Drive out to the far northwest portion of the map then get off at the wooden platform in that area. Move along the platforms then climb the ladder. Open the chest at the top to obtain this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --> OBTAINING THE RAPTOR SLATE Drive all the way to the east and get off the boat. You're going to have to step into the waist deep water ahead. Oh, did I mention that it is filled with crocodiles? Well, I just did, didn't I? Damn. The crocodiles should be avoided for the most part. Don't try to fight them for now. They don't leave behind any type of item, they take quite a few shots and they will instantly kill a player once they are in close range most of the time. You'll first notice one by the music that will play then its eyes and nose will slowly rise out of the water. This is your cue to haul ass in a side direction or back way then run to its side. It will usually miss if it tries to attack when a character runs within close range of it, but don't always depend on it missing. It's possible to take a crocodile down with a weapon that has a good rate of fire, but again, there is no reason to. The sidestep feature while turning the camera is ever so useful at this part for Control type C or D users. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Equip a grenade or some type of item other than a gun while moving through | | the water in order to move faster while running. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' No matter which side of the marsh the characters move around, crocodiles will attack. It's best to take the left side however, so you can pick up the ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ that is attached to the north side of the tree on that side. Crocodiles seem to appear less on the left side as well. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the lake with the crocodiles, run to the left (north end) to find this on the north side of the tree in the water. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Once you reach the far east end, you'll run across a boat out in the water that points toward an open fenced section below some buildings. Don't charge into the fenced area since a crocodile will appear in the water right at the entrance. A character can lure the crocodile out of the open fenced area by backing up and then quickly running by him as he moves out of the fenced area or a character could wait for him to swim forward then toss a hand grenade at the crocodile to most likely instantly kill him. You're really going to have to watch it while fighting him however since other crocodiles might sneaking up from behind. I HIGHLY advise killing him with a hand grenade since you're going to have move by him again upon leaving the area above. There is a ++RUBY (PEAR)++lying on the right side of the fenced area where you can first enter. Be careful about grabbing it however since Lake Placid's wrath will be creeping up near your character somewhere nearby most likely. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the lake with the crocodiles, run to the far east fenced area and lure the crocodile out from the entrance then quickly grab this from the right side of the wooden fence while stepping inside. You should be able to see it glimmer. Keep in mind that a character can also toss a hand grenade at the crocodile while it is in the water to kill it off. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Rush to the ladder in the back left corner and climb it quickly. Step around the side of the building up ahead. Go ahead and vault through window for a quicker entrance. A sudden yell will give way to a new enemy! NEW ENEMY: WETLAND MAJINI These Majini are basically just like normal Town Majini accept they have a new weapon assortment and are more aggressive. They usually carry spears and some of them will eventually carry shields. Fight them like normal Majini but beware of they're range and jump attacks. Melee attack prompts will still appear for your characters when the Wetland Majini are hit in the same parts of the body as normal Town Majini (head, arm, leg) and they can also be tag teamed. Once these Majini are grounded, they have a high tendency to get right back up while they are still in good health. Only a low health Wetland Majini will usually stay grounded and allow the characters to perform a ground melee on it. Pick up the ++RED HERB++ and ++EGG (WHITE)++ from off the nearby wooden shelf and break the nearby --VASE-- after the battle. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Lying beside the shelf with the red herb and egg on it. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the wooden shelf in the first building. [ ] Egg (White) - On the wooden shelf in the first building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step on over to the smaller south building. A single Majini will attack from the side window. Break the --VASE-- near the chest then open the chest and collect the **RAPTOR SLATE**. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Near the chest in the south building. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Raptor Slate - Inside the chest in the south building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Now, the characters need to return to the boat. Sadly there is no checkpoint, so the characters better be damn careful on their way back to the boat. If a character dies by a crocodile bite then both players will have to do all of this all over again from the start of the boat. If the characters didn't kill off the crocodile below the building area, be sure that the characters allow that crocodile to move far enough away from the open fence so each player can move by him without him snapping at the characters. The first crocodile is really the most dangerous part of backtracking if he wasn't finished off earlier. The characters will receive a checkpoint upon stepping near the boat. -- CHECKPOINT Just think, you can stand at the bridge and taunt all the water creatures once you're home free, much like that swimmer did to the oil streak blob in "The Raft" episode of Creepshow 2. "I beat you. I BEAT YOU- Gah!" That won't happen to our Redfield protagonist though since he'll just Haymaker the blob back into the water and simply taunt it again. --> OBTAINING THE SHAMAN SLATE Drive out the northeast section and get off the boat. This area has a lot of hidden collectibles and items to grab. Move up the stairs then walk toward the display of shield and spears up ahead. Use the knife to break the two --VASES-- and the goat skull up above the display. An ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ will fall on the pedestal once the goat skull is broken. Break the small --POT-- on the wooden shelf to the right. Check out the --HAND TO HAND COMBAT-- memo for details on button prompt melee attacks. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the far northeast portion of the map, break the goat skull above the shield and spear display to have this drop on the wooden pedestal below it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Hand to Hand Combat Memo - Below the shelf with the pot. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - In front of the shield and spear display. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In front of the shield and spear display. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - On the wooden shelf to the right of the shield and spear display. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Further ahead, break the --VASE-- to the right of the fireplace. Step toward the building up ahead and look on the left wooden pole in front of the entrance then break the goat skull at the top and collect the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ that falls from it. Enter the building further ahead then break the --VASE-- inside. Hop over the fence and break the small --POT-- on the wooden shelf to the left of the first building. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the far northeast portion of the map, break the goat skull that hangs on the top of the left pole in front of the entrance to the first building. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION Fireplace - Beside the building up ahead. ---------------------------------------------------------- BREKABLE OBJECT LIST Vase - To the right of the first fireplace. --> Random Item Vase - Inside the first building next to a shield. --> Random Item Pot - Behind the fence and on a shelf to the left of the first building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The second building has a chicken inside that might lay some random eggs and also there is a --VASE-- inside. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Fireplace - Beside the entrance to the second building. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Inside the second building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- All is quiet whenever the characters enter the area up ahead with the two high platforms; well, that is, until the characters start to break the --VASE-- on the left side and the --VASE-- on the right side of the area! --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - On the left side of the area with the two high platforms. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the right side of the area with the two high platforms. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Sheva will point out the two high platforms to the player. Get below the high platform on the left side then boost Sheva up to it through the partner assist command and she will collect the --IDOL (SILVER)-- treasure from the chest above. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Idol (Silver) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the far northeast portion of the map, boost Sheva up to the left high platform at the end of the area then she will collect this treasure from the chest above. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Boost Sheva up to the next high platform and she will take the **SHAMAN SLATE** from the chest above. A cutscene will play after Sheva takes the slate. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Shaman Slate - Boost Sheva up to the right platform and she will retrieve this from the chest above. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The whole village heard Sheva the moment she laid her pretty little fingers on that slate, so prepare to do battle with several Wetland Majini. This is an excellent time for tag team melees even in single player. Try to shoot one of them in the arm then perform a back melee attack to bounce it toward your AI partner and your partner might get tricked into helping your main character. Even more so on co-op mode, this area can make for some splendid tag team action with a friend. The area reminds me of the tag team paradise that several friends and I made of Shanty Town in the RE5 demo! Majini with spears will appear at first. This is your first time dealing with them most likely, so be sure to watch for their midrange spear attacks. They also have a jumping stab attack that can be escaped through a button prompt dodge. Majini with shields will be among the final wave of enemies. These need to be shot with either a shotgun (to break their shields), an H&K MP5 machine gun (to go through their shields), or you can simply aim at their legs with a handgun or machine gun and fire at them then perform a melee attack to them. Keep in mind that a front melee attack will break their shields, but as always, a back melee from an leg stun is an instant kill. The frontal melee from a leg stun will hit multiple enemies with a slight bit of invincibility during the animation while the back melee attack will give your character a prolonged invincibility during the animation. Your choice! A hand grenade is highly effective at this part since the Majini like to bunch up in a crowd. NEW ENEMY: Duvalia One of the Majini will evolve into a new parasitic hard shell enemy know as a Duvalia. This enemy has a grab attack from close range that will instantly cause a character to go into dying status if it hits and it has a ram attack that will knock a character down from close range. This creature's hard shell is impenetrable with any weapon accept for a weapon that fires an explosive blast. With a weapon such as the shotgun, aim at its legs then fire at them. A character must get it down on its knees in order to damage it through gunfire. Don't ever depend on a gunshot to stun a Duvalia before it gets to your character, since a single gunshot will not always do the job and it might simply leave the character open; you don't want to get caught in the middle of gunshot animation while the creature is right up on the character. Once it falls, it will open its hard shell mouth to reveal its circular weak point inside of its mouth. Step toward its mouth and aim directly at the center weak point then blast it with a shotgun to kill it off quickly. If you have a flash grenade, since this is a parasitic enemy, the flash grenade will instantly kill it when tossed its way! -- CHECKPOINT Return to the boat and set out for the next slate after the battle is done. There is a nearby ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ stuck on a tree out on the northeast portion of the marsh. Read the description below to obtain it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After obtaining the Shaman Slate in the northeast portion of the map, look to the south and find the tall tree with a few dark flowers on its branches that sticks out of the water near a row of spiked poles. Drive toward the tree and you'll see this treasure shining on the north portion of the tree. In order to retrieve it, drive toward it and allow your partner to grab it while that character stands on the front of the boat. In single player, the AI will automatically grab it while next to it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --> OBTAINING THE WARRIOR SLATE .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | It is best to get this slate last since taking it will cause Majini to | | appear along high platforms throughout the marsh area. They will toss down | | explosive bombs at your characters from a distance and the bombs will float | | along the water surface like mines for a few seconds. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' The warrior slate is down a river path on the southwest portion of the map. Drive along the river until the characters pass by a watchtower on the right side. Move past the watchtower then turn around in the middle of the river and face the east while the watchtower is in view. There is a ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ pickup near the far left set of spiked poles that extend out of the water and a ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ pickup near the far right set of spiked poles that extend out of the water. Drive toward them with the boat and allow your partner to collect them. Turn around and look toward the overhead bridge. On the center of the right fence there is some ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++. If the characters drive past the overhead bridge up ahead then turn around while on the opposite side and face the east, you'll be able to see some ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ treasure along one of the right spiked poles. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+5) - Along the river path in the southwest, drive past the watchtower then turn around. This will be lying on top of one of the spiked poles along the right set of spiked poles to the east. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Along the river path in the southwest, drive past the watchtower then turn around. This will be lying on top of one of the spiked poles along the left set of spiked poles to the east. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Before passing under the overhead bridge in the area mentioned above, look on the right side of the fence and this will be on the middle portion. [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Drive past the overhead bridge in the same area as the pickups listed above then turn and face east and look to the right to see this along one of the right spiked poles that stick out of the water. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Turn back around and drive to the west. The characters will come to a building area surrounded by wooden fencing. If the characters drive around the left side of the area that they will face and drive toward the wooden fence on that side, the character on the front can obtain a ++GREEN HERB++ that is lying in the water to the left of the fence. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Drive past the overhead bridge in the same area as the pickups listed above then drive toward the area to the west and move around the left side to see a wooden fence. This green herb is in the water to the left of that fence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move all the way around the north side and make a left. Follow the path ahead and look off to the right to see a small tree with purple flowers surrounding it. There is a ++BEETLE (BROWN)++ attached to the middle of the tree, so allow the AI partner to collect it by driving next to it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Brown) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After moving down the river in the southwest, you'll come to a building area surrounded by a fence. Head to the north around the fence and make a left. This treasure will be on the small tree surrounded by purple flowers off to the right. Drive your partner over to it to pick it up. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Follow the water trail all the way around the side until the characters arrive at a dock. Get off the boat and leave it behind. Vault through window of the first building up the ramp then break the small --POT-- on the shelf inside. Exit the building by stepping out the east entrance then move down the ramp directly ahead. To the right is a --POT-- along with a ++GREEN HERB++ and directly ahead is a chest with a --VASE-- to the right of it. Open the nearby chest and take the --IDOL (SILVER)-- from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Marshlands - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Idol (Silver) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After docking at the southwest portion of the map, this will be inside of a chest in front of the first building. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Pot - On a shelf in the first building. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - To the right after moving down the ramp in front of the first building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the right side of the chest outside the first building. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Beside the pot below the ramp outside the first building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Once the characters step toward the two buildings to the north, several Wetland Majini will jump out of the water during a slight cutscene. They are armed with spears and shields, so bring out the shotgun or H&K MP5 machine gun for the shield carriers. Keep in mind that leg stuns into melee attacks will knock away the shields as well. Enter the building on the northeast side and break the --VASE-- inside then enter the other building to the left of it and break the --VASE-- inside of it as well then check the nearby chest and grab the **WARRIOR SLATE** from inside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Inside the northeast building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Inside the northwest building --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Warrior Slate - Open the chest inside the northwest building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Well that was easy huh? Give your AI partner a sniper rifle before both characters get back on the boat and set her to attack mode (Go), so she will equip it. I have an odd feeling here. It's too quiet. -- CHECKPOINT Drive around the side of the building area then attempt to exit the area. Spikes will surface next to the watchtower in the east then Wetland Majini will appear on the high walkways above and toss explosive bombs at the characters. If the AI partner is armed with a rifle, that character will take them down very quickly with the AI's precise aiming. Don't drive too fast, so as not to mess up your partner's aiming, but don't stand still either. Be careful while driving past the overhead bridge since the wooden walls underneath it can hide explosives that the Majini have tossed into the water. There are four Majini on the walkway with the bridge and a single Majini on the watchtower near the spikes. The player that chooses to stand on the front of the boat must shoot all five Majini in order for the spikes to lower and allow passage to the river path ahead. Race down the river ahead. Use turbo to move faster. You see those Majini out in the river up ahead that are armed with explosive arrows? Pretend that your boat is the bowling ball and they are merely pins on your bowling lane. Let's see how many Chris and Sheva can knock down with the boat on the way out of this river path. .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | Majini armed with explosives will be out on the high platforms in the marsh | | now, so if you haven't collected all the slates after obtaining the warrior | | slate, then you will have to avoid them or allow your partner to shoot them | | they toss bombs out into the water, so the driver should maneuver through | | them carefully. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> ALL SLATES ARE OBTAINED Once all four of the slates (beast, raptor, shaman, and warrior) have been obtained, drive toward the locked door in the west center portion of the map (marked on your mini-map with the blue circle) and place them all inside of the door to unlock it. Use the partner assist action prompt to open the door and move on to the next area. [CH312] Chapter 3-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - V I L L A G E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Drop off the right side of the wooden walkway and land in the water below. Quick turn after falling then move to the left and look below the wooden platform that your character just fell down from to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (15/30)--. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #15 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Right at the beginning of this area, drop off the right \________/ side of the platform then make a quick turn while in the water and move to the left so that your character moves to the section of the wooden platform that isn't boarded up and you will see this emblem as it stands on the ground below the wooden platform that your character dropped from. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Stand right near the BSAA emblem and equip a rifle then look toward the | | east. Find the Wetland Majini with explosive arrows on the high tower in | | the back of the area and shoot him early. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Follow the ditch to the west. Once both characters pass the curve portion of the river, a Majini with a bow will shoot explosive arrows down at them from a watchtower to the north if he hasn't already been defeated beforehand. Equip a sniper rifle and shoot him or just use a handgun or machine gun from a distance. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | The crows in this area can be shot for extra gold. Two of them will be | | perched on a branch at the start of the curve then two more of them will be | | perched on the branch near the middle of the river. Don't worry too much | | about the crows if they fly into the air above since they'll most likely | | land along the side of the area once shot down rather than in the water. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move up the stairs at the opposite end of the ditch. Both characters will enter a village. -- CHECKPOINT From the top of the entrance of the village, your characters will have a choice of two separate paths. --> RIGHT PATH .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | There are crows feasting on a dead BSAA soldier body past the holes in the | | ground, so blast them for some extra gold. They fly off pretty quickly | | when your characters step down the path, so shoot them from a distance. Use | | a rifle and aim at the one in front on the right then try to work the other | | behind it in the same shot to keep the others from flying off. Keep in mind | | that a character can also toss a flash grenade toward them to kill all of | | them at one time. Sometimes there are three crows and sometimes there are | | only two. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Notice the ++S&W M29 (MAG)++ next to the dead BSAA soldier body in the open building below the right hill. If the characters move toward this gun right now, a cutscene will play where they get trapped as spikes move up out of the holes in the ground. Majini will appear on the overhead walkway of the building and begin to fire down explosive arrows at the characters. There are only four of them, so it isn't that bad of a fight. I highly recommend activating this trap, so you can get the magnum gun early because your characters will need it in a bit. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: S&W M29 (MAG) Location: Village - Chapter 3-1 Details: This is lying beside a dead BSAA soldier body below a high walkway down the right path after first entering the village. Stepping toward it without previously fighting the Giant Majini in the village will result in a trap being set where both characters will have to fight off four Majini with explosive arrows on the walkway above. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | If one character rushes ahead of the other one and springs the trap then | | other character will be free to move while the character that rushed ahead | | is trapped in the area below thee building. The partner that is not | | trapped can take that chance to climb the ladder along the side of the | | building and fight off the Majini with explosive arrows from the second | | floor. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | When attempting to retrieve the S&W M29 magnum from the dead BSAA soldier's | | body, climb up the ladder on the left side of the building then turn right | | and drop from the either side of the area without railing that overlooks | | the area with the magnum so that the characters land on the holes where the | | spikes move out of. Grab the magnum afterward and the trap will not | | spring nor will the Majini with explosive arrows appear on the walkway. | | | | The trick here is that the trap will not spring unless a character enter | | the area below the building walkway by stepping over the holes where the | | spikes trap the character. If the characters do not step over the holes to | | enter the area below the walkway then the trap will not spring. | | | | In single player mode, the AI partner will not follow your character up the | | ladder, that the character will circle around the building and take the | | middle set of stairs up to your character. Issue the "Come on" command and | | wait for the partner before dropping or the partner will spring the trap by | | stepping over the holes to follow your character. Neither character can | | move over the holes to ENTER the area without setting the trap but the | | characters can move over the holes to LEAVE the area without the setting | | the trap. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> LEFT PATH Majini are going to begin attacking once the characters step deeper into the village, but I'm going to go ahead and label the immediate area collectibles for you anyway. Move down the left path and break the --VASE-- outside the first hut to the left then step inside the hut and break the two --VASES-- off to the right. In the back of the hut there is a ++GREEN HERB++ and a ++RED HERB++ on the long table. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Down the left path, near the entrance of the first hut. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Inside the first hut down the left path. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Inside the first hut down the left path. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the long table in the back of the left hut. [ ] Red Herb - On the long table in the back of the left hut. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NEW ENEMY: Giant Majini As I said, Majini will begin to attack once both characters step further into the village area. They'll face a new enemy, well, actually duplicates of the new enemy. The big Majini with the large mask are known as Giant Majini. Their masks are indestructible making their face and anything their mask covers impervious to harm, so the characters will have to hit them somewhere on their mid body or legs in order to damage them. If a character has the S&W M29 magnum then that character has just enough shots to finish off both of them if the characters add in some melee attacks; they can be double teamed (two melee attacks per stun). Each shot that hits their skin will cause them to lean over, so rush in for a melee attack prompt at that time. The second character that hits the Giant Majini will perform their special tag team melee, so if Chris hits second then he'll perform his Haymaker. With an AI partner run up to the stunned Giant Majini and hit it with a melee attack then quickly issue the "Go" command to make your partner run ahead of your main character and follow up with that character's tag team melee. A player can also set the AI partner to cover mode ("Come on") then run by the Giant Majini after hitting it with a melee to fool the AI partner into hitting it. It's harder to do this when they block a shotgun blast since they will recover faster from the melee. They can be fought in much the same way with the shotgun if that is your only option. It will take quite a few more shots depending on how upgraded the shotgun is. Their attacks are quite deadly and have some good range. Be sure to step to a side or run behind them whenever they suddenly raise their head and make sounds since they will jump forward and perform a few horizontal swings to the area in front of them. They also have an overhead swing with their weapon. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Both characters can run inside the west building during the Majini fight, | | quickly climb the ladder inside then knock it down with the button prompt | | command while standing next to it. When the Majini enter the first floor, | | the characters can approach the torches on the second floor for a "Kick" | | command. Kick the torches down to the first floor to make them burst into | | flames and burn the Majini below. The torches can also be shot down. They | | burn a group of enemies much like incendiary grenades. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Blue Enigma [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat both Giant Majini in the village to receive this as an item drop from each of them (two total). = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Approach the building on the left side of the village and break the --VASE-- in front of the doorway. Step inside and break the --VASE-- and small --POT-- then take the ++RED HERB++, ++MAGNUM AMMO (+6)++ and ++HANGUN AMMO (+10)++. Climb the ladder and break the two --VASES-- on the second floor. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Center Pedestal - Pedestal in the center of the village. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Outside the building entrance on the west side of the village. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Near a table inside the west building. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - On the table inside the west building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the second floor of the west building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the second floor of the west building. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On the table in the west building. [ ] Magnum Ammo (+6) - On the table in the west building. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On the table in the west building. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step through the opening in between the walls beside the left building. There is ++50 GOLD++ above the holes ahead, but spikes will move out of the holes shortly after passing over them, so be quick as your character grabs it. With an AI partner, the partner has a tendency to get hit by the trap while following behind your lead character, so it is really best to let your AI partner stand near it and grab it so they will quickly move away afterwards. You can also exploit the invincibility frame animation of picking up an item to get the gold also. Simply stand above the gold then listen for the trap to activate then quickly grab the item and spikes will go right through your character and you won't take any damage and you'll get the item. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase (left) - In the back portion of the walled area on the northwest side of the village. --> Magnum Ammo (+6) [ ] Vase - In the back portion of the walled area on the northwest side of the village. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 50 Gold - Lying on top of the closest set of holes to the entrance of the walled area along the northwest side of the village. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- On the right side of the village, break the two --VASES-- on the north side of the building where the magnum was found then break the --VASE-- near the wall outside of the building. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Bridge - The lowered bridge to the north before raising it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Along the north side below the right building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north side below the right building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Outside the right building near a wall to the north. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The bridge in the center of the village is lowered at the moment, so both characters will have to find a way to raise it. Move to the northeast and find the path to the north of the right building. Break the two --VASES-- along the small path. Move along the curved path then climb to the raised portion above the small ladder. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Locked Door - The locked door to the right of the handle (before being unlocked). --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Along the small path to the north of the right building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the small path to the north of the right building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The double doors directly ahead are locked and there is a handle to the left of the door. Collect the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ treasure stuck to the right wall in front of the locked doors. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Reach the locked set of double doors beside the handle to the east of the north bridge. This treasure is stuck to the wall to the right of the locked set of doors. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = One character needs to stay behind and rotate the handle so that the other character can get across the bridge to unlock the door to the side. The player that uses the handle will have to rotate the left thumbstick the way it is presented on the screen. In single player, I recommend allowing the AI partner to rotate the handle by issuing the "Command Partner" command while near the handle. The character that elects to run across the bridge should move back down the small path then approach the bridge in the west. The player that moves across the bridge should remember that the partner has to stand and hold the handle in place, so move across the bridge quickly then open the set of double doors on the other side. .----------------------------------- WARNING ---------------------------------. | If you issue a command to your AI partner while that character is holding | | the handle and your character is on the bridge then the AI character will | | let go of the handle and let your character fall to the spikes below. It's | | quite hilarious to try at least once and I'd imagine it would be fun to | | "accidentally" release the handle on some annoying gamer online from time | | to time; you know, just to mess with them a bit. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' -- CHECKPOINT The two small --POTS-- on the table with the skeleton contain one snake in each pot, so slash each one quickly from close range then slash again to kill the snake inside. Rush over to the left grassy alcove across from the stairs and break the single --VASE--. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Pot - On the table in the building on the other side of the bridge. --> Enemy: Snake [ ] Pot - On the table in the building on the other side of the bridge. --> Enemy: Snake [ ] Vase - In the grassy alcove along the right side of the building past the bridge. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the nearby set of stairs then open the door by lifting the bar on the door and this will allow your partner to join up with your character. Step into the open room further ahead then collect the ++GREEN HERB++, ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ and the ++400 GOLD++ from the long table. Break the --VASE-- across from the table. Be sure to examine the --VILLAGE YOUTH'S DIARY-- file. There is another --VASE-- on the walkway that overlooks the bridge below, across from the current room. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Village Youth's Diary - On the second floor table in the building on the other side of the bridge. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - On the second floor of the building on the other side of the ladder, across from a long table in the middle room. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the walkway overlooking the bridge on the other side. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the second floor table in the building on the others side of the bridge. [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the second floor table in the building on the other side of the bridge. [ ] 400 Gold - On the second floor table in the building on the other side of the bridge. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The ramp to the west will lead to a cave tunnel. Break the --VASE-- to the right outside of the tunnel then collect the ++CEREMONIAL MASK++ treasure from the chest at the end of the cave tunnel. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Village - Chapter 3-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ceremonial Mask [4,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Move down the path to the west once your characters reach the second floor of the building on the other side of the bridge in the village and this will be at the end of the cave tunnel inside of a chest. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Lying outside of the cave with the chest containing the Ceremonial Mask treasure. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move back out of the cave tunnel then leap across the gap in the bridge using the "Jump" command that appears while standing next to the side. Break the two --VASES-- under the rooftop ahead. Step onto the cart to the right then use the "Ride" partner action to move onto the next area and end this chapter. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Past the gap on the way to the cart at the end of the area. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Past the gap on the way to the cart at the end of the area. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - ___ _ _ _____ ____ [CH32] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ / |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |_ \ ___ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___| / __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 3-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 50+ | 35 | 20 | <19 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <19'00" | 23'00" | 27'00" | 27'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH321] Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E X E C U T I O N G R O U N D - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Machine Gun/Handgun (for single Majini) - Shotgun (for crowds of Majini) - Rifle (for pesky explosive arrow Majini in the distance) - Magnum (for Chainsaw Majini/Big Man Majini; a shotgun or rifle with a high attack power can compensate for this) - Incendiary Grenades (quick stun for Chainsaw Majini) - Proximity Bombs (quick stun for Chainsaw Majini) - Stun Rod (low ammo consuming kill for the Chainsaw Majini) - Hand Grenades (Take down several enemies at once at the dock) Both characters start outside the lift that they entered in the last chapter. Break open the --VASE- around the corner then break the two small --POTS-- further ahead. Walk toward the outside walkway for a gruesome cutscene. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Around the corner from the starting point. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - (left) On a wooden shelf around the corner from the starting point. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - (right) On a wooden shelf around the corner from the starting point. --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A sniper rifle can be used at this part to take down a few of the Wetland Majini around the wooden platforms to the east. They will be alerted to the character's location in a bit anyway, so it doesn't really matter when the characters start shooting. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Take out the sniper rifle right now and immediately find the Majini with | | the explosive arrows in the lookout tower to the northeast and shoot him. | | Look down on the middle platform and watch for the second and third Majini | | with the explosive arrows to appear then shoot them with the sniper rifle. | | Long range annoyances for the first battle are now solved! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .-------------------------------- CO-OP TIP ----------------------------------. | In co-op mode, one player can play sniper right here and stay on walkway | | above while the first character fights off the Majini from the bottom | | walkway. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Step around the left side of the outside walkway and break the nearby --VASE-- then drop to the wooden walkway below. Break the two --VASES-- at the end of the first walkway to the right. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKALBE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - To the left on the outside walkway after the crocodile cutscene. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - After dropping off the high walkway, this will be down the first right walkway along with another. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - After dropping off the high walkway, this will be down the first right walkway along with another. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Several Majini will soon leap over to your side of the walkway and attack. You could easily place proximity bombs right on the walkway portion where they leap and taunt them from a distance if you'd like; even though that is a slight waste I do that from time to time. In all seriousness, you can shoot the Majini as they jump or try to leap across the gap and allow them fall into the water below for a quick kill. The characters can also shoot them when they are near the water and sometimes they will instantly fall into the water. The only bad part about having them fall in the water is that the characters will not be able to collect random item drops from them. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | Any Majini (dead or alive) that get knocked off the side of the walkway | | and land in the water below will get eaten by crocodiles. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' It's possible to set up some tag team melees if you want. Try not to let too many of them crowd up around your characters here. Take out the shotgun if they ever start to bunch up and knock them down with shotgun blasts. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | If you move down to the northwest area with barrels before the bridge is | | raised, a few Majini will race out of the tunnel past the bridge and | | attack. If the characters wait until the bridge is raised then they won't | | appear. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Follow the current side of the wooden walkway to the east then break the two --VASES-- near the end. Majini will race across the bridge to the south. Run back and shoot them as they try to jump across the gap for some easy kills. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - On the east end of the first lower wooden walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the east end of the first lower wooden walkway. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Once the characters hop across the gap and move toward the bridge on the other side, a Majini will pull the lever to the south and raise the bridge to the east. Immediately take out a sniper rifle right now and shoot the Majini with the explosive arrows along the south walkway to get rid of one annoyance. The characters can still knock the Majini off the platforms for some quick kills and the characters can also stand above the ladder and shoot or knife them as they climb. Drop down to the wooden platform in the center of the area after the battle. Investigate the crank along the middle platform. Your lead character will issue out a command for the partner to rotate the crank on single player while your main character is on the raft in the east or one player can rotate it while the other player stands on the raft. Move up the ladder on the south side then hop across the gap on the wooden platforms. The door off to the right is locked on the other side. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Lowered Bridge - Lowered bridge in the east in front of the middle platform. [ ] Crank - The crank that can be rotated on the middle platform. [ ] Locked door - The locked door across the bridge that can be lowered via the crank. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Move over to the raft in the east and hop on top of it. The other character will begin to rotate the crank to drag the raft across the water. The player that elects to move across the water on the raft will have to avoid crocodiles as they jump up out of the water and attack. The button prompt for dodging them is both shoulder buttons on normal mode (R1 + L1/RT + LT). Be quick since you only have a few seconds to input the command once one of them appears! There altogether four button prompt sequences on single player. .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------. | On Veteran mode the command for dodging the crocodiles' bites will randomly | | switch between R1 + L1/RT + LT and [] + X/X + A. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' When your character steps off on the other side, step toward the button with the tiger skin over it to get a "Kick" command. Kick the button to lower the bridge in the east. Unbar the door further to the side then hop back across the west gap and meet up with your partner then fall down the side of the ladder ahead. -- CHECKPOINT Move across the bridge and into the tunnel ahead. When your character climbs up to the first raised area, equip the knife then look directly up and destroy the torch above. A ++RUBY (PEAR)++ will fall out of the torch. Move further along the tunnel then climb up to the next raised area. Once again, equip the knife and break the overhead torch to make a ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++ fall. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After climbing up the first raised area in the cave tunnel past the wooden bridge in the east, equip the knife and break the overhead torch to make this fall from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After climbing up the second raised area in the cave tunnel past the wooden bridge in the east, equip the knife and break the overhead torch to make this fall from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Move to the end of the tunnel and the characters will come upon an area with tents and tall grass. A slight cutscene will trigger shortly. Walk into the tall grass on the left side and collect the ++60 GOLD++ hidden in the middle. There is ++90 GOLD++ on the south end of the right patch of tall grass. Watch for the snake that will try to jump out and bite your characters at the north end of that patch of grass. A character can easily collect the gold without having to worry about the snake. Stand near the entrance to the first tent up ahead then aim in the north portion of the grass and you should be able to shoot the hidden snake. The snake might drop an egg. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Shoot at the vultures that fly overhead in this area and you might get some | | extra gold from their bodies. It's not worth it but hey... it's something | | else to shoot in this area besides a few snakes and an emblem. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 60 gold - In the middle of the left patch of tall grass. [ ] 90 gold - At the south end of the right patch of tall grass. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Enter the first tent up ahead and be sure to examine the --TYPE 3 PLAGAS FIELD TEST-- file on the bed. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right and the --WOODEN BARREL-- further ahead to the left in the back of the tent. Look at the space in between the tents and shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (16/30)-- from the back side of the tents. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Type 3 Plagas Field Test file - On the bed in the first tent. [ ] IV Machine Above Bed - Fallen IV machine above the bed in the first tent. [ ] Bowl - The bowl on the small table in the first tent. [ ] Bowl - The bowl on the small table near the bed inside the second tent. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the right in the back of the tents. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left in the back of the tents. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #16 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: In the area with the Tricell tents, step around the \________/ back of either one then move to the center and look in between the tents to see this emblem lying against some sandbags on the far side. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Enter the second tent and pick up the ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ from the small table with the bowl inside. Outside the tents, pick up the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ lying on the stack of wooden blocks. Collect the ++JEWEL BEETLE ++ treasure from the furthest barrel to the north next to the oil pool and burning pipe in the middle of the area. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is lying on the north barrel that lies in a shallow pool of oil below the pipe with flames shooting out of it in the middle of the camp with Tricell tents. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] First Aid Spray - On the small table with the bowl in the second tent. [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On top of the stack of wooden blocks near the entrance to the second tent. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- There is a snake near the wooden block inside the big patch of tall grass off to the left further ahead. Find the snake while stepping beside the grass then shoot him and he might drop an egg. Collect the ++70 GOLD++ from near the wooden blocks while standing in the grass. Step inside the shack to the north and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- inside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the shack to the north in the camp area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the shack to the north in the camp area. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] 70 Gold - Near the wooden blocks in the patch of grass near the shack. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move down the path to the east up ahead. The characters will have some slight dialogue between them as they both step toward the entrance to the oil field ahead. Stand next to the burning tires by the double doors then look up on the mountain wall to the southwest and shoot down the ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ that is shining along the mountainside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Execution Grounds - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After the characters move through the camp with the Tricell tents, they will arrive at the double door entrance that leads to the oil field refinery. Stand in front of the burning set of tires then look on the mountain wall to the southwest. This red gem will be shining along the mountain wall, so shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Use the assist button while standing in front of the double doors to move on to the next area. [CH322] Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O I L F I E L D - R E F I N E R Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The east set of stairs is sealed off by pipes that shoot flames on each side of the middle stair railing. Look off to the right before dropping from the railing ahead to see a valve handle. There are two valve handles on each side and they are used to turn off the flames spewing from the pies in the east. Drop down from the opening in the railing ahead after the cutscene. Both characters need to reach the middle high platform in order to reach the other two platforms with valve handles. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the left after falling. Fight off the Majini that attack below; one of them has dynamite. There are no more barrels around the immediate areas, so you don't have to explore this bottom portion that much. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Off to the left after dropping from the first area. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Either move up the stairs off to the left (where you first drop from) or climb up the ladder directly ahead and around the corner the corner to the left. If the stair path is chosen then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the middle of the stairs. Another --WOODEN BARREL_-- is near the railing to the right at the top of the stairs. There are three Majini with crossbows on the top walkways. One of them is on the very top middle platform that the characters are going to and the other two are to the south - on a set of stairs and near the valve handle to the south. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the middle of the west set of stairs that lead up to the middle platform. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Off to the right near the railing after climbing the stairs in the west. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Climb to the very top of the middle platform by moving up the ladder then break both of the --WOODEN BARRELS-- above. Before turning the valve handle, walk around to the opposite side of the middle structure and grab the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ that is on the opposite side on a metal bar along the opposite side. Turn the valve handle at the top with either character. This will turn off the flames that shoot out of the pipe on the left staircase and allow access to the path that leads to the south valve handle. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Refinery - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the characters move up the first set of stairs to the left at the beginning of the area and climb the ladder at the top they will be on the platform (tower) in the center of the area, move around the opposite side of the structure with the red valve handle on it and this treasure will be attached to one of the metal bars on the back of the structure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the very top of the middle platform. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the very top of the middle platform. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Three Majini will attack from the north as the flames are turned off. There is one Majini on the platform to the northwest armed with a crossbow also. Take out the rifle and aim then kill him off before dropping from the top of the middle platform. One of the three Majini that attack below will stand back and toss dynamite, so kill the dynamite Majini off first and be ready to move if he tosses a stick near your characters. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- up the north set of stairs near the far railing. Climb up the ladder to the west. Pull the switch at the top of the high area to make a zipline move toward the platform. Each character can ride the zipline over to the area with the valve handle to the south. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the north railing up the north set of stairs. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the north railing up the north set of stairs. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Right when the first character lands on the south platform, the viewpoint will showcase a Chainsaw Majini as it drops down the west platform. It's headed for the south platform with the red valve handle that the first character lands on. The character can either fight him on the platform with the valve handle or fall down the east side and fight him in the bottom area. Either way, break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- near the railing while deciding. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel (right) - On the south platform with the red valve handle. --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb [ ] Wooden Barrel (left) - On the south platform with the red valve handle. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Chainsaw Majini really isn't much of threat by himself. You just need to have a good weapon that will stun him. Any weapon will work in stunning him and if you broke the barrels to the side then you have a proximity bomb now that can be laid down in his path to stun him. If you have some incendiary grenade then toss one at him for an instant stun. Otherwise, aim for his head with a weapon and shoot him until he is stunned. Stand above the stunned Chainsaw Majini and pump shotgun blast directly into his head then quickly perform a melee attack as he begins to recover. If the AI partner is set to attack mode ("Go" command) then that character seems to aim for his head to stun him quite a bit, or at least, help out more in trying to stun him. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | One good way to save ammo and still keep the pressure on the Chainsaw | | Majini is to stun him with headshots then quickly run up to him and hit him | | with the stun rod or knife slash him until he is about to recover then | | perform a quick melee attack. Rinse and repeat to defeat him without having | | to worry much about ammo. It's possible to get in around 7 knife slashes | | before he can fully recover. Cancel the last stun rod attack or slash into | | the melee attack. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | While playing on Veteran difficulty, or this might have a small chance of | | happening on Normal difficulty, the Chainsaw Majinis that attack near the | | valve handles on both sides of the area may revive and go into their | | berserk mode, so bring along a proximity bomb to lay in their path or a | | magnum or high-powered shotgun to finish them off from a distance if they | | do this. Listen for the battle music to continue to play after they drop | | their treasure as a warning sign that they are about to get up after being | | knocked down once. | | | | They can be damaged the moment that they start to rise. A character can | | simply stand over one and spam him with gunfire to defeat him right as he | | enters Berserk mode. Berserker said "stay down", damn you! | | | | NOTE: The Chainsaw Majini CANNOT die while rising before going into Berserk | | mode. He will ONLY die after fully standing, so basically if you have | | already shot him twice with a magnum while he rises, then he is already | | dead even though he continues to rise but he will only die when he fully | | stands. There is no reason to continually spam him with bullets and waste | | them. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Whichever way is chosen, simply go for head stuns and punish him until he is about to recover then perform a melee attack. Remember that the second character can follow up with a melee attack for extra damage. While playing single player, run by the Chainsaw Majini while Sheva is in cover mode or immediately issued a "Go" command right after hitting him with a melee attack. Pick up the ++VENOM FANG++ treasure that he drops after defeating him. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Refinery - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Venom Fang [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Dropped by the first Chainsaw Majini after defeating him. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Turn the valve handle on the south platform to turn off the flame spewing out of the right pipe on the east staircase. Fall back down the platform and return to the middle platform. Move up the south staircase connected to the middle platform. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- near the railing at the top. Pull the lever at the top of the south platform to bring the zipline from the north platform over to the current platform. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the railing by the stairs on the south platform with the lever. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ride the zipline across to the north platform with the valve handle. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- near the door ahead then rotate the valve handle off to the right to turn off the flames that spew out of the left pipe up the east set of stairs. Allow your partner to get across the zipline afterward. -------------------------------------------------------- BREEAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the door beside the north valve handle. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Once the door to the north is unbarred another Chainsaw Majini will attack after he drops during the cutscene. Be sure to move down the stairs and fight him below since the current platform is really too small to fight him on and there is no reason to return here after the valve handle has been rotated. He will drop a ++VENOM FANG++ once defeated. .----------------------------------- TIP 1 -----------------------------------. | The cutscene where the second Chainsaw Majini drops can be skipped and this | | will allow extra time to move without him being right in front of your | | characters after the cutscene. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .----------------------------------- TIP 2 -----------------------------------. | If the north valve handle is rotated last, when the Chainsaw Majini appears | | it is possible to run toward the east set of stairs then run by the Majini | | group that attacks and leave this area without the need to fight the | | second Chainsaw Majini. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Refinery - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Venom Fang [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Dropped by the second Chainsaw Majini after defeating him. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Now that the flames are gone, move up the east set of stairs after the battle. A group of Majini will attack from around the left corner at the top of the walkway. Fight them off and drop to the lower area around the corner. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- below then both characters should use the partner assist action to open the door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near a dumpster outside the exit door in the east. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near a dumpster outside the exit door in the east. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH323] Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O I L F I E L D - C O N T R O L F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - During this area, both players must cover Josh while he performs various tasks. --> COVER JOSH WHILE HE DISABLES THE ELEVATOR LOCK Majini will break through the window on the south side of the room and climb over the fence on the southeast side. Break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- near the southeast fence, the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the south side of the elevator shaft, the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the southwest side of the room for some extra items. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the fence on the southwest side of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the fence on the southwest side of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel (left) - Near the south side of the outside of the elevator shaft. --> Definite Item: Hand Grenade [ ] Wooden Barrel (right) - Near the south side of the outside of the elevator shaft. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the wall on the southeast side of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the wall on the southeast side of the room. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The Majini that attack in the first wave are fairly weak. They bunch up in the area quite a bit though. Make sure to keep them away from Josh as he continues to disable the elevator lock. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | During this battle you might notice two barrels behind the west fence. | : Don't shoot them from right here. Wait until just a bit later and both | | characters will be able to get on that side. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .--------------------------- INTERACTING WITH JOSH ---------------------------. | Throughout this entire section Josh can interact with the Majini that are | | knocked toward him and the character's current status if he is not busy | | with the controls. If Majini get near him then he will step away from the | | controls and fight them off and that is when he will interact depending on | | the actions and status of your characters. Below are some ways to get him | | to interact with the character while he is NOT busy at a control panel: | | | | 1) If your character knocks a Majini toward Josh with an arm stun melee | | (Hook, Kick, etc.) then Josh will bounce the staggering Majini back toward | | the character allowing your character to perform a tag team melee. | | | | 2) If a character approaches Josh while in dying status, Josh will actually | | resuscitate that fallen character. Tap the assist button to make sure he | | resuscitates your character. | | | | 3) Your character can actually respond to his attacks, if he bounces a | | Majini back from an arm stun melee or if he performs a critical headshot | | with his handgun at any point during this chapter segment, press the assist | | button and your character will respond to his actions. | | | | 4) If a Majini grabs Josh it can be knocked off with a partner assist | | melee. Josh might follow up the melee with a melee of his own if the | | Majini survives your character's partner assist melee. | | | | 5) Josh can be healed with any healing item while standing next to him and | | using a healing item. | | | | 6) If the assist button is tapped while your character is grabbed by a | | Majini when near Josh then he may turn and shoot the Majini off your | | character. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Eventually Josh will mention that the Majini seem to have let up but don't let your guard down. This man knows the way that Resident Evil games work ever since Resident Evil 4, because shortly after he mentions that, Majini will bust through the north window and begin to enter from the north side. Josh, you freaking jinx! The Majini will still climb over the fence on the west side of the room as well. Two Big Man Majini will attack along with the final wave of Majini and each of them will drop a ++JEWEL BANGLE++ once defeated. Use the usual shotgun and melee to deal with them or fire at them with handgun several times to set up for a melee attack. Double team them with the two characters with a tag team melee if possible. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | Stand near the north window and bust it open. When the Majini begin to | | arrive on the other side of that window, toss a hand grenade into the room | | to finish all of them off instantly. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Control Facility - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle (x2) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Dropped by the two Big Man Majini that attack along with the final wave of Majini on the first floor as Josh tries to activate the elevator. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Eventually Josh will get the elevator working then he will get inside and tell Chris and Sheva to get in as well. The characters can stand outside the elevator and finish off the remaining Majini or join up with Josh inside. Both players should press the assist button inside the elevator to take it to the next floor. .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | Stand outside the elevator while Josh is inside of it and he will | | eventually yell out sarcastic remarks to the characters about getting | | inside. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> FOLLOW JOSH Follow the railing directly ahead as it curves around the second floor of the room. Majini will be along the upper walkway and other side of the second floor. Josh will help out a lot more this time. He will use his handgun to shoot the Majini in his way and maybe even melee attack them. Follow Josh up the ladder then break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- off to the right on the high platform. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel (left) - After climbing the ladder to the high walkway, this is to the right along with another barrel. --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb [ ] Wooden Barrel (right) - After climbing the ladder to the high walkway, this is to the right along with another barrel. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fall to the west walkway below after stepping across the high platform. A Majini with a crossbow is on the west walkway as the characters move toward it. Majini armed with crossbows appear on the nearby high walkways when the characters drop to the lower east walkway. One will appear from the high walkway that both characters just dropped from and two more will be on the north walkway. The machine gun or handgun will work just fine with defeating them. Climb up to the north walkway then drop to the lower portion of the walkway ahead. Two --WOODEN BARRELS-- will be near the right railing after falling. There is a --WOODEN BARREL-- directly ahead near the east wall. Josh will begin to tinker with the panel near the locked door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the right railing after dropping from the west end of the north walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Near the right railing after dropping from the west end of the north walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the end of the lower north walkway, east side. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> COVER JOSH WHILE HE UNLOCKS THE DOOR A cutscene will play as Majini and a Chainsaw Majini move out the elevator. Rush back up the ladder in order to climb back up to the high walkway that the characters just dropped from. Both characters have got to keep the Majini and the Chainsaw Majini away from Josh for a few seconds while he unlocks the door below. Keep in mind that the Chainsaw Majini will go after Josh and kill him (ending the game) if the characters move too far away from the Josh. With how narrow the walkways are, this will be the perfect area to set up a proximity bombs in order to stun the Chainsaw Majini. The Chainsaw Majini does not have to be defeated, but if he is then he will drop a ++GOLD RING++ treasure. To fight off the Chainsaw Majini rather easily, stun him by shooting him in the head with gunfire then run up and hit him several times with the stun rod before canceling into a melee attack. .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------. | On Veteran mode, or possibly on Normal mode, the Chainsaw Majini that | | attacks in this area might revive and enter berserk mode, so be standing by | | him with a high-powered weapon or place a proximity bomb in his path to | | finish him off if he does this. Remember that he can be shot while he is | | getting up and still sustain damage at that time. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Either character can stand right near a ladder as the normal Majini drop | | from a higher walkway and pin them against the ladder with knife or stun | | rod attacks. A player can also stand at the top of the ladder and knock | | them back down it with either weapon as well. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Control Room - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Dropped by the Chainsaw Majini. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Get back to Josh after the battle or run back to him when he unlocks the door then open the door to trigger a cutscene. Move down the stairs up ahead after the cutscene. Hop through either window along the outside portion of the building and break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- that could be seen behind the fence when both characters were helping Josh earlier. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Hop through either of the windows after moving down the stairs shortly before exiting the area and this will on the other side across from a fence. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Hop through either of the windows after moving down the stairs shortly before exiting the area and this will on the other side across from a fence. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop back through either window and move up the nearby stairs then both characters need to press the assist button near the door to exit this area. [CH324] Chapter 3-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O I L F I E L D - D O C K - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | I would highly advise you to have at least 3 hand grenades saved for the | | enemy waves here if you want to get by them easily and kill the majority of | | them quickly. Exit the subchapter then load it again through the | | "Continue" option then buy the hand grenades if needed. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' There are two --WOODEN BARRELS-- near the set of dumpsters to the right. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the set of dumpsters at the beginning of this area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside the set of dumpsters at the beginning of this area. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .--------------------------------- TIP ---------------------------------------. | The partner AI can get a bit annoying here since the partner insists on | | looking off the railing and not following your character if you move to the | | north. Run just a bit to the south and the partner will begin to follow | | your character once again. This is useful if your main character inventory | | is full and your partner's isn't. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Irving's boat can be seen in the water to the east while standing next to the railing up ahead. Open the door to the left. The door to the small building up ahead is locked, so move down the stairs. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- below the next set of stairs then find the next --WOODEN BARREL-- below the set of stairs even further. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Locked Door - The locked door of the building to the north. [ ] Locked Door - The locked door of the building to the northwest. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the left corner below the first set of stairs to the north. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the left corner below the second set of stairs to the north. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The characters really need to break the barrels listed above now, since they won't have much of a chance later. There is nothing to do at the wooden dock with the boats and the second nearby building is locked just like the first. Run to the south side of the dock after breaking the two barrels on the north side. There is a single --WOODEN BARREL-- on the lower walkway along the left side, so drop down to the walkway to find it in a corner. Find the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- underneath the blue storage area with the rooftop along the right side. Don't move too far or a cutscene will activate. There is a single --WOODEN BARREL-- below the next storage area, but a character will have to break it after the cutscene that triggers further ahead has played. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the lower walkway to the south. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Under the rooftop of the first storage area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Under the rooftop of the first storage area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Under the rooftop of the second storage area. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Well, at least he isn't as annoying as Salazar, right? The characters now have to make a timed run over to Josh, who is on the north side of the dock preparing a boat. The characters have a total of 2 minutes to reach him. There are a few pickups a player should be aware of here. First of all, run toward the far west and step along the side of the walkway then open the metal case lying on the walkway and collect the ++3,000 GOLD++ from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Dock - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: 3,000 gold |_________________| DETAILS: After the cutscene with Irving while out on the docks, turn to the west and move down steps and you'll find this in a metal case at the end of the walkway near the water. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = The second item of note is a BSAA emblem. Enter the nearby left building by opening the door then shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (17/30)-- while it hangs near the corner of the right wall. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #17 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Oil Refinery - Dock - Chapter 3-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After the cutscene with Irving while out on the docks, \________/ turn to the left after the cutscene and open the door to the nearby building then step inside. This medal is on the right wall near the back corner. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Now, all the characters have to do is jog across to the north side of the dock, right? Is it ever that easy? Along the way, both characters will be attacked by four enemy waves. There are also a few Majini that will toss dynamite from up above while the characters are on the south side; there are two along the south tower (on top and on the stairs) and two on the west set of gas tanks. The dynamite Majini aren't that much of a problem though since the characters will be on the move the entire time. Players can basically ignore them. If the characters brought along at least three hand grenades then the players won't have any problems with the waves of enemies here. --> Wave 1 (Town Majini) The first wave of enemies will begin to arrive right after the cutscene with Irving. They come from the east side and are composed of normal Town Majini with weapons and shouldn't be much of a problem. Toss a hand grenade at them when they gather to take them all down with one explosion. This is one of the harder waves to take down with a single hand grenade since they tend to scatter while moving toward your characters. --> Wave 2 (Town Majini/ two with crossbows) Wave 2 will run out from the left corner when the characters move toward the door on the north side of the dock. Two of them have crossbows. Toss a hand grenade at them as they begin to gather in front of the door. The door has been padlocked, so quickly shoot the lock or kick the door three times to knock it open. If your character tosses a hand grenade at the second wave then that may very well have destroyed the lock as well. --> Wave 3 (Four Adjules and one Big Man Majini) The third wave will run out of the building to the north after stepping through the door. Four Adjules will step out and one Big Man Majini. Toss a hand grenade right as the Adjules step outside of the building. For Big Man, you need to use a Magnum if you want to defeat him. Just shoot him and don't worry that much about melee. Time is of the essence! He will leave behind a ++GOLD RING++ if your characters can defeat him. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Dock - Chapter 3-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Gold Ring [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Big Man Majini among the third wave of enemies and he will drop this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = There is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- inside of the building that the third enemy wave exits from. I'd just shoot it from a distance if I were you to at least say that I destroyed it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside of the first building along the east side. The third enemy wave will exit from this building after the Irving cutscene allowing the characters to step inside of it. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BEFORE THE CHARACTERS MOVE DOWN THE STAIRS ALONG THE NORTH SIDE... The characters need to shoot each of the C4 explosives that have been placed along the first staircase. There are a total of two and if the characters tossed a hand grenade then the explosion might have set off one of them. Josh will be waiting for the characters along the side of the second building below. --> Wave 4 (Town Majini) The fourth wave is pretty bunched up near the area where your characters meet up with Josh, so you might have to back off a bit when a hand grenade is tossed at them. Josh will help out for this fight a bit but really only manages to help spread the Majini apart, making it harder for your characters to defeat all of the Majini. A few Majini will already be on the dock then a few more will exit from the nearby building. There is nothing inside of the nearby building, so don't worry about stepping inside. Run toward the boats along the wooden portion of the dock to trigger a cutscene that will end this chapter! .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If the timer runs out all the way, a cutscene of the oil refinery blowing | | up will play as the "You are Dead" screen appears. Nothing special really | | but many gamers will likely not die here to notice it. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' - - - - - - ___ _ _ _____ _____ [CH33] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ |___ / |___ / / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |_ \ ___ |_ \ / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___| ___) | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |____/ |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 3-3 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 30+ | 20 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <19'00" | 23'00" | 27'00" | 22'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH331] Chapter 3-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O I L F I E L D - D R I L L I N G F A C I L I T I E S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Sniper Rifle (highly recommended; one for each character for distant enemies) - Machine Gun (for hitting explosive barrels quickly) - Handgun (if you if are very accurate, bring this over the machine gun, but I would recommend the machine gun more if you already have a rifle) - Shotgun (for close range enemies; not needed near as much as the other two weapons) The Majini in the speedboats from the cutscene will be on the tail of the your boat as Josh speeds down the river. It's really best for both players to equip sniper rifles at this part. Each player should take one of the two boats then fire at the Majini on that boat. There are three Majini on the right boat and two Majini on the left boat. A sniper rifle will make quick work of the Majini on both boats. If you didn't bring a rifle then use a handgun or maybe a machine gun. Once both of the boats are far in the distance then don't worry about them. Turn around and face the other direction. This next part will have your boat speed by several sections of the river where Majini will shoot at the boat from a distance. Luckily, most of the Majini have staked out in areas with an explosive barrel to get behind for cover... that was sarcasm there. Basically, whenever you see the color red up ahead, you shoot that color and then stand back and watch the pretty explosions and Majini bits that fly through the air. Watch for the overhead bridge that is coming up. Aim for the explosive barrel in the center of the bridge then fire at it to defeat both Majini with crossbows on top. A Majini will be on a tower further ahead to the right - shoot the large explosive canister next to him. The boat will drive by a Majini on the dock to the left (with an explosive barrel next to him and a Majini on the boat to the right. Shoot either of the two explosive canisters before the boat moves through the doorway ahead and you'll defeat the Majini on the high walkway above. The boat will drive through the doorway and then it will stop as Josh orders both characters to open the gate up ahead. Shoot the Kipepeos in the area then blast the explosive barrels on the northeast and southeast high walkways to defeat the two Majini armed with crossbows up high. A few Majini will move down the stairs and approach the boat. Look to the east and you'll notice a slight glimmer below the top portion of the top walkway where both Majini were standing overhead before passing up under the doorway. Take out a rifle and shoot this --BSAA EMBLEM (18/30)-- from the boat or a character can move closer and shoot it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #18 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Oil Field - Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Before the boat moves up under the doorway with the \________/ two Majini with crossbows overhead, this emblem is attached to the bottom portion of the walkway below them. If you miss, then you can easily shoot the bottom portion of this emblem when the boat stops. Simply look to the east then look below the walkway where the Majini were at to see the bottom glowing portion of this emblem. You can get off the boat and shoot it from the walkways further ahead for an easier shot. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Get off the boat then move around the corner to the right and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- at the end. Move around the left corner and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- along the way then approach the gap in the back center. Hop across the gap in the walkway then grab the ++HANDGUN BULLETS (+15)++ along the walkway on the other side. Move toward the lever ahead and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- in the alcove to the right of it then pull the lever. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - When the boat stops, get off and this will be around the right corner. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - When the boat stops, get off and this will be around the left corner on your way up to the gap in the walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - In the alcove to the right of the lever. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - After hopping over the gap in the walkway, this will be lying near the railing after moving down both ramps. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Once the lever has been pulled, a few Majini and two Kipepeos will attack from the east. Two Majini armed with dynamite will toss down explosives from the high walkway in the east. If there happens to be an explosive canister still up on the walkway then shoot it to take down at least one of them. Use a sniper rifle to shoot the other. The Kipepeos will fall easy to rifle or a shotgun, handgun or machine gun or a single flash grenade! Make your way back to the boat on the other side. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | To get a head start on the next driving sequence, stand near the side of | | the door closest to the boat and aim past the door to the west. Get the | | explosive barrels in the distance in your site with a sniper rifle then | | shoot the explosive barrels to easily defeat the lurking Majini with | | crossbows that stand near them. The Majini never anticipated you'd read | | Berserker's guide and know about them way ahead of time. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Get on the boat when you're ready. Make sure you read the tip above. -- CHECKPOINT The boat will speed past Majini armed with crossbows on an overhead walkway off to the left. Find the explosive barrel near them and shoot it. You'll have to press the button that appears in order to duck up under the low pipe further ahead or your character will suffer quite a bit of damage. Quickly shoot one of the explosive barrels on the bridge up above then shoot the Majini on the pipe ahead. The characters will have to duck up under the low pipe ahead so prepare to press the button that appears on the screen to duck again. .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------. | If your character gets caught looking through the scope of a rifle when a | | a pipe is in front of that character, the button prompt for ducking the | | pipe will not appear, so you might get hit. Stop aiming whenever a pipe is | | coming into view to avoid this problem. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' After the boat moves up under the overhead bridge, shoot the explosive canister on the back right and back left further ahead to take down the Majini with crossbows on the high walkways. You'll pass by several Majini with crossbows along boats and wooden walkways. Try to take down as many as you can while the boat moves past them. BE SURE to focus aim on the left side since there are two Majini on that side that carry dynamite and they will toss it toward the boat as it moves by. The characters can get a slight head start on finishing off some of the Majini along the side area as the boat prepares to stop. -- CHECKPOINT Step off the boat then break the two --WOODEN BARRELS-- on the nearby walkway and pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+15)++ in the corner of the railing near them. There is a ++GREEN HERB++ in a corner to the left also. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the walkway to the right when the boat stops. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the walkway to the right when the boat stops. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - On the walkway to the right when the boat stops. [ ] Green Herb - On the left side of the walkway after the boat stops. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turn and look to the west. You see those mounted gatling guns up above that are just waiting for a Majini to run behind and operate? Well, once your characters move further along the walkway to the east Majini will run behind each of them and begin to fire down at your characters as if I just jinxed you. Move to the east. The characters will have to take cover behind the wall around the corner since Majini will start to fire with the mounted gatling guns to the west. Press the action button when the button prompt appears on either side of the wall to take cover then equip a rifle and wait for the machine gun to stop firing; lean out then shoot the head of the Majini that operates each gatling gun. Take cover and reload in between shots. Remember that you can reload simply by tapping the run button while taking cover. You'll also need to shoot a few Majini with crossbows and one with dynamite that will be firing/tossing explosives at your characters from up above. There is a lever on both sides of the door, so the characters can take either the north or south side to get to either one. A character will have to stand at each one and both will have to flip the lever at the same time. Let's take the long path to the east, so the characters can grab plenty of items along the way. Move up the ramp to the east then, before moving up the next ramp to hop across the gap in the middle, find the side without railing then drop down to the hidden east wooden walkway. Follow the walkway to the east then jump across the gap ahead. Move to the shack in the distance then pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+15)++, ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+50)++, ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+10)++ and ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ from the table inside. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- across from the table. Exit the shack then open the metal case outside of it and grab the ++M3 (SG)++ from the case. There is also another --WOODEN BARREL-- at the end of the wooden walkway to the east. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: M3 (SG) Location: Oil Field - Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3 Details: After stepping off the boat for the second time, you'll need to drop from the side of the walkway without railing to the east after moving up the first ramp. The wooden walkway that you drop to will take you to a shack off to the right. This is inside the metal case on the table next to that shack. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the shack to the east after dropping to the wooden walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the far end of the wooden walkway to the east. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - On the table inside the shack to the east after dropping to the wooden walkway. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+50) - On the table inside the shack to the east after dropping to the wooden walkway. [ ] Shotgun Shells (+10) - On the table inside the shack to the east after dropping to the wooden walkway. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move back the way the characters came from and find the piece of the wooden walkway that faces a walkway on the other side. Walk toward it to get a jump command. Leap toward the wooden walkway on the other side. Move beside the boat off to the right then collect the sparkling ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ from off the right side of the walkway then break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- to the left. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is on the left side of the wooden walkway that can be gotten to by leaping off the north east side of the area after moving down the second ramp. This will be near the end of the walkway, to the right. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - At the very end of the left wooden walkway in the east. --> Definite Item: Magnum Ammo (+6) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turn around and turn to the right while leaving. Hop over the gap in the walkway while making your way back to the west. Climb up on top of the other side of the walkway ahead. Move down the ramp then break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the left and take the ++RED HERB++. The nearby wall can be used for cover just in case you jumped over the gap when the Majini manned the gatling guns up above. This type of cover wall that the characters have to duck behind always makes me feel a bit safer for some reason. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - To the left after moving down the ramp on the opposite side of the walkway across from the boat. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - To the left after moving down the ramp on the opposite side of the walkway across from the boat. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- along the walkway further ahead before turning the corner. Move up the ramp and take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+15)++ and ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+50)++ from near the back of the sandbags. You can take cover behind the sandbags but there isn't any need to really. There are some oil canisters behind the sandbags but they really have no use unless you elected to leave the Majini with dynamite alive up until now. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Just past the cover wall on the north walkway. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+15) - On the stack of tires behind the sandbags near the right lever. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+15) - On the sandbags near the right lever. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Don't worry about the levers now, let's continue to steal all the precious Majini goodies around the area. Move back down the ramp then climb the ladder to the left. Break the --WOODEN BARREL-- off to the right then move across and follow the walkway to the left. The gatling guns along this top walkway can be used by holding L1 near them, and they will come in handy in just a moment. Fire at Josh in the boat below if you want to try them out. Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- outside of the middle room at the top then open the door and step inside the office. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Off to the right after climbing the ladder near the sandbags on the north side of the area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Outside the north door of the middle room on the top walkway. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In the office room, break the --WOODEN BARREL-- then open the drawer off the cabinet and take the ++EMERALD (MARQUISE)++ from inside. Exit from the other end of the room then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ on the outside walkway and break the --WOODEN BARREL-- further ahead. There is a transformer that can be shot down above the sandbags below but it has little significance now. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Oil Field - Drilling Facilities - Chapter 3-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Marquise) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Step inside the office room along the very top walkway once the boat stops for the second time and open the drawer to obtain this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Inside the office room in the middle of the top walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - On the south end of the high walkway, outside the office room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near the wooden barrel on the south end of the high walkway outside of the office room. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Drop down off the side of the high walkway where the transformer is at. Break the nearby --WOODEN BARREL-- to the right then collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+10)++ off the metal drum. There is also a --WOODEN BARREL-- behind the metal canister down the ramp to the right. The characters can take cover behind the nearby sandbags just like the group on the other side. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Barrel - Right near the left lever. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Barrel - Beside a metal canister on the south side of the area. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Shotgun Shells (+10) - Lying on top of a metal drum near the sandbags on the south side of the area. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Now that the characters have totally ransacked the area while Josh waits patiently below, let's get to the major task at hand. Each character needs to stand at a lever on both sides of the area then the characters have to activate the levers at the same time. On single player mode, use the partner assist command prompt near one lever then move over to the other lever and activate it. Also, if you pull on one lever then the other character will activate the second automatically while your main character waits. You know very well that something is going to happen once the levers have been pulled, so let us climb one of the nearby ladders and race back up to the gatling gun to prepare. Ah, a whole swarm of Kipepeos want to be used as target practice! You can stand near one gatling gun and get your AI partner to use it by pressing the partner assist button near it if you're playing single player. The Kipepeos will fall like flies as long as the mounted gatling gun is used to defeat them. There is a single Majini with a crossbow that will step into view behind the wooden wall to the north below. This is the same wall that the characters can take cover behind, so shoot him as he peeps out from the long opening along the wall. Be sure to watch the overheating gauge in the lower right corner as the gun is used and stop firing for a few seconds if it is about to overheat. On your way back to the boat, two more Kipepeos and some Majini will attack. The two Majini on the back walkways will be armed with dynamite. A few more Majini and Kipepeos may appear below also. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | When the Majini and Kipepeos appear below, the characters can simply return | | to the gatling guns and fire at them to avoid wasting ammo from their | | arsenal. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Once the players are ready, return to the boat and Josh will drive through the open gate ahead and a cutscene will trigger. The cutscene that plays will give way to a boss fight. [CH332] Chapter 3-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P A T R O L B O A T - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + IRVING ------ HP: 8,500 (Tentacles) HP: 12,000 (Main Body) HP: 13,000 (Irving's Body) Weak Points: - Top glowing portion of head (visible while he moves beside or behind the boat) - Middle portion of tentacles (visible when his tentacles move out of the water while beside or behind the boat. While behind, they will only appear when his main weak point is showcased.) - Irving's body (visible after the top portion of the head takes enough damage. The mouth will open and Irving's body will be exposed. This is his main weak point.) Attacks: --> While swimming on either side of the boat or behind the boat (with or without human body exposed) 1) Submerged Dashing Bite: Irving swims toward the boat then quickly emerges with his mouth open and snaps at the side of the boat near him. A button prompt dodge command will appear as the jaws close together in order to dodge the attack with a roll. 2) Tentacle Stab: A tentacle plows into the floor of the boat from above. A button prompt dodge command will appear right before the tentacle smashes onto the boat. --> While behind the boat (behind only without human body exposed) 3) Dashing Bite: While above the water's surface and behind the boat, Irving slowly swims toward the boat then snaps at the top side of the boat in front of him with his jaws. A button prompt dodge command will appear right before the jaws close together in order to dodge the attack with a roll. The only real difference here is that he is in plain view while he dashes toward the boat. --> While submerged 4) Tentacle Grab: While completely underwater, a tentacle moves up out of the water and falls down toward a character to grab that character. A button prompt command will appear in order to dodge this attack. If a character is grabbed, that character will have to shake the left thumbstick to break free or the partner can free the character through normal gunfire or turret fire. --> THE FOUR TURRETS There are four turrets spread around the boat on all four corners. They can all be used by pressing and holding the L1 button near them. In single player mode, the partner assist button can be pressed near a turret to make the partner use the turret. The partner will stay at the turret until another command is issued. Here's the breakdown of the turrets on the boat: Northeast turret: rocket launcher Northwest turret: rocket launcher Southeast turret: gatling gun Southwest turret: gatling gun In single player, it is really best for the main player to try out each type of gun see how well your aiming is. The rocket launcher has to be aimed more precisely and a player has to keep in mind that the boat is moving, so sometimes the player will have to aim a bit in front of the targeted point in order to hit it. The AI partner doesn't have much of problem aiming with either turret type. Either way, like a raging Snow_Infernus caught up in one of his Lost Planet online battles, find that weak point (think of it as a heat source) on the head and blast it with the gatling gun (machine gun), rocket launcher, plasma rif... oh wait. --> WHEN HE MOVES BESIDE THE BOAT While the creature is swimming on either side of the boat, it will have the glowing portion of its head exposed in plain view. Use this time to fire at the glowing portion of the head with a turret or normal gunfire. Normal gunfire may not seem like much, but it can be more accurate. For those of you on you second playthrough, normal gunfire may indeed be better than either turret with a highly upgraded weapon. While using the rocket launcher turret, you will have to adjust your aiming based on whether the creature is moving fast or not. Aim in front of the weak spot just a bit if it is moving fast and aim almost directly at the weak spot if it isn't moving too quickly. One precise shot to the glowing portion with the rocket launcher will damage it quite a bit and make it reveal its main weak point faster. The creature will eventually submerge and four tentacles will move out of the water on his current side. Aim for the center portion of each tentacle and blast it to destroy the tentacle. One rocket aimed at the midportion will destroy each one and just a bit of gatling gun fire will easily cut off a tentacle as well. Even normal gunfire will destroy them easily on normal mode. The tentacles will constantly reform if they are not destroyed fast enough. A button prompt command will appear on the screen eventually as each character stands in place. That is your cue to know that he is about to perform a tentacle stab to that character, so quickly press the on-screen button to have your character roll to the side to avoid it - either the action or run button. On normal mode, both buttons can be pressed at the same time for a guaranteed avoidance whenever a button prompt appears. You can avoid the prompts altogether by constantly moving but you'll need to stand still to hit the tentacles however. Destroying the tentacles will cause the boss to attack less and it will also make it emerge from the water faster. Once it emerges, it might race toward the boat then quickly try to bite the characters. A button prompt command will appear, so press the button displayed on the screen to roll out of the way of the creature's jaws. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | It is usually best to walk toward the middle portion of whichever side the | | the creature is on whenever it is about to perform its bite attack; this | | way, the button prompt will appear on the screen for sure. If you stand to | | the side then the button prompt might only appear for a few seconds as your | | character enters the hit detection portion of the beast's jaws, giving you | | less time to react. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' The creature will usually rush toward the boat and ram it if it doesn't perform a bite. This will only jar the boat a bit and shake the characters. No damage will be sustained. --> WHEN HE MOVES BEHIND THE BOAT The creature might move behind the boat. When it does this, the same rules still apply as to when it was moving beside the boat but the characters will have to run to the south set of turrets and fire at him. The top portion of his head will be revealed from a different angle and it is actually much easier to hit with rockets this time since the characters will have a full frontal view. It will eventually race toward the boat while still on the water's surface and attempt to bite the characters. Use the button prompt dodge command to avoid this attack. --> WHEN HE IS NOWHERE TO BE FOUND After he has left the back of the boat, tentacles might appear and they will slap the surface of the boat in an attempt to grab your characters. All the characters really have to do is simply move out of the path of a tentacle, but a button prompt will appear before a tentacle makes contact with a character if one happens to be in the way. The tentacles will grab any character that one manages to make contact with. The grabbed character will need to shake the left thumbstick in order to break free from the grapple. It is possible to free your partner from the grab with gunfire, but you won't have time to rush to a turret unless you're already controlling one, so most of the time it would be best to fire at the tentacle with normal gunfire. --> WHEN HE LATCHES ONTO THE BACK OF THE BOAT After the top glowing portion of the creature's head receives enough damage, the creature will latch his two main tentacles on to the back of the boat. The creature's mouth will open to showcase Irving's body, which is attached to the inside portion of the mouth. Irving's normal body is the beast's main weak point. Focus most of your gunfire on his normal body and he will fall eventually. Two tentacles will move out of the water on each of his sides. The tentacles will curve straight upward and wiggle in the air for a bit just like before. These can be shot in the middle and broken in half just like the tentacles from earlier. Don't focus aim solely on Irving's human body since the creature's tentacles will be constantly trying to stab your characters and you'll constantly receive button prompt commands if that is the case, which will limit your firing time at each turret or while standing and firing. Try to take down the tentacles at a steady rate before switching fire back at Irving's body. Each character should destroy the tentacles closest to each side that they are currently at. He will eventually move back under the water. While he is submerged, he will be preparing to rush toward the boat for a quick lunging bite, so move toward the center and prepare to press the button that appears in order to dodge the attack. He will go back to exposing his human body after the bite then alternate between the two again for the remainder of the battle. + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ _ _ _ [CH41] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ | || | / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | || |_ ___ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | |__ _||___|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 4-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 50+ | 35 | 20 | <19 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <21'00" | 28'00" | 33'00" | 33'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH411] Chapter 4-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C A V E S - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Machine Gun or Handgun (for normal Wetland Majini) - H&K MP5 (for Wetland Majini with shields) - Shotgun (for close combat with crowds and bigger enemies) - Rifle (for distant enemies with explosive arrows and BSAA emblems) - Magnum (for Giant Majini [shotgun can suffice]) - Flash Grenades (for Bui kichwa parasitic enemies; bring a full supply) - Proximity Bombs (for big enemy in the Labyrinth) Be sure to move down the walkway to the west to admire the view of the tunnel filled with water. Such lovely lighting! The two characters will begin a conversation about Excella and Tricell as they move up the wooden walkway ahead. Break the two --POTS-- near the lantern in the small building. Move out the north end and break the --VASE-- along the way. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Speedboat - In the water near the wooden walkway at the starting area. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Pot - On the shelf near the lantern in the small building. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - On the shelf near the lantern in the small building. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Outside the north exit of the small building. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step past the fire surrounded by rocks to the east and move into the cave tunnel up ahead. A hole in the ceiling of the tunnel allows light to shine through the middle portion as the character continue to the area up ahead. More light pours into the tunnel from further to the east. After stepping past the first few bones along the path ahead, a new enemy will surface from the ground to spoil the mood during a slight cutscene. NEW ENEMY: Bui kichwa The spider parasites that appear are referred to as Bui kichwa. These spider- like enemies can be taken down easily with a few shots from the handgun or machine gun. They are completely weak against a sudden burst of light however. If a character tosses a flash grenade then all Bui kichwa in the area will instantly fall. These enemies attack by latching onto a character. Once latched on, the player must shake the left thumbstick to break free. The character can still walk while the Bui kichwa is attached, but the player cannot act in any way. It is best for a partner to perform a partner assist melee attack from nearby to slash the Bui kichwa off the character. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Go Into the Light Description: Defeat 2 enemies with one flash grenade. Details: If the characters brought a flash grenade with them then simply toss a flash grenade at any group of two or more Bui kichwa enemies in this area to gain this trophy/achievement with ease. It's best to save the flash grenade for the massive group of Bui kichwa that burrow out of the tunnel floor across the other side of the rock bridge. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- Use the handgun or the machine gun to fight off the first few Bui kichwa. Only four Bui kichwa will attack in the first wave. Move further down the tunnel as it curves to the north and another wave of Bui kichwa will attack from around the corner near the wooden ladder. Ignore the ladder for right now and move to the northeast along the current path. Step by the rock formation and break the --VASE-- inside the alcove up ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Inside the far northeast alcove past the wooden ladder. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- While still in the same area, turn toward the water that runs down the side of the wall to the left after breaking the vase then move toward it and climb to the hidden alcove above. Open the chest and collect the ++TOPAZ (TRILLIANT)++ from inside. Turn around after grabbing the treasure from the chest then step toward the edge of the dropoff and look on the ceiling to the south to see a blue ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ attached to the ceiling. Shoot it down then collect it after dropping back down. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Trilliant) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Step past the wooden ladder in the area where the Bui kichwa are first met then find the vase in the alcove in the northeast. Turn to the left and face the wall with the water moving down it for a "Climb" command. Climb to the alcove above then collect this treasure from the chest. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After collecting the Topaz (Trilliant) from the chest, turn around and step to the edge of the dropoff then look up toward the ceiling to see this stuck on the ceiling. Shoot it down then collect it after dropping down from the ledge. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = While moving out of the alcove, four Bui kichwa will burrow out of the ground. Shoot them then climb the wooden ladder. Another Bui kichwa will burrow out of the ground along the top bridge. Break the two --VASES-- along the bridge railings. Look off to the south rock wall. To the right of the waterfall and down a bit, you'll be able to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (19/30)-- stuck along the wall near some flowing water that flows down the cave wall below - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #19 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: While on the bridge in the cave after climbing the \________/ wooden ladder, look off toward south railing and look to the right of the waterfall to find this emblem stuck to the wall below. It has some water flowing down along the wall near it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Near the railing of the bridge in the middle area filled with sunlight. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Near the railing of the bridge in the middle area filled with sunlight. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move along the bridge to the east then step inside the cave tunnel. Use your knife to break the torch off to the right along the way and an ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ will drop from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While moving into the tunnel past the middle bridge, break the torch in the metal piece off to the right and this will fall from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = If a character has a flash grenade then arm it now. Move down the tunnel and allow the massive group of Bui kichwa to gather around your character then toss the flash grenade to finish off all of the little pests. Another wave of them will appear further down the tunnel but they are not as numerous. Another flash grenade could help out but it's not as needed for this final wave. Break the torch in the middle of the cave tunnel and collect the ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++ from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the middle of the tunnel past the bridge, break the torch on the cave floor to the left. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = At the very end of the tunnel is the exit door to the next area. Before opening it break the goat skull on the floor to the right for a ++RUBY (PEAR)++, the goat skull on the floor to the left for a ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++, and finally the standing torch to make a ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ fall from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Break the goat skull on the right portion of the cave floor in front of the exit door at the end of the cave tunnel. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Break the goat skull on the left portion of the cave floor in front of the exit door at the end of the cave tunnel. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Caves - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Break the standing torch to the left of the exit door at the end of the cave tunnel. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Wow, that's a bunch of treasure, huh? Oh, we're merely hitting the surface for what lies ahead for Nate and Lara... I mean, Chris and Sheva. Both players should use the partner assist button to exit the area while standing in front of the door like usual. [CH412] Chapter 4-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A N C I E N T V I L L A G E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - After the cutscene that showcases the area, the characters will start out on a walkway that overlooks the ancient village below. Notice all the bats that flutter by in the distance; our extermination team can't shoot them if you're wondering. Follow the walkway to the north as the characters engage in conversation. Drop from the gap in the walkway up ahead. Turn to the right and break the two nearby --VASES--. Look up while facing the doorway ahead and shoot the ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ that is stuck on the wall above the doorway. Slash the skulls on the sides of the stairs past the door if you want then drop from the end of the stairs. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Above the first open doorway, which is off to the right after dropping from the overhead walkway that over- looks the village. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - After the first dropoff, this will be near the doorway to the right. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - After the first dropoff, this will be near the doorway to the right. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Break the --VASE-- while moving around the corner to the west. Notice the spider on the wall above the vase. Kill it with a knife slash and it will appear in your records as another kill. In the room ahead, step past the creepy body bags then both characters should use the partner assist button prompt while standing near the coffin to open it up and collect ++GOLD PICKUPS++ inside. Another spider is on the left wall. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: 100 Gold, 100 Gold, 150 Gold, 200 Gold, 150 Gold, |_________________| 100 Gold, 100 Gold DETAILS: After dropping from the stairs, these pickups will be inside of a coffin around the west corner. Both characters need to use the partner assist command to open the coffin. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] White Body Bags - After dropping from the stairs, these are hanging around the west corner. This is the pair on the left. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - To the right after dropping from the broken stairway. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pass through the south doorway. Use your knife to break the torch on the fallen pillar then collect the ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ inside. Knife that spider on the wall behind the torch also; these might possibly be a new form of infant web spinners after all. After the incidents at the Spencer Estate and Rockfort Island - oh, and let's not forget about Alexia's little pet that she sent after Chris in the Antarctic - you can't be too careful. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Break the torch through the north doorway after opening the first coffin. The torch is lying on a fallen pillar. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Continue to the east and step through the doorway. Break the two --VASES-- off to the left. A cutscene will trigger while stepping across the bridge. .------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ----------------------------------. | In co-op mode, the character that leads the way while stepping across the | | bridge will get trapped on the other side. In single player mode, the AI | | partner will always get stuck on the other side of the bridge. | | | | The cutscene that plays will differ based on which character is trapped on | | the other side. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' I'll refer to the character that gets trapped on the other side of the bridge as Partner 2. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - To the left before stepping across the bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - To the left before stepping across the bridge. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 1 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Partner 1 needs to fall off the side of the bridge and move to the north. Wetland Majini will soon attack this player. If you are in single player mode, issue the Go command and your AI partner will help you out more aggressively at this part. Partner 1 can really take out these Majini without the assistance of cover fire, but cover fire can help out a bit at the beginning of the battle for the Majini with explosive arrows beyond the stairs up ahead. A Majini with a shield will move down the east path up ahead and a Majini with explosive arrows will shoot at the player from the background in that same direction. Remember that a character can simply fire at the feet of a shielded Majini and run behind it for an instant kill melee command. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the nearby fallen pillar. A few more Majini will move down the east set of stairs and attack. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On a fallen pillar in the area where the Majini group attacks. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Join up with Partner 2 by moving up the stairs to the east after the battle. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 2 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Partner 2 should provide cover fire for the character below while standing on the north ledge that overlooks the area below. Some Majini armed with explosive arrows will drop down from the side of the walls in the east, so arm a rifle and defeat the while Partner 1 handles the situation below. It's good to stand at the top and watch Partner 1's battle through a sniper rifle scope and help out when needed once the Majini with explosive arrows are defeated. Partner 2 should face the east as Partner 1 runs up under the overhead walkway since a few more Majini will move down the stairs after him. Partner 2 doesn't have to stay on the top walkway at all. This partner could easily move to the east and go down the staircase to regroup with Partner 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Along the way up the east set of stairs, Partner 1 should use a knife to break the torch in the middle section of the stairs then pick up the ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ from it. Break the --VASE-- near the set of stairs in the northeast. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While moving up the east set of stairs after the bridge is broken, break the torch in the middle section of those stairs and pick this up from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Near the top of the east set of stairs. --> Definite Item: Red Herb ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Majini with shields and another Majini will move out of the first room on the southwest side of the second floor as a player steps near that door. A hand grenade might be helpful for this group or a character could use the MP5 machine gun for the shielded Majini. Enter the first room on the southwest side after defeating the Majini then have both characters open the coffin inside. Collect the ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++, ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ and ++GOLD PICKUPS++ from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold], Sapphire (Pear) |_________________| [1,000 gold], 100 gold, 150 gold, 100 gold, 150 gold, 100 gold, 100 gold DETAILS: When both characters meet up after fighting off the Majini after the bridge is broken, these items will be inside of a coffin in the southwest room on the second floor along the opposite side of the bridge. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Run over to the next room right beside the current room and break the --VASE-- inside then pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from inside the open coffin to the right. Break the torch on the floor to find a ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ inside. Examine the mummified corpse to the side. He won't be needing that ++RUBY (PEAR)++ anymore, so snatch it from his hands. No one will ever notice. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the room beside the southwest room on the second floor on the opposite side of the bridge, break the torch on the floor next to the mummified corpse then collect this from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the room beside the southwest room on the second floor on the opposite side of the bridge, examine the mummified corpse inside then pry this from his dead fingers afterwards. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Mummified Corpse - Examine the mummified corpse to the side of the doorway after entering the room beside the southwest room on the opposite side of the bridge on the second floor. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Inside the room to the side of the southwest room on the second floor past the bridge. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - In an open coffin to the right, inside the room to the side of the southwest room on the second floor past the bridge. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move around the side of the walkway to the northeast. There are two --VASES-- along the walkway in front of the coffin up ahead. Have both characters open the coffin up ahead with the partner assist command and collect ++NOTHING!?++. The floor below the characters will slide open and they will fall into a pit below. Be sure to press the button as the button prompt appears on the screen or one of the characters will suffer damage from the fall. --> COMMAND INPUT Sequence: The characters fall through the trapdoor. Type: Single Button Press Command: Land --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Along the walkway in front of the coffin with the trapdoor in front of it. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the walkway in front of the coffin with the trapdoor in front of it. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .------------------------------------- TIP -----------------------------------. | If a character runs toward the closed door in the north then the door will | | instantly open. Both characters can take the battle into the big room | | to the north. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' A group of Bui kichwa will burrow out of the floor down the hall ahead. Toss a flash grenade or fight them off with a handgun or machine gun. This part can get pretty confusing if both characters stand in the middle of the area since Majini and Bui kichwa will come from all sides, so quickly choose a hallway then run to the end of it to keep from getting attacked from all sides. The Majini drop from the holes in the ceiling and the Bui kichwa continuously burrow out of the ground. Use a flash grenade if any enemy type ever gets out of control. Eventually a Majini with a torch will attack. This type of Majini can blow fire in front of him, so always knock him away if he ever pauses while in close range. He wears a mask, that has to be broken in order to perform a head stun, so shoot him in the legs then run behind him and perform an instant kill melee on him. The door to the north will open toward the end of the battle. Stay behind and defeat all the enemies since there are some treasures that need to be collected from the chests at each end. Open the west chest for an ++EMERALD (TRILLIANT)++, the south chest for a ++RUBY (TRILLIANT)++ and the east chest for a ++SAPPHIRE (TRILLIANT)++. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Trilliant) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After the characters fall through the trapdoor and fight off all the Majini and Bui kichwa below, run all the way down the west hallway and collect this from the chest at the end. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Trilliant) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After the characters fall through the trapdoor and fight off all the Majini and Bui kichwa below, run all the way down the south hallway and collect this from the chest at the end. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Trilliant) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After the characters fall through the trapdoor and fight off all the Majini and Bui kichwa below, run all the way down the east hallway and collect this from the chest at the end. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Step out the north door after opening all the chests. Stand along the walkway and arm a rifle. Look directly ahead and look up a bit. Do you notice anything out of the ordinary, like that --BSAA MEDAL (20/30)-- above the tall door directly ahead? A player will need rifle to hit this one most likely. If you can hit it with a machine gun then you have impressed me somewhat! Still, there is one much further away then this later, young grasshopper. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #20 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Ancient Village - Chapter 4-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After both characters exit from the north door of the \________/ area with hallways that they fall to from the trapdoor, arm a rifle and stand along the walkway just outside the door. Look far up above the door to the north and you'll see this on a ledge on the other side. This can be hit from below if your characters step off the walkway early. This BSAA emblem can also be seen from the high walkway at the beginning of the Ancient Village area. Arm a rifle then look to the northeast. Look below the circular glowing object in the distance and this emblem can be seen on the ledge below it. It is rather far away so shooting from the beginning walkway requires some very precise aiming with the rifle. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - If you look on the floor below, three Majini armed with shields and two Majini armed with explosive arrows are waiting for the characters. Try to shoot both of the Majini with the explosive arrows to rid the characters of that nuisance then fall down below and prepare to battle the Majini with shields. Once again, remember that you can aim toward a leg with a machine gun then tap the trigger for a stun and perform an instant kill melee from behind each one without having to worry about wasting much ammo! -- CHECKPOINT There are altogether 15 --VASES-- on the floor up ahead. Don't worry about the vases right now. When your characters rush toward the area to the north, large flaming wooden spheres with spikes will roll out of the east and west holes along the wall in the background. Stand in the center area with the crank and they cannot hit the characters. Both players need to use the partner assist command while standing near a handle along the center area to rotate the crank in the middle area. Once the crank is rotated the door to the north will open during a cutscene but the door will slowly start to close again. A player must quickly run toward the door and dodge through the flaming spheres and make it up under the door before it closes. The player will step on a floor pressure pad afterward and the door will remain open. .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If a character makes it to the closing door and can't make it under the | | door an extra "Jump In" action command may appear while near the closing | | door. Press the action button at that time, to make your character dive | | under the door. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .------------------------------------ TIPS -----------------------------------. | 1) Both characters can rotate the crank before the flaming spheres move out | | of the back walls and this will make it to where a character can get an | | early start and won't have to rush through as many flaming spheres. | | | | 2) The cutscene when the door opens can be skipped to gain a few extra | | seconds for dashing toward the door. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the north portion of the room with the big crank. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The flaming spheres will disappear after the pressure pad behind the door has been stepped on by a character, so feel free to break all the vases and collect all the items in the area. Move down the stairs past the pressure pad and use the partner assist action to open the set of double doors below. [CH413] Chapter 4-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L A B Y R I N T H - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - When the characters move around the east corner and step on the pressure pad, a cutscene will activate. This cutscene has button prompt button commands that need to be entered in order to survive. Here's a list of the commands you'll see as the characters run to avoid falling statues and leap across gaps: -> COMMAND INPUT 1 (Both) Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash down the corridor as the pillars fall. Type: Rapid button tap Command: Run -> COMMAND INPUT 2 (Both) Sequence: Chris and Sheva leap over the pit that opens in the floor. Type: Single Button Command: Jump -> COMMAND INPUT 3 (Both) Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash down the corridor as the pillars fall. Type: Rapid button tap Command: Run -> COMMAND INPUT 4 (Both) Sequence: Chris and Sheva leap over the pit that opens in the floor. Type: Single Button Command: Jump -> COMMAND INPUT 5 (Both) Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash down the corridor as the pillars fall. Type: Rapid button tap (Much more extended than the rest of the taps) Command: Run -> COMMAND INPUT 6 (Both) Sequence: Chris and Sheva leap over the pit that opens in the floor. Type: Single Button Command: Jump -> COMMAND INPUT 7 (Main player [single play] or random player [co-op]) Sequence: While both characters are standing on the other side of the final pit, the ledge along the side falls out from underneath a character and that character has to grab onto the side. Type: Two Button Press Command: Grab The dashing button prompt is always the run button and the jump command inputs will be either the action button or the assist button. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | In single player mode, the character that grabs onto the side of the ledge | | near the end of the sequence will always be the player. During co-op play, | | the character that grabs onto the side will randomly be either character. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' -- CHECKPOINT Fall to the room ahead. Both players need to use the assist button to pull on both chains with handles in the area below. This will lower the north staircase to the labyrinth ahead. Move down the stairs to enter the labyrinth area. Don't mode down the second set of stairs just yet. Break the --VASE-- off to the left after moving down the first set of stairs. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Off to the left when the characters first step into the labyrinth area. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- If you look off the left (west) side of the beginning area, a red statue with two chain handles attached to it is on the floor below. Throughout this area, both characters will have to pull chain handles in order to make stairs rise and move up to form walkways and other staircases, but that red statue right there holds the final two chains that need to be pulled. Don't you just hate it when a game places your ultimate destination right in front of you beforehand and blocks it off slightly? I'll go ahead and let you in on the BSAA emblem for this area. Look off to the west then look up toward the high ledge on the west wall to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (21/30)-- attached to a wall on the high ledge up above. You'll need a rifle to hit it from this far away, but later in this area, I'll call your attention to it again when it can easily be hit with a normal weapon. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #21 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Right when the characters enter the labyrinth, after \________/ opening the door to it, move down the first set of stairs. A vase will be to your left. Aim and look up toward the high wall in the west to see this emblem attached to a wall on a high ledge above. The sniper rifle is really the only weapon that can hit this when you first enter, but later on in this area, it can easily be hit with any weapon. After pulling the chains on the green status, follow the walkway that forms in front of it then turn and face the green statue and look directly up. This is the closest viewpoint that is available for hitting it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Turn to the right and move along the east path. The path in the back leads to a dead end and there are no items or breakable objects waiting for the characters down that path; the characters can get a full view of the BSAA emblem for the area at the end of the path but it's still really far away. Use the jump command to hop over to the walkway on the left. Follow the wooden stairs upward. Once the characters reach the midportion of the stairs, take out a gun and aim up toward the ceiling to see a ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ treasure attached to the ceiling near the hole in the wall. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After entering the labyrinth (going down the stairs past the entrance door), turn to the right and hop across the gap to reach the walkway with wooden stairs to the north. Follow the staircase to the middle then stop. Look up on the ceiling near the top of the stairs then shoot this treasure down from the ceiling portion near the hole in the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Move up the stairs and turn to the right then break the two --VASES-- further back toward the wall. Return to the staircase at the beginning of the labyrinth. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - In the area where the Topaz (Square) treasure is found, this is at the end of the dead end to the right of the top of the staircase. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In the area where the Topaz (Square) treasure is found, this is at the end of the dead end to the right of the top of the staircase. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move down the stairs directly ahead to the north. Stand in the center floor piece. The area to the northwest is your destination but there is a statue there that requires both characters to be on opposite sides of some rock debris in order to activate it. If you're playing solo, then you'll have to enter from both sides but if two people are playing then both players should enter the northwest area from opposite ends - the path to the north (then turn left) and the path to the west (then turn right). Follow the path directly ahead to the north. Turn to the left after stepping into the grassy area and find the --VASE-- behind the tall grass off to the left then break it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - After moving to the center of the labyrinth, run to the north and step into the grassy area to the left. This vase is hidden behind some tall grass off to the south in the grassy area. --> Definite Item: First Aid Spray ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | The bats that fly above the grassy section of the labyrinth can be shot | | down. They appear on your kill record in the "Records" menu. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Run toward the chain with the handle on it that is hanging from the front of the blue statue in the northwest. On co-op mode both characters should stand on opposite sides and pull the chain handle. On single player, examine the handle and your partner will stand at this chain handle and tell your character to pull the other one. Simply run back along the outside walkway then head around the northwest side and pull the other handle. Along the way to the handle, turn to the left before entering the grassy area and open the metal case on the block to the left then take the ++GRENADE LAUNCHER++ from the case. The grenade launcher comes equipped with a full set of 12 explosive rounds, which is perfect for normal enemy crowds and for a much bigger enemy later in this area! + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Grenade Launcher Location: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 Details: After moving down the stairs and stepping to the center of the labyrinth, this is down the path to the west. Turn left once you reach the west wall then open the metal case on the block and this will be inside. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Along the way to the chain on the west side, there is a treasure on the side of the broken second floor walkway overhead. Look directly up once you reach the midportion of the west side and you'll see a green ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++ attached to the side of the broken overhead walkway. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While in the northwest section of the first floor with the blue statue, the character that moves around the west side should look up once that character reaches the mid portion, in between the statue and the west entrance, and this will be attached to the side of the broken overhead walkway above. Look for a green circular object that glimmers along the side of the damaged overhead walkway. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = The other player is waiting on you, so get your ass to that other chain on the blue status and pull it! When the statue slides back into the wall, pick up the ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++ where it used to lie. The south end of the area will be sealed off once the two handles are pulled as a staircase moves up out of the floor. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the blue statue slides into the wall after both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be on the floor where it was previously at. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Run over to the east (right) end of the current area and follow the path back to the middle of the labyrinth. Turn right this time and you'll be greeted with a staircase that leads to the second floor of the labyrinth. Move up this west set of stairs and a green statue will lie in view at the very top. Don't pull the chains at this moment though. Turn to the left while facing the statue then hop across the gap in the walkway to the left and open the chest then pick up the ++IDOL (GOLD)++ from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Idol (Gold) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Before pulling the chains on the green statue on the west side, turn to the left then hop across the gap further along the left side then open the chest on the other end to collect this treasure from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Hop back across. Now both characters should pull the chain handles on the green statue. The green statue will slide back into the wall behind it and leave behind an ++EMERALD (SQUARE)++. Did you see what happened there? The stairs behind the characters rose up to a form a walkway, the stairs along the far east side rose up and the stairs in the north rose up as well. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the green statue slides into the wall after both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be on the floor where it was previously at. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = -- CHECKPOINT Turn around and move along the newly formed east walkway. If you are trying to shoot the BSAA Emblem in this area with a normal gun instead of a rifle then, while standing on the middle of this walkway, turn and face the green statue then look directly up. This is the closest the characters can get to it in order to shoot it with a normal weapon. Follow the walkway in front of the green statue then turn to the right and follow that south walkway. Arm a rifle now since some Majini will attack from off to the east in just a moment. Once the characters move to the midportion of the south walkway, Wetland Majini will appear from the high east walkway. Stand along the portion of the wall with the hole for a little cover then aim up toward the high east walkway with the rifle and shoot the Majini with the explosive arrows then aim toward the east stairs with a rifle and shoot the other Majini with explosive arrows. It's really best to stay on the current walkway and allow the Majini to move around the corner and attack your character instead of moving around the far corner and meeting up with them; this way when the second wave of Majini arrive, your characters won't be out the open when the next Majini with explosive arrows appears. Once the Majini group together along the walkway, take out the grenade launcher and fire at them. This weapon's explosive rounds will cause an explosion that will knock down and badly damage a group of Majini. Don't be afraid to use some of its ammo here; you'll want to keep around six explosive rounds for the big enemy that will appear in this area later though. Eventually another (smaller) wave of Wetland Majini will arrive. Take out the rifle once again and find the Majini with the explosive arrows up on the lower east walkway then shoot him. The second wave isn't all that bad, so you really don't need the grenade launcher for them. Use the H&K MP5 for the Majini with the shield. You probably haven't picked up on it yet thanks to the changed stairs and blocked off entrance but the characters are actually back at the beginning of the labyrinth on the side that they started from. There is a difference this time though; the path to the far east is no longer a dead end! Move along the path to the east and go down the stairs off to the left that lead to the middle of the labyrinth. Turn right and follow the north set of stairs upward. The characters will be face to face with a yellow statue. Both characters should pull the two chain handles along the sides of the yellow stature just like the other statues. The yellow statue will move back into the wall and reveal a ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ below it. The staircase to the east will now lower and reveal a walkway leading to the east area below. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the yellow statue slides into the wall after both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be on the floor where it was previously at. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = -- CHECKPOINT Turn to the right and look around the side of the stair railing to see a path with a chest at the end. Run along the path then open the chest at the end to find two sets of ++FLASH ROUNDS (+3)++ inside. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Flash Rounds (+3)- Inside of the chest around the east side of the staircase railing in front the yellow statue. [ ] Flash Rounds (+3)- Inside of the chest around the east side of the staircase railing in front the yellow statue. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The purple statue along the northeast side of the nearby walkway is bit more tricky to activate than the others. There are actually two purple statues. One of them is on the second floor and the other is on the bottom floor below the first. You can get one character to stay up on the current floor then have the other character move down to the bottom floor, but the character that moves down to the bottom floor will get ambushed by enemies. The top floor character can play sniper at that time and shoot the enemies from up above. I find it best for both characters to move down to the bottom floor to take on the enemy wave below, just in case one enters dying status. In single player mode, if the main player examines the top floor chain then the AI partner will stay near it until your main character issues the "Come on" command. Either way, move back down the stairs in front of the yellow statue then make a left at the center portion and move along the newly formed walkway to the left. Turn and step into the south area first of all. Break the three --VASES-- to the south. One of them holds a proximity bomb, which will definitely come in handy after the final statue is activated. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - In the south area of the bottom floor which is accessible after both characters pull the chains on the yellow statue. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In the south area of the bottom floor which is accessible after both characters pull the chains on the yellow statue. --> Random Item [ ] Vase (right) - In the south area of the bottom floor which is accessible after both characters pull the chains on the yellow statue. --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step into the north area with the lower purple statue. When the main character examines the chain handle in single player, the partner will automatically run back toward the chain handle on the second floor. The enemy wave will not appear until the partner is halfway up the stairs while moving toward the second floor. Both characters should really fight this wave of enemies together once they appear from the top walkways however. In co-op play, the enemies sometimes appear on the top floor to attack the top player if one stays behind. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | To keep both players together, examine the bottom floor statue so that the | | character grabs a hold of the chain handle then wait for the AI partner to | | move up the stairs and listen for the battle music to start. At that time, | | press the action button to release the character's grip then quickly issue | | a "Come on" command to get the AI partner to rejoin your character for the | | fight below. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Bui kichwa will be the first set of enemies to appear as they burrow out of the ground. Arm the grenade launcher with flash rounds and shoot a flash round to get rid of the majority of them. Wetland Majini armed with spears, claws and torches will attack along with more Bui kichwa throughout the battle. Don't be afraid to pull out the grenade launcher with explosive rounds if needed to do major damage to a whole crowd. You'll mainly want to use the shotgun here when the enemies start to mount up and the usual shot to a vital area + melee works like always. Once the battle is over, one player should pull the chain handle on the bottom statue and the other player should pull the chain handle on the top statue. In single player, pull the bottom handle and the AI partner will pull the handle on the top floor. Pick up the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ from the floor in front of the bottom statue after the two statues slide back into the wall then run upstairs and grab the ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ from the floor in front of the top statue. The AI partner will not grab either one. Pulling on the chains will cause the south staircase to move into the floor and make a walkway, which can be used to gain entry to the southwest area. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the bottom purple statue slides into the wall after the chains on both purple statues have been pulled, this will be on the floor where the bottom purple statue was previously at. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the top purple statue slides into the wall after the chains on both purple statues have been pulled, this will be on the floor where the top purple statue was previously at. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Since there is a hole in the west wall of the southeast area, both characters can enter that area and move through the hole on the west wall to gain quick entry to the southwest portion of the labyrinth. Either way, now that the staircase in the south portion has sunk beneath the floor, use that walkway to gain entry to the southwest area. Pull the chains on the red statue in the southwest area. The south and north staircases will rise up to form a full stairway to the exit door on the third floor above! -- CHECKPOINT Pick up the ++RUBY (OVAL)++ after the red statue slides back into the wall. Turn around and walk away from the statue and a cutscene will play. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Oval) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the red statue slides into the wall after both chains along its side have been pulled, this will be on the floor where it was previously at. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + POPOKARIMU ---------- HP: 12,000 Weak Points: - Reddish back end of tail Recommended - Proximity Bomb (to stun Popokarimu) Weapon(s): - Grenade Launcher w/Explosive Rounds (to stun and damage Popokarimu) - Machine Gun or Handgun (to blast the back end of his tail from long range) - Shotgun (to blast the back end of his tail from close range) Front Attacks 1) Arm Swipe - Popokarimu swings its right arm forward. 2) Lunge - Popokarimu backs up a bit then stops and races forward then swings its left arm forward. This can be dodged with a button prompt that appears. Either the action button or run button will appear. Press both! 3) Shriek - Popokarimu folds out its wings then shrieks. This will stun whichever character is in front of it as long as the shriek last but it will not damage a character. This move will also put enough sound pressure on a proximity bomb to make it explode if one is in front Popokarimu at that time. 4) Ground Smash - Popokarimu leaps into the air then attempts to fall on a character. It will take quite a while to recover from this attack if it misses. Back Attacks: 5) Tail Swipe - While a character is behind him, Popokarimu swings its scorpion-like tail at the character. 6) Sticky Slime - Popokarimu lifts its tail behind it then fires out a sticky greenish slime that will trap any character that it hits. A character must struggle to break free or have a partner cut them out of the trap with a partner assist knife attack. You didn't think your characters could just walk out of here freely did you? Hah. A Popokarimu much like that pesky bat creature that the characters fought at the end of chapter 2-2 will be in front of the characters after the cutscene. This Popokarimu fight is completely optional unlike that bastard fought in chapter 2-2. He carries all the same moves as the other one except he can't take flight during the actual battle. --> THE OLE' RUN OVER THE PROXIMITY BOMB ROUTINE One way to fight this Popokarimu is to use proximity bombs like in the last battle, or a character can use the grenade launcher for some extremely good results. There was a proximity bomb in the right vase in the southeast area of the bottom floor if a character bothered to break them. A character can place the bomb then lead the Popokarimu toward it. The blast will knock the boss over just like before then both characters can run over to his weak end on the back of his tail and blast at it with powerful weapons. --> INTRODUCE HIM TO THE GRENADE LAUNCHER Popokarimu can be taken down insanely fast with the use of explosive rounds with the grenade launcher. Shoot him anywhere on his body, but wait for him to recover from each stagger before he is hit with each explosive round. After three explosive rounds have hit him, Popokarimu will fall. The character with the grenade launcher can rush to his tail end at that time and dish out some heavy punishment with constant explosive rounds to the tail and actually kill him right then. Flash rounds can also be used to stun him, so the few flash rounds that the characters picked up earlier can be used at the beginning of the battle as well. Don't constantly fire the flash rounds however, give him a break in between staggers to make sure that he falls over after three flash rounds or else the player might waste some. --> SURROUND HIM Both characters can also get on opposite sides of the Popokarimu and the character in the back can damage the creature from the back end of its tail. This will eventually make it fall over to where both characters can rush in and damage it by hitting the back portion of its tail. --> STILL THE SAME OLE'... This Popokarimu has half amount of life as in the last battle with the one in Chapter 2-2, which isn't much, so he isn't that hard to take down at all. At default M3 shotgun level, the following will kill him on normal mode: One proximity bomb to knock him over -> shotgun blast (to tail) -> shotgun blast -> shotgun blast -> shotgun blast -> shotgun blast -> reload through inventory during fifth blast -> shotgun blast To avoid inventory reloading, simply upgrade the capacity of the M3. The Popokarimu will drop a ++SOUL GEM++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Labyrinth - Chapter 4-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Soul Gem [10,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Popokarimu in the Labyrinth. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --> RUNNING FROM POPOKARIMU If the players choose to run from the boss, then both characters should run toward the staircase to the east. Move up the middle set of stairs. A cutscene will showcase the Popokarimu as it chases the characters once they reach the middle portion of the stairs. At the very top, another cutscene will play and both players will need to tap the run button rapidly once the characters start to run in order to survive the cutscene as the Popokarimu runs forward and plows into the tunnel while in pursuit of both characters. -> COMMAND INPUT 1 Sequence: Chris and Sheva quickly dash into the corridor at the top of the stairs as Popokarimu jumps toward the corridor. Type: Rapid button tap Command: Dodge The Popokarimu will get crushed up under two statues as it tries to enter the tunnel while following the characters. It's worth seeing this cutscene at least once and there is no checkpoint afterward so all a players has to do is restart through the pause menu if that person wants to fight him and gain his dropped item. Either way, be sure to taunt his dead body when he finally falls (it's a habit of mine) then move up the staircase that leads to the third floor in the north portion of the labyrinth. Both players must use the partner assist button to open the exit door down the tunnel at the top of the stairs. + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ _ _ ____ [CH42] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ | || | |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | || |_ ___ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | |__ _||___| / __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |_| |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 4-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 35+ | 20 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <16'00" | 20'00" | 24'00" | 24'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH421] Chapter 4-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - W O R S H I P A R E A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The characters will start right outside the door that they opened in the last chapter. Move up the first set of stairs ahead then turn around and look up on the wall, above the entrance door to see a ++TOPAZ (PEAR)++ on the high wall. Shoot it down then collect the treasure. Break the nearby --VASES-- in the area to the west of the first set of stairs. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: At the beginning of the chapter, move up the first set of stairs then perform a quick turn and look up on the high wall above the entrance door to the Worship Area then shoot this down from that wall. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKAKBLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - On the west wall at the top of the first set of stairs. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - On the west wall at the top of the first set of stairs. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | Before moving up the next set of stairs up ahead, look along the overhead | | arch that extends across the walkway above to find several bats perched | | overhead. Toss a flash grenade below them to kill them all and then pick | | up the gold that they might carry. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move up the next set of stairs and step toward the middle of the Worship Area. Whether you play the role of exterminator with the bats in this area is up to you and your partner... or "pahrtna'". Walk toward the door with the three circular slots up ahead. This area requires the characters to find emblems that can be placed onto the door. The emblems are hidden in the rooms on the east and west side of the Worship area. The players are completely free as to deciding the route they take and which emblem to go after first. I'll start with the west side. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Door with Three Slots - Examine the door with the three slots in the middle of the Worship Area. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- As the characters move toward either side, a cutscene will play that will showcase a device that fires out a focused blast of sunlight that will produce a laser. The laser will shoot across each of the narrow side paths and then stop briefly. Your characters will have a few seconds to run to a destination in between the laser fire. The trails of fire behind the laser cannot hit your character; only the actual laser will damage a character. The characters can take shelter in doorways or along side alcoves. Keep in mind that a few of the alcoves contain items, which I'll direct you to. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | The light pillar lasers are controlled by Majini from the back side of | | each of them. The Majini can be shot once your characters get right next | | to the light pillars. The light pillar laser on the west side has a small | | hole in the wall of the south side where the Majini that controls that | | laser can barely be seen with a rifle that has a high magnification scope. | | If you look through the very small opening in the wall to the left of the | | door with the emblem slots, a player can just BARELY make out his head as | | it bobs between the left side of the small opening in front of the flames | | behind the light pillar device. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' The lasers will take great damage from either player if one of the beams manages to hit either character. In single player mode, the AI partner will usually watch out for the lasers, but the partner sometimes gets caught by the laser fire, so you might have to heal your partner every now and then. --> OBTAINING THE SEA EMBLEM (west) Don't worry too much about the Majini that appears on the west side after the cutscene. He always stands in the middle of the path and gets killed off by the laser. Yes, these beams can be used to your advantage to take down enemies! Ignore the doorway to the south for now and time a run down the south portion of the west path. The characters can take cover in the nearby alcove or the doorways along the way. Break the two --VASES-- in the south alcove. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase (left) - In the far south alcove along the west path. --> Random Item [ ] Vase (right) - In the far south alcove along the west path. --> Definite Item: Proximity Bomb ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step through the doorway of the southwest area. A few Wetland Majini will attack as your characters step onto the bridge ahead. Take out a rifle immediately and try to shoot the three Majini with explosive arrows on the back walkway with the burning structure in behind them; you can actually begin shooting them as soon as the characters enter the area. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | A proximity bomb can be placed be placed below the high ledge (broken | | portion of wall with the torch in the back of it to the north. A torch | | Majini will be the first of many Majini that will attack after taking the | | Sea Emblem and this will kill him right from the beginning after he leaps | | down from the high ledge. Don't place it directly below the ledge. Place | | it a little ways to the south along the walkway. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Break the two --VASES-- at the end of the right walkway past the bridge to the west. Move up the stairs along the left portion of the main walkway then take the **SEA EMBLEM** from the circular slot in the middle of the skull head below the burning overhead structure. Break the nearby --VASE-- off to the right. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Along the right walkway after stepping over the bridge in the southwest area. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the right walkway after stepping over the bridge in the southwest area. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - To the right of the structure that contains the Sea Emblem. --> Random Item ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Sea Emblem - Attached to the slot below the overhead burning structure in the southwest area. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A group of Majini and a Giant Majini will step onto the walkway below when the characters begin to leave. Arm the shotgun or magnum and blast the Giant Majini. Be sure to take advantage of melee attacks with both characters (double team) when he is stunned. Use the "Go" command to make your partner step forward for the second hit after your player attacks with a melee. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Blue Enigma [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After obtaining the Sea Emblem, defeat the Giant Majini and he will drop this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = .----------------------------------- TIP 1 -----------------------------------. | Before stepping through the doorway back out to the path with the laser, | | your character scan use the cover command to take cover behind the left | | side of each doorway and you'll be able to watch the laser a bit better as | | it moves along the path. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .----------------------------------- TIP 2 -----------------------------------. | Placing an emblem in the door back in the south middle portion will | | activate a checkpoint per emblem placed. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .----------------------------------- TIP 3 -----------------------------------. | The Giant Majini and other Majini can be lead back to the path with the | | laser outside of the area with the Sea Emblem and the laser will destroy | | the Wetland Majini and cause the Giant Majini to block. The character can | | run up and hit the Giant Majini with a melee attack shortly after it blocks | | the laser much like they can after a shotgun blast. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> OBTAINING THE SKY EMBLEM (northwest) Leave the area and take the west path to the north while avoiding the laser by stepping into the side alcoves. Step into the first right alcove along the path with the laser and break the --VASE--. Run directly ahead then step toward the area with the stairs off to the left but DON'T step on the walkway further to the left; stay on the stairs since another laser will be moving down that walkway. After the laser on the right side passes by again quickly run to the far north and break the two --VASES-- underneath where the laser shoots. Both characters are completely safe while standing underneath the laser. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - In a right alcove on the way toward the northwest laser. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - At the end of the path directly underneath the right overhead laser. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - At the end of the path directly underneath the right overhead laser. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Time a run as the laser passes and step back behind the wall near the west stairs. Take cover behind the far left side of the wall along the stairs in order to watch the second laser more carefully. Quickly time a run and step into the second alcove with the torch along the left wall. Break the torch and grab the ++TOPAZ (SQUARE)++ from inside. Two more alcoves down (fourth alcove), there are two spiders on the wall inside the alcove that can be killed. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Move along the west path toward the north laser then quickly move onto the stairs and take cover behind the section of wall before stepping onto the next walkway. Break the torch in the second alcove against the left wall and this treasure will be inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Take cover in another alcove along the way to the north to avoid the laser again then run to the stairs up ahead and collect the ++GREEN HERB++ from the top of the staircase. Take cover behind the left pillar at the top so that the view point of the northwest area is in view. Watch the Majini with shields as they move along the walkway to the west and allow them to get killed off by the lasers. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - At the top of the stairs to the north. This is beside the left cover point in the doorway. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The north walkway that your characters are beside actually has two lasers that run along it. One of them starts in the west and the other starts in the east. The two of them appear at each end then quickly zip to the opposite end. Time a run so that your characters can run all the way to the west after the lasers move past the current opening. Run to the walkway in the northwest then break the two --VASES-- along the right walkway after escaping the lasers. An assist jump action will need to be used to obtain this next emblem and only Sheva can fetch it. Use the assist jump command so that Chris tosses Sheva over the west gap. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | From the northwest walkway, find the damaged portion of the north wall then | | look up behind the lever and shoot the Majini stationed behind the light | | pillar laser in order to deactivate it. He can be shot with just about any | | weapon from the northwest walkway. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - In the northwest area along the right walkway after escaping the two lasers along the north walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In the northwest area along the right walkway after escaping the two lasers along the north walkway. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > > > S H E V A G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < < Sheva will land on the opposite side and a few Wetland Majini will move down the stairs and attack. A Giant Majini is at the very top of the stairs and it might come after Sheva or Chris, so both of the characters really need to be prepared to deal with it. The Sheva player can always escape the area by dropping down the east end of the area above. Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ in the center of the stairs, then pick up the **SKY EMBLEM** attached to the slot below the burning overhead structure. Drop down the east ledge to regroup with Chris. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - In the middle of the stairs that only Sheva can get access to in the northwest. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Sky Emblem - In the slot below the burning structure in the northwest. Sheva has to get access to the area via an assist jump command. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > > > C H R I S G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < < < Chris can provide some slight cover fire for Sheva, but not much. Most of this portion is up to the Sheva player. Chris needs to watch for the Giant Majini if it decides to drop down the walkway to his right. Have the magnum or shotgun ready for him. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Blue Enigma [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Defeat the Giant Majini in the northwest area when both characters go to retrieve the Sky Emblem. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --> OBTAINING THE EARTH EMBLEM (east) Once the characters regroup, return to the path with the two lasers zipping to the west and the east along it. After a laser movement, quickly run to the east and take shelter in the area with the stairs. Wait for the lasers to move by again then make a mad dash to the east and move up under the overhead bridge. Haul ass until you reach the broken wall up ahead. Once the characters step past the broken wall in the east, they are safe from the lasers on the north walkway. Break the nearby --VASE-- while catching your breath. Step along the small wooden walkway to the east and break the --VASE-- along the way. Around the left corner, break the torch on the ground and take the ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ from it. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | From the north end of the wooden walkway, the Majini stationed by the east | | light pillar laser can be seen. Aim up at him with any weapon and shoot | | him to deactivate the east light pillar laser. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Break the torch along the floor while walking to the end of the wooden walkway in the far north along the east path. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - Near the broken wall at the far north end of the east path. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Along the small wooden walkway at the far north end of the east path. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- If the characters took down both light pillar lasers by shooting the Majini behind them, step toward the middle of the north walkway and look at the ceiling of the bridge near the middle. Shoot down the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ from the bottom portion of the bridge then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Along the north walkway near the middle, look up at the bottom portion of the overhead bridge while passing underneath it then shoot this down from the ceiling. It's best to deactivate both light pillar lasers before attempting to find this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Run back to the east and face the path to the left (southeast). Time a run and move to the first right alcove along the southeast walkway. Time another run then move on further to the south and step into the left alcove ahead. Time yet another run then move to the south and step onto the walkway to the left (east). Break the two --VASES-- to the left along this walkway. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Vase - In the south portion of the east walkway, you'll find this on the east side while moving toward the Earth Emblem. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In the south portion of the east walkway, you'll find this on the east side while moving toward the Earth Emblem. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You'll basically get the drop on some Majini by entering from the second floor. They will be to the east and below the nearby stairs. Several of them will attack. Try to take down the ones with the explosive arrows first of all and you'll want to focus attention on the one with torches as well. One of the Majini with explosive arrows is up on a high ledge on the south wall, though he likely won't be much of a problem unless the characters try to run toward the emblem up ahead right away. After the battle, step up to the top of the second set of stairs in this area and look on the south wall. Along the damaged portion, find a brick along the wall with a ++SAPPHIRE (PEAR)++ hanging out of it then shoot it and collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the east area where the Earth Emblem is obtained, move to the top of the top floor staircase then look along the damaged wall to the south. Find a brick on the wall with this treasure attached to it then shoot it to make it fall. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Run to the far east burning structure and take the **EARTH EMBLEM** from the slot below it then grab the ++GREEN HERB++ on the ground to the left. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the ground to the left of the structure where you get the Earth Emblem. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Earth Emblem - Attached to a slot below a burning structure in the far east of the Worship Area. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leave the area by moving down the set of stairs next to the stairs that lead to the second floor. Move along the path and you'll come to the outside path with another possible laser (if the Majini is still behind the nearby light pillar). Time a run if the light pillar is there, so that your characters run to the south as the laser moves down the path ahead then quickly step onto the third alcove along the left wall. Break the torch on the floor in that alcove then pick up the ++SAPPHIRE (SQUARE)++ from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: While moving to the south along the bottom east walkway, this will be in the third alcove on the west wall. Break the torch on the floor to obtain it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Follow the walkway the rest of the way to the south and step behind the west wall to the side if needed. Return to the door in the middle south area and place all three emblems on the door. -- CHECKPOINT Move up the stairs that lead to the north behind the door. Before using the partner assist prompt to open the doors to the next area, stand away from the doors and look up toward the wall above it then shoot down the ++DIAMOND (TRILLIANT)++ from the wall up above the doors. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Worship Area - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Diamond (Trilliant) [4,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After using the three emblems to open the door, run to the far north and approach the exit doors then look up above the doors to see this stuck on the wall above the doors. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Open the doors ahead to exit the area. [CH422] Chapter 4-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P Y R A M I D - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Kill the spider and the snake on the floor in this first area for some possible gold and an egg. Even the spider on the west wall might drop some gold. The vermin in this area are loaded. Move down the stairs to the north. There should be another spider toward the end of the stairs. Examine the door in the north and it will slide open. Once the characters enter the room ahead, the door will seal off. --> MIRROR PUZZLE ROOM 1 The characters will now be in a room with several stone mirrors that reflect a beam throughout the middle portion of the room. Coming into contact with the beam in any way will kill a character. In order to move a stone mirror, stand in the back of it, where the handle is located then hold the aiming button to make your character grip the handle. The mirror can be turned to the right or left. To avoid accidentally turning the mirror the wrong way and exposing your character to the light beam, let go of the aiming button quickly if your character begins to turn the mirror the wrong way and this will keep your character from coming into contact with the beam. The stone mirrors in this area must be turned so that the beams focuses light on the far northwest stone mirror. The stone mirror in the northwest is actually attached to an elevator that is powered by the beam's energy. Your AI partner will stand on the north platform with stairs and watch as your character solves the puzzle. A player can stand on the platform with stairs and step to the edge for an "Investigate" prompt that will switch to a viewpoint of the entire area once activated. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] View of Room - Stand at the south end of the north platform for an "Investigate" prompt that will allow a player to view the entire room. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The diagrams below are based on the default setup for the mirrors as if a player is facing them from the entrance. Below is the solution for the first mirror puzzle: .-----------------------. | * = light pillar | | 1-5 = stone mirrors | | o = elevator mirror | '-----------------------' o 4 ------------------------------------------------------------ 3 | | | * | | | | | 1 ---------------------------- 2 | | - Rotate Mirror 4 to the left one time. o | 4 ------------------------------------------------------------ 3 | * | | | 1 ---------------------------- 2 - SUMMARY FOR THE FIRST PUZZLE ROOM: .------------------------------------------. | 1) Rotate Mirror 4 to the left one time. | '------------------------------------------' Get on the elevator after platform where the glowing mirror is located after moving mirror 4 to get a "Down" assist command. Press the button to take the elevator down to the next mirror puzzle room. Your AI partner will join up with your character if you're playing in single player. --> MIRROR PUZZLE ROOM 2 Pick up the ++RUBY (PEAR)++ from the left side of the east platform with stairs. This is the same platform that the AI partner will stand on. The AI partner will most likely beat your main character to it. I know I wanted to nearly tie a rope around my AI Sheva when she kept collecting the damn thing ahead of time while I was trying to record it for my readers. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is lying on the left side of the east platform in the second mirror puzzle room. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = In this room, the characters will be able to knock down the pillars that block the area in between some of the mirrors. The diagram below is from the viewpoint while standing on the west side of the room and looking toward the stair platform in the east. .-----------------------. | * = light pillar | | 1-5 = stone mirrors | | o = elevator mirror | '-----------------------' 5 4 || 3 2 * --------------|| 1 o - Knock down the pillar in between the light pillar and Mirror 1. Stand on the east side while knocking it down to continue to the next step faster. Obviously, you don't want to stand on the end where the beam will hit your character so stand to the side of the pillar away from the beam. 5 4 || 3 2 ---------------------------------- | * ----------------------------- 1 o - Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time. --5 4 | | | || | | 3 ----------------------------- 2 | * ----------------------------- 1 o - Turn Mirror 5 to the left one time. 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | | | | || | | 3 ----------------------------- 2 | * ----------------------------- 1 o - Knock down the pillar in between Mirror 4 and the elevator mirror. 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | | | | | | | | | 3 ----------------------------- 2 | | | * ----------------------------- 1 o - SUMMARY FOR THE SECOND PUZZLE ROOM: .-----------------------------------------------------------------------. | 1) Knock down the pillar in between the light pillar and Mirror 1. | | 2) Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time. | | 3) Turn Mirror 5 to the left one time. | | 4) Knock down the pillar in between Mirror 4 and the elevator mirror. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------' Get on the elevator and use the partner assist prompt to take it down to the next mirror puzzle room. --> MIRROR PUZZLE ROOM 3 Go ahead and enter the north room in the next mirror puzzle room. Two Bui kichwa will burrow out of the floor and attack so have a handgun or machine gun ready. The impaled corpse up ahead can be examined and the spears can be knocked off of him with a knife or gunfire. Stand at the coffin that he is suspended over then turn and look up toward the wall above the doorway and then shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (22/30)-- above the doorway. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #22 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: While inside the third mirror puzzle room, enter the \________/ north room with the impaled corpse above the coffin. Walk toward the impaled corpse then perform a quick turn. Aim and look up above the doorway to see this emblem in the middle portion of the high wall above the door. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Impaled Corpse - Impaled by spears above the north coffin. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Exit the north room. If you want to kill off some extra enemies for possible random items then arm a flash grenade and open the chest in the middle of the room. Nothing is inside!? Well, at least the chest didn't snap at your character like a mimic, right? After opening the chest, a swarm of Bui kichwa will race out of both side rooms to the east and the west. The doors will quickly close after the enemies crawl out of the rooms. Toss a flash grenade or shoot a flash round with the grenade launcher to defeat them all at once with little effort. Otherwise, prepare to use quite a bit of handgun or machine gun ammo as they attack. The diagram below assumes that your character is standing on the west side of the room and facing the platform with stairs to the east. .-----------------------. | * = light pillar | | 1-5 = stone mirrors | | o = elevator mirror | '-----------------------' | | 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | Skull Chest 3 | o | | 2 1 * To avoid having to travel a great distance around the room, turn the following: - Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time. - Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time. - Turn Mirror 5 to the right one time. 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | | | Skull ---------------- Chest ------------------- 3 | o | | | | | | 2 ---------------------------------------------- 1 * Focusing the beam on the skull statue will make the two side rooms on the east and west sides of the room open. Enter the west room first. Collect the ++BEETLE (GOLD)++ from the pedestal in front of the burning corpse inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Beetle (Gold) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After focusing the light beam on the skull statue in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east rooms will unlock. Step into the west room and this will be lying on the pedestal in front of the burning corpse. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Burning Corpse - The burning corpse in the west room. This can be examined after picking up the Beetle (Gold) treasure. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step out of the west room after collecting the Beetle (Gold) inside then enter the east room. Don't start breaking any of the 9 --VASES-- or 5 --POTS-- just yet since some of them contain snakes. You don't really want to use your knife here since you might accidentally break too many and get bitten before your character can slash the snake. Here's a diagram and list of the left side and right side of breakable objects: (* take special note of pot 4 which container multiple snakes) Idol (Gold) V4 P3 _______ V5 V6 V2 V3 |_______| P4 V7 P2 V1 |_______| V8 V9 P1 |_______| P5 --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST Vase (V1) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Enemy: Snake Vase (V2) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Vase (V3) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Vase (V4) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Vase (V5) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Vase (V6) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Vase (V7) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Vase (V8) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Vase (V9) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Pot (P1) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Pot (P2) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Enemy: Snake Pot (P3) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item Pot (P4) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Enemy: 3 Snakes Pot (P5) - Inside the east room after the beam is reflected onto the skull. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Collect the ++IDOL (GOLD)++ from the pedestal at the top of the small set of stairs. Look on the sidewall to the right and left of the stairs and break the right goat skull to make a ++RUBY (PEAR)++ fall from it then break the left goat skull to make an ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ fall from it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Idol (Gold) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After focusing the light beam on the skull statue in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east rooms will unlock. Step into the east room and collect this from the pedestal at the top of the stairs. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After focusing the light beam on the skull statue in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east rooms will unlock. Step into the east room and break the goat skull on the back wall to the right of the stairs. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Pyramid - Chapter 4-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After focusing the light beam on the skull statue in the third mirror puzzle room, both the west and east rooms will unlock. Step into the east room and break the goat skull on the back wall to the left of the stairs. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Walk back out into the middle room with mirrors. Now, the mirrors must be rotated so that the light beam hits the stone mirror on elevator down the north hallway. Here is the setup the way it stands now. Remember that this is from the viewpoint of the west side while facing the east platform with stairs. 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | | | Skull ---------------- Chest ------------------- 3 | o | | | | | | 2 ---------------------------------------------- 1 * One would automatically assume that we would simply turn mirror 3 to the left so that it moves the light onto the elevator, but that would trap the character in the middle of the beams like so: 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | | | Skull Chest CHRIS -> :( 3 ----------- | -------- o | | | | | | 2 ---------------------------------------------- 1 * So, to remedy that, do the following: - Turn Mirror 1 to the left one time. 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | | | Skull Chest 3 | o | | | | 2 ---------------------------------------------- 1 * | | - Turn Mirror 3 to the left one time. - Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time. 5 ------------------------------------------------------------ 4 | | | | Skull Chest 3 ----------- | -------- o | | | | | | 2 ---------------------------------------------- 1 :D <- CHRIS * Turning Mirror 1 away and then turning it back will make it so that your character is outside the beam while Mirror 3 shines toward the elevator mirror once the beam is reflected. - SUMMARY FOR THIRD PUZZLE ROOM: .----------------------------------------------------------------. | 1) Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time. | | 2) Turn Mirror 2 to the right one time. | | 3) Turn Mirror 5 to the right one time. (opens treasure rooms) | | 4) Turn Mirror 1 to the left one time. | | 5) Turn Mirror 3 to the left one time. | | 6) Turn Mirror 1 to the right one time. | '----------------------------------------------------------------' Run down either side of the north path and be sure to avoid the laser. Step on the elevator at the end and use the partner assist prompt to take it down. [CH423] Chapter 4-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U N D E R G R O U N D G A R D E N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Damn, I sure wish all chapters were this easy to explain. Below is your full walkthrough for this chapter segment: Walk forward toward the flowers in the distance until a cutscene triggers that will end this chapter. The cutscene refuses to trigger if you lay down the controller, so pick it up and press the left analog in the up position to move forward after the characters start in this area. Simply DO NOT turn off the system and both characters will make it through this tough chapter segment just fine, I assure you. - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ _ [CH51] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ | ___| / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |___ \ ___ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 5-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 7+ | 5 | 4 | <3 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <12'00" | 16'00" | 20'00" | 20'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH511] Chapter 5-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U N D E R G R O U N D G A R D E N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Handgun or Machine Gun (for shooting innocent caged animals and insect enemies during a boss fight) - Shotgun (for quick knockback on single "new enemies") - Grenade Launcher w/Acid Rounds [maybe Explosive] (for "new enemy") - Hand Grenades (alternative weapon for "new enemy" bring these with G.Lancher) - Proximity Bombs (for setting traps for "new enemy") The characters will start in front of the metal trunk with the Umbrella logo on it on the southeast side of the garden. Move over to the northeast side of the garden by stepping along the east path. Stand near the water pump device at the end and look up under the bridge and you'll have a side view of a --BSAA EMBLEM (23/30)-- that is lying on the pump that extends from the water pump device. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #23 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: When the characters first start out in the garden, \________/ move along the east path and head to the northeast. Stop at the water pump then look under the bridge to the north that leads out of the garden to see this medal lying on top of the pump that extends under the bridge. You'll be able to get a side view of it. It can be easily hit with any firearm. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Metal Trunk - The metal trunk with the Umbrella logo on the southeast side of the garden. This is the one that the characters start in front of. [ ] Metal Trunk - The second metal trunk with the Umbrella logo on the southeast side of the garden. This one is on the way to the metal machine. [ ] Water Pump - To the right of the bridge that leads out of the garden. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the south portion of the garden and look toward the tunnel where the characters first started then look up on the cave wall above. Shoot down the red ++RUBY (SQUARE)++ from the cave wall above then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Square) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: When the characters start out in the garden, turn around and look up above the south tunnel that they entered this area from during the last chapter. Aim up toward the cave wall high above the tunnel then shoot this red ruby down from the rock wall above. Stop and watch for it to shimmer. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Run along the path on the west side of the garden that leads to the northwest. At the very end, step along the area to the right, in front of the water purifiers at the end of the path, then pick up the ++JEWEL BEETLE++ lying on the set of stone blocks near the water. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Beetle [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Lying on a stone block along a row of blocks near the water and to the right of the front portion of the water purifiers at the northwest end of the west path. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Water Purifiers - The water purifiers at the end of the west path along the northwest end of the garden. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up either stairway that leads to the center portion of the garden and step up to the area portion with the red flowers. Walk to the north and stand above the stairs. Look far above on the cave wall where the sunlight pours in from up above and watch for a shimmer to pinpoint its location then shoot down the ++EMERALD (PEAR)++ form the high cave ceiling. You might have to move back a bit in order to see this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Underground Garden - Chapter 5-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Pear) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Look up on the high north wall above the bridge to see this shimmering up above. You'll need to stand at the top of the north set of stairs above the north bridge and look directly up toward the wall where sunlight shines in order to see it. It's much further away than the other treasure on the high rock wall in the garden area. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Flowers - Any portion of the flowers in the center area can be examined so long as your character is directly facing them. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run down the stairs to the north and move across the bridge. Be sure to examine the --CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR'S LOG/ADMINISTRATOR'S LOG-- file on the left side of crates at the end of the bridge. At the end of the tunnel ahead, there is --FROM CHIEF RESEARCHER BRANDON'S JOURNAL - NO. 1-- file on the first right metal crate. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Construction Supervisor's Log/Administrator's Log - On the left set of crates after passing over the north bridge. [ ] From Chief Researcher Brandon's Journal - No.1 - Lying on the first right metal crate down the tunnel past the north bridge. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Use the partner assist command in front of the door to enter the next area. [CH512] Chapter 5-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P R O G E N I T O R V I R U S H O U S E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Have you ever had the feeling that you're being watched? Well, there is something up ahead. Can you see it? If you stand and look at it for too long, a sudden rush of Resident Evil memories may suddenly come back to you. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | There is a creature on the north ceiling down the hall up ahead from where | | where the characters start this segment at. If it is pointed at with a | | laser pointer or if your characters try to hit it in any way then it will | | run off as a cutscene plays. It will automatically leave if the characters | | get too close. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Open the door to the west computer room and break the two --TALL CRATES-- off to the right. Collect the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ from the metal crate off to the right, the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from one of the right drawers on the west wall and the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ from one of the left drawers on the west wall. From the left side of the room, you can examine the --FROM CHIEF RESEARCHER BRANDON'S JOURNAL - NO. 2-- file then power on the computer using the action command and examine the --RESEARCH CENTER DIRECTOR BRANDON'S JOURNAL--. There is also a --TELEGRAM FROM JAMES MARCUS-- in a drawer on the right side of the west wall. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] From Chief Director Brandon's Journal - No. 2 - Lying on the desk near the computer on the left side of the west computer room. [ ] Research Center Director's Brandon's Journal - Power on the computer in the west computer room then examine it again. [ ] Telegram from James Marcus - Lying inside of a drawer on the right side of the west portion of the computer room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - To the right as the characters step into the west computer room. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right as the characters step into the west computer room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On top of the metal crate near the tall crates. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Inside one of the drawers on the right side of the west wall. [ ] Incendiary Grenade - Inside one of the drawers on the left side of the west wall. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Exit the room and step back out into the hall. The creature on the ceiling down the hall will leave during a slight cutscene once a character steps near it. We'll deal with him later. Check out the --INVOICE COPY-- on the right set of shelves. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ around the corner then open the door to the north ahead. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Invoice Copy - On the right set of shelves while moving down the hall past the west computer room. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On top of the crate around the east corner by the north door at the end of the hall. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Power on the terminal with the Tricell logo on it directly ahead then examine the --TRICELL RESEARCHER MIGUEL'S JOURNAL - NO. 1-- file. Collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ along the desk on the right side of the room. Power on the terminal near the shotgun shell pickup and examine --AN E-MAIL TO AN ACQUAINTANCE--. Leave the room through the door on the opposite side. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Tricell Researcher Miguel's Journal - No. 1 - Power on the computer directly ahead after entering the north computer room to view this. [ ] Flowers in Tubes (south) - Each set has a different description. [ ] Flowers in Tubes (north) - Each set has a different description. [ ] An E-mail to an acquaintance - Power on the computer on the right side of the room to view this. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - Lying along the desk on the right side of the north computer room. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Ah, three claw marks on the wall with a good bit of blood all around them. Hmm, yet another claw mark at the turn to the left. And as we move down the hall to the north what do we find? Ah, more blood! Continue further down the hall and turn to the left again. More claw marks, more blood! Enough talk about bloodshed and claw marks however. Break the --TALL CRATE-- before turning to the right then approach the door with the valve handle. Interact with it then rotate the valve handle by using the left thumbstick then open the door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Before reaching the door with the valve handle on it, this will be lying on the floor before the last turn to the right. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Wow. And I thought I was messy. When something woke up this morning it must have hated everything. The characters will step into what appears to be a holding area for something with a lot of built up rage. Pull the lever on the north wall of this room. A slight cutscene will play. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Bloody Remains - On the floor right near the doorway. [ ] Bloody Remains - On the floor further back on the north side of the room. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I think I know that that thing is now, don't you? You'll have to break the glass windows up ahead in order to exit the holding area. Step into the north area and the characters will enter a holding area with tons of cages full of experimental animals. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | All of the caged animals killed in this room will help increase your kill | | ranking at the end of this chapter. One shot from any weapon will kill any | | of them. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Cages with Animals - All of the cages with animals inside can be examined. [ ] Empty Cages - All of the cages without animals inside can be examined also. * The cages on the north side have a slightly different description than the cages on the south side. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- All of the animals in the area can be left alone or shot. I would shoot that dog (Adjule) in the north center cage if I were you; it's not going to attack or anything but I always shoot it because I have this thing for shooting Kijuju dogs upon sight. I have a feeling that the rats are big enough to hit this time, so shoot them if you still need a rat kill to add to your kill records. The goat is exclusive to this one area, so shoot one to add it to your kill records. Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ from the northwest corner of the room. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - In the far northwest corner of the room with caged animals. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk around the northwest corner of the room with caged animals and- HOLY FREAKING GOD, NOT YOU AGAIN?! I guess the valve handle on the door should have told me that some remnants of Resident Evil 2 reside here. NEW ENEMY: Licker Beta Anyway, a Licker Beta will bust through the glass window off to the left. Why do you bastards enjoy shattering glass so much, huh? The Lickers lost the battle with the last Redfield and they sure as hell won't stand up to the new and improved uber version of Claire's brother. Only two Licker Betas will attack from the side room. Take out a shotgun and aim down at them then shoot to knock them over. Keep in mind that a shotgun blast isn't always enough to knock over a Licker Beta. They still hop right back up the same as they do in any Resident Evil, so don't ever assume them to be down for the count. After knocking one of them down with the shotgun, it is best to wait until it is fully recovered and about to move again before shooting it again; this will help to make sure that your character knocks it down with each blast. If a blast doesn't knock it down then you'll have a tendency to get hit in between gunshot animations. The Licker Betas have a special kill that can be achieved on each one of them once a character moves toward them while they are down on their backside; you have to watch for them to scream and kick their legs in the air. Once they perform that action, run up to the downed Licker Beta to get a "Stab" command. Perform this extra melee attack to finish them off for good. They will only be stunned like this when they are near death. .------------------------------ NORMAL MODE TIP ------------------------------. | Shoot a Licker Beta with an acid round from the grenade launcher and it | | will immediately fall over to where it can be stabbed in order to finish it | | off. An acid round's area effect of acid spread will knock down | | surrounding Licker Betas in the same way, making acid rounds very helpful | | for grounding and spreading damage among multiple Licker Betas. | | | | Licker Betas are much weaker to acid rounds on normal mode. On Veteran | | mode, acid rounds will not always be enough to knock them down with one | | shot. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Heart Stopper Description: Defeat a certain enemy by stabbing it in the heart. Details: Stun a Licker Beta by shooting it and knocking it over then when it falls on its back and screams then begins to kick it's legs, approach it for a "Stab" command. Perform the button prompt stab on the Licker Beta to get this trophy. One of the best ways to knock over and make it kick its legs instantly is to equip a grenade launcher with acid rounds then run up and stab it. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- These Licker Betas are some of the most dangerous enemies in the game. They have two types of grabs. Both of them are mid distance. Whenever they shoot out their blade tongue, they can stab a character in place and hold the character and whenever they raise a right hand then suddenly jump they can pin a character to the floor. To escape the tongue stab, your character can sidestep it and to escape the lunge, your character will have to press the action and run button at the same time for a counter attack once the button prompt appears before the lunge. The killing lunge has a slight button prompt counter attack command where the targeted character can melee the licker back down to the ground. Both grabs can be escaped if a partner performs a partner assist melee action to break the victim free. If a grab connects and a partner does not help then the tongue grab can be escaped by shaking the left thumbstick but the lunge grab will instantly kill any character that is not saved moments after the grab has been initiated. One of the Licker Betas will drop a ++LION HEART++ treasure. Lickers will drop this from time to time. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Lion heart [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: One of the Licker Betas in the first set of Licker Betas will drop this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Move on into the holding area where the Licker Betas were at. Ah, here we go, another valve handle! Turn the valve hand to unlock the door then step into the hallway ahead. Break the --TALL CRATE-- in the left corner up ahead then run down the hall to the side. Open the door to the right before the next turn and collect the ++RED HERB++ from below the counter in the Monitor room. Open the safe off to the right below the counter and grab the ++3,000 GOLD++ inside. The ++AK-74 (MG)++ lies inside of the metal case to the side of the safe. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: 3,000 gold |_________________| DETAILS: Open the safe off to the right after entering the monitor room down the hall from the area with the first two Licker Betas. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: AK-74 (MG) Location: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1 Details: Open the metal case inside the Monitor room down the hall from the area where the first two Licker Betas are encountered. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] The Row of Monitors - The entire row of monitors in the Monitor room can be examined. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - After opening the door with the valve handle after fighting the first two Licker Betas, this will be in the left corner of the hall ahead. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - Below the counter in the Monitor room down the hall after meeting the first two Licker Betas. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Exit the Monitor room and step back into the outside hall. Continue further down the hall to the south. -- CHECKPOINT Could you say that a little louder Chris and Sheva, so that it echoes throughout the whole Progenitor House? Oh, thank god there weren't more of them or a whole horde!! Whatever would we do in that predicament, I wonder? Oy. Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from off the floor in front of the stairs then move up the stairs. Break the --TALL CRATE-- off to the left at the top of the stairs. The lever down the hall to the right doesn't have much significance. It turns on the light in a room behind the wall to the side. You can have a peek inside the room through the set of square holes at the top of the wall. You might just see something move by if you look closely after flipping the lever to turn on the light. Both characters need to use the partner assist button prompt ahead to press both green buttons together to open the door to the next hall. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - At the top of the stairs down the hall from the Monitor room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - In front of the stairs down the hall from the Monitor room. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Turn to the left. Dear god... Each of the holding areas contains a group of Licker Betas. The holding area on the left contains five Licker Betas and the holding area on the right contains three Licker Betas. The only thing that separates the character from them is three glass panels on each side... and we all know that Lickers have this obsession with breaking all nearby glass. You know its coming, don't you? DO NOT: - Break the glass - Fire a weapon - Run - Issue a Partner Command (Go, Come on, Wait, Thanks) - Taunt - Kick through a door If the characters remain silent without performing any of the actions listed above then the Lickers will stay in their holding cells for the moment. Strangely, the characters can communicate through requests and partner responses without alerting the Lickers yet a partner command or taunt will alert the Lickers. Gently open the door on the other side of the room with a single tap of the action button. Kick it open and you'll pay dearly. Four glass panels separate the five Licker Betas from the characters in the room behind the door. You see the ventilation duct up ahead? Two more Licker Betas will exit from that air duct if the characters alert the others right now. Sadly, the door ahead requires a swift kick from both characters in order to open it, so both players should walk toward it and press the assist button to kick it open. Cries of a sudden urgency to break every glass panel in the room will sound from behind the characters as they kick the door then the Licker Betas will exit the holding cells and attack. Two Licker Betas will exit the ventilation shaft off to the side for a grand total of ten Licker Betas. Oh dear. YOU'VE DONE IT NOAW!1 There are many ways the characters can approach this battle: - Lay out Proximity Bombs one at a time along the narrow hall and allow the Licker Betas to move over them (RECOMMENDED). - Stand at one end of the hall and toss a hand grenade at the Licker Betas as they begin to group together. Try to get the hand grenade underneath them as they form a group and it will instantly kill them all. This method can be bad since it can knock a few Lickers toward the characters. - Take out a grenade launcher with acid rounds and fire at the Licker Beta group. Acid will stun a group and set them all up for a stab - DON'T rush in for a single stab upon a group however or that character will get surrounded afterward. Acid rounds still work very well at damaging them however. Acid rounds are really only effective on normal mode however. - Take out a grenade launcher with explosive rounds and fire at the Licker Betas when they group together. This is worse than using grenades really since it tends to scatter them, but it's good for knocking down a whole crowd. - Haul ass to the elevator at the end and pray that it opens quickly while your character and partner hold off the approaching Licker Betas with gunfire from any weapon. The characters need to race down the hall ahead and use the action button prompt near the elevator to call it down. There are a total of three --TALL CRATES-- outside the elevator that can be broken. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the elevator down the hall from the holding area with Licker Betas. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the elevator down the hall from the holding area with Licker Betas. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the elevator down the hall from the holding area with Licker Betas. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- If the rest of the Licker Betas were taken down then six more Licker Betas will appear from down the hall to the west. If the rest of the Licker Betas are still behind the characters then there are now sixteen of the little bastards in the area. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Progenitor Virus House - Chapter 5-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Lion heart (x3) [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Three of the Licker Betas will drop this treasure. Stay behind and fight all sixteen of them outside the elevator. Proximity Mines and hand grenades are highly recommended. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Egg Hunt Description: Find all 4 types of eggs. Details: One of the Licker Betas in the group sometimes drops a rotten egg (1/10 chance for me), which is the hardest type of egg to find in story mode, so fight them off and see if one of them drops a rotten egg and this will most likely complete your collection for the trophy/achievement. If it doesn't then go back to the Chicken Island in chapter 3-1 to collect any missing eggs. A gold egg is rather common there. Also, while we're on the subject of rotten eggs, the enemies in the next few chapters have a tendency to drop a rotten egg rarely, so if you can't get one here then you might be able to get it in the following chapters. Chapter 6-1 is a really good chapter for rotten egg drops with the number of Majini present. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- Step inside the elevator and use the assist command to take it down to the next area. [CH513] Chapter 5-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E X P E R I M E N T A L F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Collect the ++HAND GRENADE++, two ++HANDGUN AMMO (+20)++ pickups, ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+120)++ and the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+15)++ from the ammo rack directly in front of the elevator. Walk toward the large room up ahead and a cutscene will play. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Hand Grenade - On the ammo rack. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+20) - On the ammo rack. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+20) - On the ammo rack. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+120) - On the ammo rack. [ ] Shotgun Shells (+15) - On the ammo rack ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | You can easily keep hording ammo from the weapon rack to add to your main | | inventory in between chapters by collecting it then choosing "Quit" from | | the pause menu. Once the game is quit, the ammo will be saved on your | | current inventory and can then be added to your main inventory when you | | restart from the continue point. Since the save is right next to the ammo | | rack, you can completely stock up on all the ammo listed above. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + U-8 --- HP: 24,000 .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------. | Toward the very end of the cutscene that introduces U-8 be ready to press | | two buttons to escape the beasts attack during the cutscene or both | | characters will die. | | | | --> COMMAND INPUT | | | | Sequence: U-8 swings at Chris and Sheva with its right pincher arm. | | | | Type: Two buttons | | | | Command: Dodge | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Recommended - Machine Gun or Handgun (to hit the weak point on its arms/defeat Weapon(s): the flying insects) - Hand Grenade (to damage its main weak point in its mouth) - Shotgun (to damage its mouth without hand grenades) Weak Points: - Red section of both gripping arms (shooting them will make him fall) - Open mouth (main weak point - button prompt command appears while standing next to it with a hand grenade in inventory) - Damaged portion of carapace (once a grenade has been tossed into its mouth) Attacks: 1) Pincher Strike - U-8 holds one its pincher arms back and rakes it across the platform in front of it. The best way to avoid this move is to back off from the area directly in front of the creature. 2) Blade Snip - U-8 leans backward a bit as his bottom half rises then he snips forward with his two bottom blade arms. This can either be escaped by pressing the button prompt command that appears on the screen or by moving far enough away from the creature. The run button is always the button input command that appears. 3) Stunning Fall - Whenever U-8 is stunned by hitting his gripping arms, his head can crush a character and take damage if a character is under his head portion, so always remain away from his head while attempting to stun him. 4) Head Ram - U-8 moves back and latches onto the wall behind it shortly before it lunges forward onto the section of the platform in front of it. Much like the pincher strike, its best to move away from the boss' front half. It's easy to see this move coming since he gives ample warning with the way he gets into place along the wall, so simply run to a side. 5) Insect Release - U-8 climbs onto the wall far above then releases several small insects that will move toward the platform and attack the characters. The insects can be easily taken down with a shot from any weapon. They have a tendency to leave behind ammo and hand grenades once defeated. A cutscene will take place the first time U-8 performs this move then the rest of the times after that, he will simply move onto the high wall during normal gameplay. 6) Platform Shake - U-8 drives his front pinchers into the platform and shakes it. This will jar the characters and stagger them for a few seconds. There is no way to escape the staggering. Since you cannot escape it, why not take advantage of this time when he will not attack and quickly open up the inventory menu then reload your guns by combining the ammo with the weapon! 7) Grab and Crush - U-8 will lean back one of its pincher arms and attempt to grab one of the characters in a slight cutscene. If the on-screen button prompt command is not pressed then the character that is grabbed will die automatically. The action button is always the button input command that appears. He will automatically do this move right after a second grenade is tossed into his mouth. If the characters are far enough away from the boss then an input command will not appear since they are too far away and U-8 cannot grab them. 8) Hide - U-8 climbs down toward the walls below and disappears for a few seconds. He fears that next hand grenade to the kisser. 9) Insect Stab - A flying insect that U-8 releases will fly right into a character with its blade nose. This will instantly kill the insect enemy but the character will receive a bit of damage. --> HIS ATTACKS U-8 will be attached to the wall throughout the battle and will move along the sides of the platform that the characters are on. His main attacks are his pincher swipe, blade snip and head ram. All of these can be dodged by moving far away from him. The blade snip can also be dodged by pressing the run button when the button input command appears on the screen. Later in the battle, he will shake the platform but this will only stagger the characters. He will eventually begin to perform an instant kill grab move. This move's warning sign is showcased through a slight cutscene shortly before a button prompt dodge command appears. Press the action button and the characters will duck under his pincher. If the characters are far enough away from U-8 then the cutscene will still play but U-8 will not be able to grab a character, so the button prompt will not appear. After a hand grenade is tossed into his mouth for the second time, quick turn and run away from him afterward to avoid this grab the first time he does this. --> A BOSS THAT DOESN'T KNOW WHEN TO KEEP HIS MOUTH CLOSED U-8 will only attack when his mouth is open, so while it is closed, there is no need to worry about an attack. His mouth is his main weak point and hitting him in the mouth with any type of gunfire will slowly damage him. Hitting him in any portion of his damaged head once portions of carapace fall off will damage him as well. --> AIM FOR THE GRIPPING ARMS In order to expose his major weak point to where the characters can hit him for major damage, both characters need to aim for the red center portion of his long arms that he uses to move along the wall of the room. He grips the side walls with both of these arms. They can easily be damaged rather well with a simple machine gun or handgun. You can also use bigger artillery such as a shotgun or rifle but these two weapons are not really needed for this task. Keep in mind that you do not have to be right up next to him in order to damage his arms. One can simply move far away from him and shoot his arms with a rifle or handgun and machine gun then rush into him while he is stunned afterwards. --> ONCE HIS MOUTH IS FULLY EXPOSED After his gripping arms have sustained enough damage, U-8 will fall onto the side of the platform and expose his mouth. A character with a hand grenade can rush up to him at this point and receive a "Toss in" command. Press the action button at that time and a cutscene will play where that character will toss a hand grenade directly into U-8's mouth. The hand grenade will damage the front portion of his carapace and after that explosion, and then the damaged area can be hit at any time to damage him whether he opens his mouth or not. If you do not have any hand grenades then check around the platform to find two. He can also be damaged in the mouth with normal gunfire. Simply run up to his mouth while he is stunned and blast him with continuous blast from a powerful weapon such as the shotgun. All the damage adds up whether a hand grenade is tossed into his mouth or he receives gunfire to his mouth. Once the shell is fully damaged, the characters will have to blast U-8 in the mouth with gunfire such as a shotgun to finish it off if U-8 doesn't fall after the third hand grenade toss. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | It is very possible to kill U-8 without a single grenade. A character can | | rush up to his mouth while he is stunned and fire for a set amount of time | | before he rises again and if this is continued then it will die without the | | need to damage its carapace. This will really take longer however, but | | it's still interesting to try. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> INSECT RELEASE Eventually a slight cutscene will play as U-8 climbs up to the top of the wall. He will release a group of insects that will attack the characters. The insects can be easily defeated with any type of gunfire. It's really best to use a machine gun since the insects can be hard to get precise aiming on with any other type of weapon. They attack by stabbing with their blade nose. If they attack then they will instantly die after the attack. These enemies will drop ammo and hand grenades once they are defeated. The characters can get quite an assortment of ammunition from these creatures. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | If you like to use invincibility frames to your advantage then stand near | | near either the shotgun ammo or the hand grenade pickup on the far ends of | | the platform then, right as U-8 attacks, pick up the item and his attack | | will go right through your character if the item grab is timed well. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the northeast side of the center portion of the platform. [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the northwest side of the center portion of the platform. [ ] Hand Grenade - Lying on the southwest side of the center portion of the platform. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the north end of the platform. [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - On the west end of the platform. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ ____ [CH52] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ | ___| |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |___ \ ___ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___| / __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 5-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 40+ | 25 | 15 | <14 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <22'00" | 26'00" | 30'00" | 30'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH521] Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E X P E R I M E N T A L F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons/Items: - Handgun (for Base Majini) - Rifle (for distant Base Majini - HIGHLY RECOMMENDED) - Shotgun (for close encounters, crowds and a Reaper) - Magnum (for Reaper [a good shotgun can suffice]) - Grenade Launcher w/Acid Rounds, Proximity Bombs, Hand Grenades (for Licker Betas) - Grenade Launcher w/Acid Rounds or Flash Rounds (for quick stun on Reaper) - Bulletproof Vest (for Base Majini weapon fire) The characters will start on the same platform where they fought U-8 in the last chapter. The destination is up ahead, but turn around and walk around to the south end of the middle portion of the platform. Examine the monitor with Jill's info displayed on it to view the --TEST SUBJECT DATA-- file. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Test Subject Date file - Make a quick turn after starting then examine the back monitor on the middle portion of the platform to view this. Wait until the characters finish speaking. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run across the catwalk bridge on the north side. The south bridge will only lead the characters back to the door that they entered this area from in the last chapter and there is nothing special in that room. Open the door in the north by having both players use the partner assist command in front of it to enter the next area. [CH522] Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P O W E R S T A T I O N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Move along the tunnel to the north. In the room ahead, break the four --TALL CRATES-- off to the right. Crates such as this will now be in more of a cluster for these later chapters at times. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the first room at the end of the first tunnel. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the door ahead then move down the stairs off to the right. A slight cutscene will play. Wow. Majini's got a gun! So run away. Run away from the pain! NEW ENEMY: Base Majini Oh, that was terrible. Anyway, these new type of Majini now come armed with guns and some of the Base Majini later in this chapter will carry stun rods and heavy armor. Battles will now consist of taking cover to avoid gunfire. The rifle has become an almost absolute necessity for his new form of Majini since many of them will take cover and only move out a bit to fire at the characters. .-------------------------------- EXTRA INFO ---------------------------------. | Some Base Majini groups such as this one will randomly come equipped with | | metal armor. For instance, a player might play a chapter segment one time | | and not have to deal with any armored enemies, but if the player restarts | | that same chapter then the Majini that didn't have armor before might have | | some on their body. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' The Majini will notice the characters in a bit as they move down the stairs, so you might as well take advantage of this free shot opportunity. Take out the rifle and aim for the head of the Base Majini on the right side past the doorway up ahead and wait for the one in the other back to bob in the back of his head then shoot to hit them both. You might not kill the one in the back but you'll damage him a bit. The Majini will begin to take cover behind the door and that is your cue to take cover as well. Run behind the crates up ahead then use the action button prompt to take cover behind the crates when the action button "Take Cover" command appears. Fire at the Majini with a handgun or rifle. .------------------------------ SINGLE PLAYER TIP ----------------------------. | While your main character is taking cover behind an object, issue the "Go" | | command to have the AI partner move ahead. The partner can provide | | distraction for the Majini allowing your character to more easily shoot the | | Majini. The partner will also scout ahead for items. Issue the "Come on" | | command to make your AI partner return to your character. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Once the first three are defeated, run toward the doorway where they were then quickly take cover behind the door. Two Majini will open the door to the north and step into the room ahead. One of them has a stun rod, so quickly dispose of him with gunfire before he moves too close to the doorway. Shoot the second Majini whenever he pops up from cover in the back of the crates ahead. |_|_| (Crates) Cover area --> |_| _| |_ (Doorway) Cover Area --> <-- Cover Area |_|_| (Crates) Cover Area --> Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the covered crate in the next room then break the --TALL CRATE-- around the side of the metal crates before opening the next door. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the opposite side of the second row of crates in the room where the Base Majini are first encountered. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the covered crate among the second row of crates in the room where the Base Majini are first encountered. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Off to the immediate left in the next room you'll find a row of the three --TALL CRATES--. Move around the side of the room up ahead. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - After stepping through the door once the first wave of Base Majini are dealt with, this will be off to the left. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - After stepping through the door once the first wave of Base Majini are dealt with, this will be off to the left. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - After stepping through the door once the first wave of Base Majini are dealt with, this will be off to the left. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- You can take cover behind the left side of the wall near the corner before moving into the room to the west. Do so, then shoot the first Majini behind the first set of barrels. Once he is disposed of, wait for a break in gunfire then move behind the set of crates that we was taking cover near and take cover behind them then rise up and fire at the other Majini in the back of the room. _ |_| <-- Cover Area _ _ |_| <-- Cover Area _ |_| |_| <-- Cover Area |_| <-- Cover Area |_| |_| _ |_| |_| <-- Cover Area | <-- Cover Area | | | | (Entrance corridor) | | A few more Majini will enter the room one after the other. Some of them carry stun rods and will rush directly toward the characters so shoot them and defeat them quickly before they make it to your cover area. You can run back behind the first wall and have plenty of cover area to deal with them and perform melee attacks. Use the rifle to shoot the Majini further in the back of the area. There is a ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ pickup on a metal crate to the left after stepping around the wall and a --WOODEN CRATE-- right next to it that can be broken. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Next to the Machine Gun ammo pickup in the second area with Base Majini. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - Off to the left after stepping around the side of the wall in the second area with Base Majini. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Find the doorway in the back left portion of the area then step inside the side room once all the Base Majini are finished. A Majini with a stun run will move down the damaged set of stairs whenever a character walks toward the two --TALL CRATES-- and ++RED HERB++ down the left corridor, so prepare to deal with him when he is heard. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - In the area with the second encounter of Base Majini, move through the left doorway in the back of the room. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the area with the second encounter of Base Majini, move through the left doorway in the back of the room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - To the right of the two tall crates mentioned above. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Both characters need to use the partner assist command on the buttons along the opposite sides of the door in the big room to open it. -- CHECKPOINT Break the two --TALL CRATES-- in the corridor ahead before following it to the right. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - In the corridor past the room with the second encounter of Base Majini. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the corridor past the room with the second encounter of Base Majini. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A character can take cover behind the wall off to the left up ahead before stepping into the room ahead. There is a Majini behind some metal crates in the next room and one will move down the stairs and come after the characters with his stun rod. If the characters step back into the corridor, the Majini with the stun rod will eventually enter the corridor as well so the characters can easily take him down with a handgun and melee attacks. A player can shoot him in the leg and perform an instant kill melee from behind to stop him from becoming a Cephalo (its scripted) or... go for a tag team! Yes, even in single player mode. (Shot to arm for a stun, "Go" command, Hook, Knee [from Sheva AI], Haymaker that bad boy with tons of uber Redfield flare) -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: The Works Description: Chain the maximum number of combos together in one go. Details: In single player mode, lure the Majini with the stun rod into the narrow corridor. Let him move into the middle portion and keep shouting continuous "Come on" commands to keep your AI partner from shooting. When he gets close, quickly shout a single "Go" command and the AI partner will rush behind him then shoot the Majini in the arm for an arm stun. Melee him toward the AI partner and the AI partner will melee him back to your character and your character will receive the special tag team command. This has worked just about every time I have tried it in single player mode and there is a checkpoint right at the beginning of this hallway, so quickly restart your game through the pause menu if you miss. I always have my AI partner equipped with a rifle as that character's stronger weapon to keep that character from attacking very quick while that character is in attack ("Go") mode. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- ___________ _|_|_|_|_| _ | _|_| | |_| <-- Cover Area | |_| | |_| | | <-- Cover Area |___________ | | _|_|_|_|_| | | (Entrance corridor) | | Move behind the wall once again or quickly step behind the metal crates in the next room. Arm a rifle and look up toward the metal planks forming a cover area up above then wait for the two Majini behind them to pop up then take them down with a headshot each. Break the two --TALL CRATES-- off to the left side of the room and the two --TALL CRATES-- on the right side near the metal crates. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - To the left in the room where Majini take cover behind a set of high metal planks. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the left in the room where Majini take cover behind a set of high metal planks. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the room where Majini take cover behind a set of high metal planks. This is behind some metal crates. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right in the room where Majini take cover behind a set of high metal planks. This is behind some metal crates. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Instead of rushing for a cover wall up above the stairs, a character can | | slowly creep up the stairs on each side and shoot at each of the two Majini | | in front of the metal crates on the floor above. This will definitely make | | the make the next part much easier, but this method may not always work. | | Afterwards a character can shoot the explosive canisters from behind the | | two cover walls with little threat from the middle area. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .------------------------------- MAJOR TIP -----------------------------------. | If you move up the right set of stairs and stand about in the middle then | | look through a sniper scope, you will be able to see one of the explosive | | canisters on the far side of the top area. Shoot the explosive canister | | and you'll defeat a good majority of the Majini on the other side, even | | some of the ones with stun rods. You have to stand near the center of the | | stairs (not near a railing) in the center from the top and bottom of the | | staircase to see the explosive canister. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Run up either set of stairs then QUICKLY take cover behind one of the sidewalls directly in front of either staircase. Two Majini will be firing machine guns from the front of the set of two crates up ahead. Don't worry about them at the moment since you're properly concealed behind the wall. Look to the opposite railing next to their location and you'll see a group of Majini with stun rods running down the catwalk. Once they step near the corner with the explosive canister, quickly step out and fire at the explosive canister in that corner. Sometimes is easier not to use the "Take Cover" command, but simply take cover manually in order to get a more precise aim without a constant change in viewpoint from stepping around the side of the wall. Now, focus fire on the two Majini with machine guns. Once the Majini with machine guns behind the boxes are finished, quickly run to the opposite side of the wall in front of the opposite side staircase. If you look toward the railing across from the middle boxes, another set of Majini will run down that catwalk. Quickly step out and fire at the explosive canister in the corner near them as they step around by it. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | The Majini with stun rods will not come after a character until a character | | steps behind either of the cover areas in front of the two staircases and | | they will always conveniently run out from the opposite side where the | | player will have a perfect view of the explosive barrel on that side. Keep | | this in mind to easily take down these two annoying enemy waves quickly by | | shooting the red explosive barrel as they move by it while standing on | | either side. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Now all the characters have to worry about are the Majini armed with machine guns in the very back of the area. Heaven shines down upon thee friend, because they are standing in front of explosive canister, so simply run toward the middle set of crates by the railing up ahead then take cover and quickly pop up in between the break in their gunfire and shoot the explosive canister behind them. b _| <-- Cover Area | | _ | |_| <-- Cover area | |_| | _ | <-- Cover Area Break the --TALL CRATE-- on the left side of the second floor area by the railing then follow either catwalk to the back of the area. Enter the elevator then both players should use the partner assist command to take it up. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the left side of the second floor area of the third room with Base Majini. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH523] Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E X P E R I M E N T A L F A C I L I T Y P A S S A G E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ah, there are three claw slashes on the left wall complete with intense violence and extreme gore on the floor up ahead. Break the --TALL CRATE-- in the right corner up ahead then take the ++GREEN HERB++ from off the floor. Step around the corner and there is another --TALL CRATE-- to the right. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - In the left corner down the starting corridor. --> Random Item [ ] Tall - Around the corner to the left, then turn right and it's in the nearby corner. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - In the right corner down the starting corridor. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The upcoming corner before the hall up ahead can be used as cover. DON'T run into the hallway ahead. The Licker Betas in the corridor ahead are unaware of your progress if the characters stay silent; that means no taunting, partner commands, firing (yet) or running. ___ ___ | |__| | | | | __ | | | | | ___________| <-- Cover Area | | | _______________| | | The characters can either fight or run at this part. If the characters defeat the Licker Betas then they will receive two ++LION HEART++ treasures as drops from two of the Lickers. Since the Licker Betas are so spread out, the best way to defeat them is to run down the corridor and allow them to group up. Run up and down the corridor (right by them) until they are all in a group then shoot them with acid rounds from the grenade launcher or place a single proximity bomb on the floor and allow them to crawl over it while grouped to take them all down with one bomb. They will likely not attack if you run right by them and don't stop. The characters can also stand and toss hand grenades at a group. It's best to shoot them off the ceiling with a handgun if they decide to crawl along the ceiling while chasing the characters since the blast will only knock them off the ceiling instead of making them explode. Very far off shots with a rifle can be useful against distant Licker Beta but make sure that they're tongue impale will not hit a character. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | On lower difficulties such as Amateur or maybe Normal, a rifle can help out | | here. Since the characters start at a distance, one character can stand at | | the starting end of the hall and shoot at each Licker Beta individually | | then keep blasting it with rifle gunfire. This will alert the others but a | | character might be able to defeat at least two before the Licker Betas can | | reach the side that the characters are on. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Experimental Facility Passage - Chapter 5-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Lion heart (x2) [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Two of the Licker Betas in the passage that leads east will drop this treasure if the characters choose to fight the Lickers. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Continue down the corridor to the east and make a right then follow the next corridor. Two Licker Betas will bust through separate vents on the left wall then crawl along the wall. When the characters progress further, one more Licker Beta will move through a vent from behind then two more will leap through another vent further down the hall. Once again, fight or run. If the characters fight all of them off here then three ++LION HEART++ treasures will be dropped from the Licker Betas. The characters can make all five of the Licker Betas group together by constantly running back and forth by them then take them down with hand grenades or a few proximity bombs (by laying them in their path) just like the last group. Acid rounds will work effectively as well on normal mode, but not really on Veteran. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Experimental Facility Passage - Chapter 5-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Lion heart (x3) [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Three of the Licker Betas in the passage that leads west will drop this treasure if the characters choose to fight the Lickers. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Open the door at the end with the partner assist button to exit this area. [CH524] Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M I S S I L E A R E A 1 S T F L O O R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Don't you just love entering a new area that is almost completely silent and devoid of life where you know that all hell is going to break loose when a certain point is reached or a certain action is done? I wonder if that will happen here? Let's hope not. To the left of the characters is a conveyor belt with explosive cylinders that move toward a disposal furnace at the end of it. These can be shot and used to your advantage just like other explosive barrels once the characters progress further. While we are standing here, look off the railing to the south and find the high overhead walkway with the single explosive canister on it. Keep that walkway and explosive canister in mind. Move along the current walkway to the right and head west. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | Before falling down the ladder at the west end of the high walkway, look | | to the left below and take out a rifle then shoot one of the Majini before | | falling. You DO NOT want to stay up on the walkway once the cutscene plays | | however, or the characters will not have any cover from the rest of the | | Base Majini's gunfire. The second that a Majini is shot at or manages to | | spot a character, the cutscene will play. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Break the two --TALL CRATES-- at the end of the walkway then hop off the side where the ladder is. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - At the far right end of the first top floor walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - At the far right end of the first top floor walkway. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A cutscene will play that will show tons of Majini run out from their hiding spots. If you read the tip above and killed at least one Majini on the current side then that kill will help out a bunch. Stand behind one of the metal walls on the characters' current side to have cover against the Majini gunfire on the south side then shoot the approaching Majini. A character can run up and perform a melee but it is a bit risky. Remember that a character is invincible during the melee animation, just not directly afterward. There is a ++RED HERB++ on the metal crate to the right after falling and a --TALL CRATE-- near that metal crate. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Near the metal crate, to the right after falling from the ladder from the first high walkway. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - On top of the metal crate, to the right after falling from the ladder from the first high walkway. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Take out the rifle here. It's best to use a rifle and not a handgun. Take cover behind one of the metal wall pieces along the side of the conveyor belt. Surely you've noticed all the annoying flash grenades here that have likely blinded your vision at least once. A Majini on the raised platform in the south is tossing flash grenades from the other side of the conveyor belt and there is one clever little bastard in the west that is tossing them from a high walkway with an explosive canister on it. If you remember earlier, I pointed out that walkway with the explosive canister on it to you. Take out a handgun and shoot the explosive canister on the overhead walkway to the east to remedy one flash grenade problem. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | A button prompt command will appear at each end of a metal wall, so that | | your characters can take cover behind each end. If a player stands in the | | middle of a metal wall then that player will not get a button prompt | | command. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' The characters will be forced to shoot at the Majini on the other side while metal crates move down the middle conveyor belt. These metal crates can cause some missed shot opportunities for both sides, so keep them in mind. Alright Raiden, it's time to play sniper. Take cover behind a nearby metal wall then look toward the raised platform in the south near the west wall. Score a headshot on the Majini that tosses flash grenades from that platform. For the rest of the Majini on the other side, simply wait for their gunfire to end then step out and shoot. They're really not a problem after the characters take down the flash grenade throwers. Any Majini on the other side might move across the high walkway in the east, so they can move to your current side but not likely most of the time. | || | | || | | ^ Cover Area | |_ _ | | |_|_| | | | <-- Cover Area | | | | | || <-- CONVEYOR BELT | || | | ^ Cover Area | | | | | || | | || | ^ Cover Area Move along the side of the conveyor belt while taking cover every now and then. The Majini from the cutscene are all over the west side, so you'll need to scope them out then take each one down. One of them stands at the top of a high walkway in the southwest. He has a stun rod and if you look closely he has hand grenades strapped to his chest. He tosses pipe bombs from up high and can actually knock the characters out of cover with one. Take out the rifle and fire at a hand grenade on his chest strap to make him explode. Keep these hand grenade Base Majini in mind since they will appear every now and then with a group. You don't ever want to fire at them when they are close or the explosion (if the grenade strap is hit) will damage your character. They can be used to your advantage to defeat other enemies much like an explosive object however, but keep in mind that the blast radius is rather close range instead of mid range. Pick up the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ on top of the metal crate that the characters can take cover behind then pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ further up ahead from the top of the bottom crate with another crate stacked on top of it. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On top of the metal crate that a character can get behind for cover. [ ] Machine Gun ammo (+30) - On top of metal crate that has another crate on top of it shortly before climbing the ladder on the north side of the conveyor belt. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Climb up the ladder then drop to the south side. Move ahead then turn to the left and run toward the three --TALL CRATES-- against the east wall then break them for some items. The battle music should still be playing since there is one more Majini left in front of your main destination. Look past the railing to the northeast to see a Majini guarding your destination door above. Shoot him now or wait until the characters get closer to him in a few moments. He will toss pipe bombs at the characters. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - After moving over the first conveyor belt, this will be among two others off to the east. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - After moving over the first conveyor belt, this will be among two others off to the east. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - After moving over the first conveyor belt, this will be among two others off to the east. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The other side offers a few metal crates to take cover behind if, for some reason, the Majini are still alive and have shot your characters all the way up till this point. Now you can take cover with your little health and fire back at them! A character can take cover behind each side of them. Let's go ahead and list them below for kicks. Cover Area -->_ | | |_| | | Cover Area --> | | | | _<-- Cover Area | CONVEYOR | |_| | BELT | <-- Cover Area | | | | | | There is a single --TALL CRATE-- to the left of the raised platform up the stairs. Move up the stairs then drop down to the middle conveyor belt by stepping off the right side of the platform. Moving into the fire on the west side of the conveyor belt is instant death for a character, so don't allow the metal crates to push your character back into it. Run along the conveyor belt and dodge through the oncoming metal crates while your characters head to the east. Step up onto the platform at the end then use the lever off to the right to turn off the conveyor belt; there's really no reason to do this but let's do it anyway to be thorough. Move up the stairs. There might be a Majini at the top of the stairs if the character haven't bothered to defeat him just yet - he tosses pipe bombs from the top stairway. Use the partner assist action to kick down the door at the top of the stairs. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the south side of the raised platform with the stairs on the south side of the first conveyor belt. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Break the --TALL CRATE-- off to the left then take the ++GREEN HERB++ and ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the top of the metal crate beside the tall crate. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - To the left after stepping through the doorway that both characters have to knock down the door to. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On top of a metal crate to the left after stepping through the doorway that both characters have to knock down the door to. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - On top of a metal crate to the left after stepping through the doorway that both characters have to knock down the door to. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The characters are now going to have to jump down onto the conveyor belt with explosive canisters that move toward a furnace at their end. There is a little problem that the characters should take care of first however. When a character steps toward the conveyor belt dropoff, a Majini will rush out onto the first high walkway to the south up above. Take out a rifle shoot him before he tosses a pipe bomb. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | If you take out the rifle and stand near the edge of the dropoff then look | | to the south, you'll be able to see the bottom half of the Majini with hand | | grenades on the second walkway. Shoot him to remedy this problem right now | | like the first. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Make sure that an explosive canister is not incoming at the moment then drop off the side of the platform and run to the south along the platform. Once the characters reach the third overhead walkway, aim up with the handgun and shoot the explosive barrel next to the Majini that tosses hand grenades to make quick work of him. Many of the upcoming Majini can be disposed of from a distance with a rifle or by simply shooting an explosive canister near them from your current side. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Stand in the very center of the two conveyor belts to keep your character | | from moving backwards while your character advances forward. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Further ahead, two Majini with metal shields and another Majini will race down the conveyor belt toward the characters. Make the Majini step near an explosive canister then simply shoot it to finish them off with one shot. If you have to, then run by them and turn around then wait for an explosive canister to move toward them. They're pretty slow. A character can always aim for their legs and shoot then run behind them for an instant kill melee command. Two Majini are on the very back high walkway in the south. As you may have guessed, they will toss pipe bombs down at the characters when the characters get near them. This duo can be quite dangerous since they are up high enough to toss their pipe bombs a good distance and then the pipe bombs will roll toward the characters and set off any explosive canister in the way of the explosion. Arm the rifle then fire at the two Majini on the high walkway in the south when all other Majini along the conveyor belt have been finished off, or at least stop appearing for a moment. Fire at the grenade strap for the one with the metal helmet. More Majini with stun rods and metal shields will drop from the platform in the south and race out onto the conveyor belt, so prepare to use more explosive canisters to your advantage once again to get rid of them. Two final Majini with metal shields and a near fully armored Majini will step off the walkway once the characters make it to the very end. The only part that isn't armored on the Majini with heavy armor is his arms. Try to shoot an explosive canister near them when they step on the conveyor belt to easily get rid of them as well. The heavily armored Majini can also be defeated with a magnum to any portion of the body since it will shoot right through his armor with its piercing properties. Keep in mind that a magnum shot will not pierce through a metal shield however. Run back down to the north end of the conveyor belt if needed and allow the Majini to line up with an explosive canister. Step onto the platform to the left at the very end. The lever off to the right can be pulled to stop the conveyor belt that the characters just got off of. Move down the nearby staircase then break the two --TALL CRATES-- off to the right (while facing the bottom of the stairs). --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Near the staircase the characters move down after moving across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Near the staircase the characters move down after moving across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Look inside the nearby open dumpster to see a --BSAA EMBLEM (24/30)-- inside. Even though it is a little awkward to aim at, it can be hit with a handgun from up close. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #24 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After moving across the conveyor belt with explosive \________/ canisters and going down the stairs along the side of the platform at the end, there is an open dumpster to the left of the bottom of the stairs. Walk over to this dumpster and look inside to see this emblem. It can be hit with a gun by standing near it then aiming at the top of it and firing. For a Sheva player, this BSAA medal will be harder to hit because she isn't as tall as Chris, so a player might want to take out a hand grenade and toss it inside of the dumpster to hit the BSAA medal while playing as Sheva. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - If you walk over to the conveyor belt, you might see something that might cause an RE fanboy to squeal with excitement. The bodies that lie along the conveyor belt moan and move about like some familiar ghoul we all know and love. They can be shot but they cannot be killed! I wonder... nah, they're not the Z- word; they are known as "discarded test subjects". Move over to the nearby table then take the ++INCENDIARY GRENADE++ from it and examine the --REGARDING THE MUTANT ORGANISM FOUND IN THE FACILITIES-- file. Take the ++SIG 556 (MG)++ from the metal case. This gun will come in handy in a moment. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: SIG 556 (MG) Location: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2 Details: After moving across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters and going down the stairs along the side of the platform at the end, open the metal case on the table near the railing off to the right. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Regarding the Mutant Organism Found in the Facilities file - On top of the table to the right below the stairs after moving across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On top of the table to the right below the stairs after moving across the conveyor belt with explosive canisters. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Walk up the stairs to the west. The lever has no power to it at the moment, so flipping it is useless. A character can step down onto the conveyor belt to the left but a metal crate blocks the way around the east side of top of the railing. The characters can't simply vault over the railing because there is most likely some hidden plexiglass that separates the top portion from the other side. Our characters are too smart to even attempt it because one of them knows Wesker all too well. Find the stairs to the north then walk up them. Another staircase will come into view as the characters go further north, so take these stairs to the east. The characters will be met with pulsating slimy eggs that hang from the ceiling at the end of the walkway past the stairs. I wonder what secret surprise these contain? Eh, it's nothing a little Haymaker to the face won't cure I'm sure. Pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ on the metal crate near the railing along the other side. Move along the walkway on the opposite side the run up the stairs. Chris will comment on the missiles along the top walkway. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Egg on Wall - The single egg that is strapped to the wall can be examined. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the second crate to the left after arriving at the area with the pulsating eggs that hang from the ceiling. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run to the far north and break the two --WOODEN CRATES--, two --TALL CRATES-- then pick up the ++RED HERB++. Run back to the center section of the area, in the shaft structure, then both characters should use the assist button to pull both of the levers. Pulling the levers will power on the lever that triggers the conveyor belt back to the south. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the pulsating eggs. This is on a shelf. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the pulsating eggs. This is on a shelf. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the pulsating eggs. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the pulsating eggs. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - Up the stairs and to the north from the area with the pulsating eggs. This on a shelf. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Now all we have to do is go back through the area with creepy pulsating eggs and... the second the characters step out of the shaft, the sound of something breaking out of a hard shell along with a scream followed by the clambering of little legs can be heard in the distance. The music will suddenly get moody much like a REmake Aqua Ring sort of tone. Well, let's go back to the area with the pulsating eggs and see what all the commotion is about. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | If you arm the rifle and inch toward the edge of the shaft then quickly | | look through the scope while facing the southeast the moment the sound is | | heard you can see the pulsating egg open as a creature falls out. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Once the characters reach the egg area, look up to see that one of the eggs on the ceiling appears to have hatched. Arm that a grenade launcher with acid rounds or flash rounds or equip the SIG 556 machine gun right now and it sure wouldn't hurt to have some machine gun ammo with it as well. When the characters try to move back toward the stairs in the west a new enemy will fall from the ceiling above. It that a Brain Deimos? A Chimera? No, it is a... NEW ENEMY: Reaper Attacks: Grab and Impale: The Reaper reaches forward with all of its appendages to grab a character. If it manages to grab a character then it will stab the character from the sides for an instant kill. (NOTE: it must have all appendages in order to perform this move, including its head) Slice: The Reaper slices forward with one its top appendages. Stab: Shortly before it recovers from a major weak point stun, the Reaper stabs forward with its bottom appendages. Gas Vapor: While walking, the Reaper sprays out a vapor that slightly blocks the victim's vision of the Reaper's actions. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | To avoid being right in the Reaper's face when it falls, inch forward while | | on the walkway where it drops until it eventually falls and you'll be far | | away from it when it lands. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Well, even though I said some Haymaker might cure this problem, you certainly don't want to get close to this bad boy. This enemy is known as a Reaper and it can really be problem if you don't know how to deal with it. It has an instant kill grab from close range, so don't ever get close to these things unless they are stunned or missing an appendage. There are a few ways to hit this creature. The most obvious is the glowing white circular area on its stomach that opens up periodically while it moves and the second is the glowing white sections that stick out of its back that are visible whenever it dashes toward a character. While playing online, two players can surround a Reaper and one can hit it in its back portion to stun it. When hit in the circular area on its stomach, the creature will kneel down and showcase one of the circular sections of its back. Blast that back section and it will lean over again and expose its other back section. Hit the second back section and its body will lean backward so that it showcases its chest weak point. At that time, blast it in the weak point. The SIG 556 will do just fine for hitting all weak points. You could also bring out the shotgun for its major weak point also. It can still hit your characters with its blade arms while its major weakness is exposed but it can't grab them at that time. Once it recovers you'd better haul ass away from it again and allow it to showcase one its weak points then blast it. Shooting it in a back weak point from the get go will make it to where a character will only have to shoot one more back section as it leans over then it will showcase its major weak point after one crouch. A Reaper's appendages can be totally dismantled. It's arm appendages can all be shot off and its head can be shot off also. These all reform in a few seconds but this will damage it. The most useful part about cutting off its appendages is that it cannot perform its instant kill grab without all of its appendages. Even when it is missing a head appendage, it cannot perform its instant kill grab. A machine gun works extremely well at tearing it apart. This enemy is very dangerous even when you know how to deal with it. It takes practice, precise aiming, and plenty of room to back up in order to take one down effectively. The machine gun is really the absolute best weapon to hit it with when it showcases its weak points since you'll dish out multiple shots that will ensure you hit each weak point that it showcases. The shotgun works well also and the shotgun will damage it faster. If you have good enough aim with a magnum, this enemy can be take down by blasting each weak point as it showcases them and by the time it shows its major weak point, the creature will be close to death or might actually die before showing its main weak point. A player can also damage a Reaper through a proximity bomb and hand grenade explosion. These explosions will make a Reaper roll on the ground once the explosion goes off near it. This will damage it, but the explosion will NOT stun the Reaper, so it will be headed right back toward a character directly after rolling. One way to avoid the frustration of hitting his weak points is to equip a grenade launcher with acid or flash rounds then shoot the Reaper twice with either ammo. No matter where the Reaper is hit, it will bend over from the first shot then bend backward to reveal its chest weak point for the second shot. It can easily be finished off with powerful weapon to the chest weak point at that time with little hassle. It will leave behind a ++POWER STONE++ after being defeated. *snickers* Ah, you gotta' love the classic Capcom game references in some of their titles. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | A player can lead the Reaper all the way back to the lever near the | | conveyor belt then pull the lever and lead the Reaper onto the conveyor | | belt. Move past the railing along the side and move around it. The Reaper | | will usually not move fast enough to keep up with the players and it will | | get killed by the furnace at the end of the conveyor belt. The players | | will not be able to collect its treasure by doing this however and it is | | really more trouble than its worth if you ask me. It's kind of funny | | though! Add in some taunts while it struggles to make it more hilarious. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Power stone [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: The Reaper that is fought on the way back from pulling the two levers will drop this once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = .--------------------------------- EXTRA -------------------------------------. | The Reaper that is fought is not the same Reaper that hatches from the egg | | in the egg area. If you look up toward the ceiling where the creature | | drops from, an egg can be seen in an alcove on the ceiling. Once the | | Reaper falls, a slimy liquid will pour down from that same egg, which is | | open after the battle. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Get back to the area with the lever in the south. Pull the lever to activate the nearby conveyor belt. Step onto the conveyor belt to the side while it moves. The characters are supposed to move to the east and go around the railing, but with enough determination and speed, a character can actually run to the west on the first conveyor belt and make it to the opening in the railing just before the metal crates move past it. Otherwise, move to the east and step around the railing. The "discarded test subjects" along the conveyor belt will actually lash out at times and grab the characters. The grabbed player will have to shake the left thumbstick to break free or a partner will have to knock the test subject off the grabbed character with a partner action command. In single player, be sure to press the assist button after being grabbed to make the AI partner knock the test subject off your character. It is possible to weave in between the test subjects and avoid their grab but they will most likely lash out and grab a few times. Check near the test subjects along far left and middle conveyor belts and you'll find two ++DEAD BRIDE'S NECKLACE++ treasures. If you don't find two by the time your character reaches the end of the conveyor belt then rush back to the east and wait for more test subjects to come your way from the left and middle conveyor belts then check them for this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 1st Floor - Chapter 5-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Dead bride's necklace (x2) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Two of these can be found on the south (left and middle) side of the conveyor belt near the fallen test subjects. If your character reaches the end of the conveyor belt and you haven't grabbed two of them yet then rush back to the east and wait for more test subjects to move out from the doors ahead then step by the test subjects on the left side and try again. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Run to the far west side of the conveyor belt then, when a metal crate moves by the opening in the railing, step onto the right conveyor belt and then run to the far west on that conveyor belt and step up to the platform on the right side of it. Break the two --WOODEN CRATES-- on top of the nearby metal crates. Move up the nearby set of stairs. The conveyor belt with the test subjects on it below can be shut off by using the lever at the top of the stairs. Both players should use the assist button to open the door ahead and move onto the next area. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - On top of a metal crate after racing across the conveyor belt with test subjects and stepping up to the platform at the end. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On top of a metal crate after racing across the conveyor belt with test subjects and stepping up to the platform at the end. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH525] Chapter 5-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U R O B O R O S R E S E A R C H F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Run down the hall ahead then drop off the ledge at the end. Break the four --TALL CRATES-- off to the right then collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from the back corner. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate (right) - To the right after dropping from the hallway. --> Handgun Ammo (+30) [ ] Tall Crate (middle right) - To the right after dropping from the hallway. --> Flame Rounds (+5) [ ] Tall Crate (middle left) - To the right after dropping from the hallway. --> Rifle Ammo (+5) [ ] Tall Crate (left) - To the right after dropping from the hallway. --> Incendiary Grenade --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+30) - In the far left corner after dropping from the hallway. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Both players should use the partner assist action to press the buttons on the opposites sides of the door to step inside the next room. A cutscene will activate shortly. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + UROBOROS MKONO -------------- HP: 9,000 (3,000 HP for each tentacle weak point) Recommended - Grenade Launcher w/Flame Rounds (for quick stuns and severe Weapon(s): damage to a weak point) - Incendiary Grenades (for a quick stun) - Flamethrower (available in the area - burns for a prolonged stun) - Shotgun (to hit Uroboros' weak points) - Handgun or Machine gun (for blasting a canister quickly) Weak Points: - Orange glowing center of each arm (destroys arms and damages Uroboros) - Orange glowing portion of three appendages (main weak points [emerges when flamed badly]) Attacks: 1) Right Arm Swing - Uroboros swings his right arm across the area in front of him. This attack is mid and close range. 2) Turning Swing - While a character is behind him, Uroboros will swing at the character with his arm while turning. This attack is very rare, much like the Executioner Majini's turning swing. 3) Grab and Absorb - Uroboros reaches forward and grabs with both arms. The partner must save the grabbed character with a partner assist melee or the grabbed player must shake the left thumbstick to escape. The boss will eventually let go after a while. He stretches his arms out almost as far as he swings his arm for the other attack. 4) Arm Extend Grab - From long range, Uroboros will lash out its right arm directly forward to grab. This attack can be performed when the boss has only its right arm and it can be escaped by shaking the thumbstick or through a partner assist melee. 5) Direct Contact - Any type of direct contact with this boss for a slightly extended period of about 5 seconds will result in your character getting hit and covered in a black leech-like substance. The character will hold his/her body as if in caution status until the substance eventually disappears. The substance drains your character's health much like a poison for the first seconds that it remains on the character. The substance will not force a weak character into Dying status. 6) Dissolve - Uroboros can teleport from one area to another by simply dissolving into the floor and reforming at some other part of the room. He does this a lot more than the first Uroboros. He uses this to retreat when he is being damaged real heavily or when he loses an arm. He performs this move randomly at times also, as if Chris suddenly gave him a smug look. 7) Floor Arm Extend - Uroboros places his right arm on the ground then detaches the arm as it moves toward a character. The arm will quickly reform. This move can be dodged by pressing the on-screen button prompt command that appears. If the attack connects then the arm will surround the character and a black leech-like substance will remain on the character's body for a few seconds. The substance slowly drains life while it remains; the substance will not force a weak character into Dying status. 8) Counter Slap - In retaliation from getting burned with the flamethrower, Uroboros will duck down then eventually swing its left arm forward. This is an easy move to see coming since he will duck down while being burned and that should be your cue to back up or get slapped with his wide left arm. Oh, ho, ho... if you think this Uroboros fight is going to be like the last battle then you're completely mistaken. This boss might actually be the reason why you are reading this walkthrough. --> A FAMILIAR FOE This Uroboros has much the same attacks as the first Uroboros that was fought back in chapter 1-2. He only has a few new tricks up his sleeve. His main new attack that you'll notice is a floor arm extend that he will perform with his right arm. He will place his arm on the floor and send it toward a character then it will detach and try to grab the character. A button prompt command will appear in order to dodge this attack before it hits a character or the character could run to a side to avoid it. He also has a new counter attack that he will perform while being burned. He will crouch down and charge a slap then swipe the area in front of him with an arm. It is best to begin to move back whenever you see him duck after being flamed. He performs this move constantly while using the flamethrower to burn him since the flamethrower takes so long to stun him. The main thing that you will notice with this Uroboros in contrast to the first Uroboros is that this Uroboros is much more aggressive. He wants to hurt the characters bad. This man must have been locked away with N'sync's "Bye, Bye, Bye!" tune set to full blast for far too long before he was injected with the Uroboros virus. --> DOES HE HAVE A WEAKNESS? The hardest part in dealing with this boss is realizing how to actually damage him. Much like the first Uroboros fight, the center glowing portion of his arms can be damaged to knock them off. Believe it or not this actually damages the boss since I have killed him by simply knocking off an arm. If you try to knock off his arms then a shotgun or powerful machine gun is highly recommended. The boss has to burned through a variety of ways in order to make it showcase its weak points. It's main weak points are exposed when it falls over; three appendages with orange glowing ends move out of the top portion of its body while it is stunned. The orange portion of the each of the three glowing appendages can be hit with gunfire at that time to damage the boss badly. The main problem in damaging his weak point is how quickly he hides them after they are exposed. He will usually draw them back inside of him in about 5 seconds after they are showcased, not giving the characters much time to react, so you always want to be ready to fill the top portion of his appendages full of lead or flames when he exposes his weak points. The only way to make him expose his weak points for an extended period is to flame him with the flamethrower; any other type of stun is only a minimal stun. The following paragraphs discuss methods on how to burn him to make him expose his weak points. --> 3 EXPLOSVE CANISTERS There are three explosive canisters that can be used to the characters' advantage during this battle: - Lying against a middle pillar across from the north walkway. - Down the center grated walkway along the middle pillar. - On the south wall to the right of a closed door. Approach each one and press the action button when the "Knock Over" command displays just like in the first Uroboros battle. The Uroboros will get the canister stuck up in its body and will drag the canister along with it. Aim for the canister and shoot it to instantly stun the boss and make it showcase its weak points. He can hit a character while the character knocks over a canister, so make sure that he is at a distance before the startup animation for knocking one over. The canister explosion will only stun Uroboros for a short amount of time, so get in your hits with gunfire on his weak points very quickly! --> THE FLAMETHROWER A Flamethrower sits in a charging cradle on the center of the east wall. It will start charging with fuel at the beginning of the battle and will be completely fueled once the battle has progressed for exactly 30 seconds. Collect and equip the flamethrower by standing near it and pressing the action button to pick it up. The flamethrower can be dropped at any time by equipping any other weapon, event the knife. It can be picked back up by pressing the action button over it. To make the AI partner pick up the flamethrower, press the assist button while standing near it in its charging cradle or while standing over it once it has been dropped. The AI partner must be nearby of course. Press the assist button again to make the AI partner drop the flamethrower. The flamethrower's remaining fuel is showcased on the bottom right hand portion of the screen much like any weapon. It always starts at 100 fuel after a full charge. Once all fuel is gone, it must be returned to the charging cradle on the east wall so it may recharge again after another 30 seconds. It can also be returned to its charging cradle early. Step near Uroboros and flame his body. This will cause his body to catch on fire and it will slowly begin to eat away at his body and make him fall and expose his weak points. The weak points can be burned with the flamethrower or they can be shot with any type of weapon. Flaming him with the flamethrower is a very slow way to stun him BUT it will make it to where his glowing weak point appendages are exposed for a longer period of time while he is stunned. There is an even tradeoff here in that regard. Exclusive to a flamethrower burning, the character will also have to watch out for a counter slap while flaming him. Whenever he suddenly kneels down during a flaming, be sure so back off instantly since he will slap the area in front of him with his left arm. On Veteran mode, it is best to allow the AI partner to take the flamethrower while your main character focuses on destroying Uroboros' arms. The AI partner will automatically return the flamethrower to its charging cradle once it is out of fuel. On Normal mode, the main character shouldn't really have much of a problem with flaming Uroboros with the flamethrower. If the AI partner is commanded to grab the flamethrower on Normal mode then you'll need to destroy the Uroboros' arms to protect that character since the AI will not back up to avoid its attacks. --> FLAME ROUNDS AND INCENDIARY GRENADES Both flame rounds from the grenade launcher and incendiary grenades can be used to burn Uroboros and make it showcase its weak points. Both of these weapons will instantly stun Uroboros. With good aim, a flame round that hits a weak point appendage will take major damage from Uroboros. The only bad part about using these methods to stun him is that he will not expose his tentacle weak point appendages for that long at all. He will only showcase them for a few seconds, much shorter than a flamethrower burn stun. .-------------------------------- MAJOR TIP ----------------------------------. | As I said above, flame rounds from the grenade launcher will take some | | extreme damage from Uroboros' tentacle weak points. A character can simply | | stand in front of him and shoot him with a flame round to stun him then | | blast his tentacle weak points. If a character brings enough flame rounds | | (around two sets) to this battle, then Uroboros can be taken down rather | | quickly with just flame rounds alone. Simply stun him with a flame round, | | blast the tentacles, stun him with a flame round, blast the tentacles and | | so on. Be sure to time the stunning shot to when he is fully recovered - | | basically right before he attacks after recovering. | | | | If you need to buy some extra flame rounds then they are now in the store | | if the flame rounds inside one of the tall crates was picked up in the | | room outside of this boss room, so simply pause the game and choose | | "Restart" then buy as many as you need to bring down Uroboros much faster. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> ABOUT THOSE ARMS OF HIS Even though it is going to take more firepower on the characters' behalf, it is really best to knock off his arms with gunfire. His big left arm is his main attacking arm so destroying it for a bit will make him less aggressive. Destroying both arms will severely limit his attacks for a while. He will eventually grow both arms back, but this can help out a lot for setting him up for a burning with the flamethrower. On Veteran mode, destroying his arms becomes an absolute necessity since he becomes incredibly aggressive on higher difficulties. He can't do much of anything without his arms. Be sure to destroy his arms before or while he is being flamed. A character that flames him alone on Veteran will suffer damage from his aggressive arm swings. --> DOES HE FREAKING DIE? EVER!? Yes, he does. With both characters constantly laying on gunfire through his arms and inner appendage weak points, a cutscene will suddenly play and he will be defeated. The main weak point appendages will be destroyed as he is damaged, so count the number of appendages that he has left to determine his remaining health. I'm sure it is hard to understand on your first playthrough (based on how long it took me the first time) but he will fall with enough firepower to a glowing appendage area of his body (arms or tentacle weak points). Like I said earlier, a flame round shot directly at a tentacle appendage weak point will severely damage him. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate (right) - In the northeast corner. --> Definite Item: Handgun Ammo (+30) [ ] Tall Crate (left) - In the northeast corner. --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+10) --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Incendiary Grenade - Lying on the southwest side of the room on a desk below a monitor. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+100) - On a shelf in the west portion of the room to the left of the chair. [ ] First Aid Spray - On the floor to the right of the chair in the west portion of the room. [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On a shelf in the northwest portion of the room to the right of the chair. Another Incendiary Grenade is next to it. [ ] Incendiary Grenade - On a shelf in the northwest portion of the room to the right of the chair. Another Incendiary Grenade is next to it. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+100) - Inside of an open glass case on the middle shelf, left side, in the northwest portion of the room. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+30) - Inside of an open glass case on the middle shelf, middle portion, in the northwest portion of the room. [ ] Rifle Ammo (+10) - Inside of an open glass case on the middle shelf, right side, in the northwest portion of the room. [ ] Shotgun Shells (+20) - On the north walkway, southwest corner. [ ] First Aid Spay - Inside a glass case on the middle shelf on the northeast side of the room. The glass MUST be broken first in order to collect this item. [ ] Green Herb - Inside an open glass case on the bottom portion of the northeast side of the room. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ ____ _____ [CH53] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ | ___| |___ / / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| |___ \ ___ |_ \ / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | ___) ||___| ___) | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| |____/ |____/ |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 5-3 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 30+ | 20 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <38'00" | 42'00" | 48'00" | 48'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH531] Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U R O B O R O S R E S E A R C H F A C I L I T Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Handgun or Machine Gun (for Base Majini and stunning Reapers) - Rifle (for distant Base Majini HIGHLY RECOMMENDED) - Shotgun (for close Base Majini, crowds, major damage to Reapers) - Flash Grenades or Flash Rounds (for Cephalos or Reapers [flash rounds]) - Proximity Bombs and Grenade Launcher w/acid rounds (for Reapers and Licker Betas) The characters will start out in the same room where they fought Uroboros in the last chapter. The flamethrower is now locked up in its charging cradle, so neither character can use it anymore - just in case you decide to try. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | Step toward the chair in the west portion of the room to get a "?" command | | for both the action and assist button. Press the action button to have | | your main character sit and press the assist button to have your partner | | sit. It's a reference to Resident Evil 4's emperor's chair where Leon | | could sit and pose for a while. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Run to the north and step into the room with the fans. Look behind the fan off to the right on the wall ahead and you'll see a --BSAA EMBLEM (25/30)-- on the top wall portion in the back of the fan. You'll have to stand in front of the doorway to see it or right up underneath the fan. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #25 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Uroboros Research Facility - Chapter 5-3 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Step into the north room from the room where the \________/ characters fought the Uroboros in the last chapter then stand in the doorway and look in the back of the right fan on the wall to the north. This BSAA emblem is on the top middle portion of the wall in the back of the fan. Time a shot to hit the emblem when the fan blades move out of the way. It can also be seen from right underneath the fan. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Climb up the ladder on the west wall. The characters will have a choice of two paths. Move along the west path and enter the office at the end of the hall. Collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ and ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ on the desk with the computer. There is also a --DIRECTIONS FOR USE OF UROBOROS VIRUS-- memo below the X-rays. Open the safe on the floor near the door and collect the ++SAPPHIRE (MARQUISE)++ from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Uroboros Research Facility - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Marquise) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Inside of a safe to the left of the door as the characters enter the south room after moving up the ladder past the area where the characters fought the Uroboros in the last chapter. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Directions for Use of Uroboros Virus - On the side of the desk below the X- rays. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - On the desk with the computer in the south room after moving up the ladder past the area where the characters fought the Uroboros in the last chapter. [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On the desk with the computer in the south room after moving up the ladder past the area where the characters fought the Uroboros in the last chapter. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Exit the room then go back down the hall and enter the north corridor this time. Move up the stairs ahead then pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ from off the metal device at the top. Open the door to the east corridor using the partner assist button to exit this area. [CH532] Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M I S S I L E A R E A 2 N D F L O O R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - You did bring a rifle, right? I sure hope so because a rifle is definitely needed here. At the end of the corridor ahead, turn to the right and break the --TALL CRATE-- and three --WOODEN CRATES--. Move around the north corner ahead. A fence blocks the east hall, so open the nearby door and step outside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Wooden Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Down the hall and to the right at the beginning of the area. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Break the two --TALL CRATES-- near the right wall. Take cover behind the nearby metal piece along the side of the walkway or run to the next metal piece and take cover behind it. Arm the rifle and shoot the four Base Majini with machine guns on the south walkway. _______________________________________________________ --------- ------------ Cover Area --> <-- Cover Areas --> --------------- ------------------------------ -------- ENTRANCE DOOR --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - After arriving at the fence that blocks the hall, open the nearby door on the right side of the hall and this will be to the right on the outside walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - After arriving at the fence that blocks the hall, open the nearby door on the right side of the hall and this will be to the right on the outside walkway. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Once the Base Majini on the south walkway are finished, open the next door to the left and step inside the portion of the hall past the fence. There are a total of five --TALL CRATES-- in this room. One is to the left upon stepping inside and the other four are in pairs along the right wall. The tall crate to the left holds electric rounds. Electric rounds can be a good substitute for flash rounds against any parasitic enemy such as a Cephalo. Two electric rounds will finish off a Cephalo. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the left after entering. --> Definite Item: Electric Rounds (+12) [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after entering. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after entering. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after entering. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Step through the door along the outside walkway to enter the portion of the hall past the fence and this will be off to the right after entering. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Return to the outside walkway. Now, let's step under the pulsating Reaper eggs just waiting to hatch at any second. They won't will they? Not... now. Read the extra info below about the random Reaper occurrences in this area. .---------------------------------- EXTRA INFO -------------------------------. | There is a possibility that the characters will fight a total of three | | Reapers along this high walkway. There are three possible locations for a | | Reaper encounter. They all spawn from ceiling eggs. One is above the | | ceiling above the first cover point labeled below, another is down the | | corridor portion of the walkway with walls along the sides and the other is | | right outside the door that leads to the room where the characters can pick | | up the PSG-1 rifle. All of these are random and based on chance, but | | usually the characters will have to fight the Reaper down the corridor with | | walls and the Reaper outside the room where the PSG-1 rifle is collected. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move further along the walkway as it curves to the south. A Reaper might hatch from the egg above the first cover point labeled below. If it does then take out the grenade launcher with acid rounds or flash rounds and shoot it twice then take out the magnum or shotgun and fire at its white chest weak point to quickly get rid of it. Lead it back toward the other side of the walkway if needed. The electric rounds that were just picked up earlier will work well at stunning a Reaper also, but only the first shot will phase it. Any more electric rounds shots after the first stunning shot will not stun it any further, so the characters will have to resort to hitting its shoulder weak points like normal. Still, the electric rounds work better than aiming for its stomach weak point while it walks. The Reaper will drop a ++POWER STONE++ once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Power Stone [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: The first possible Reaper that attacks from above the cover point along the walkway next to the corridor walkway will drop this once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Get to the cover area up ahead to the west. The characters can take cover behind either side of the wall as Majini with machine guns begin to step out on the walkway further to the south. ______________________________________________ ____ | --------- |Cover Area --> <-- Cover Areas | _________________________________________ ____ | | | | | | Two Majini with the stun rods will move down the corridor with walls off to the west, so both characters needs to watch for them so they don't sneak up while the character take cover. Once the Majini with stun rods are dealt with, focus attention back on the Majini with machine guns along the south walkway. There should be three of them altogether. Once all Majini are finished and the battle music has ceased, continue to follow the walkway to the west and hop across the gap. Arm the machine gun or a handgun. As the characters enter the corridor to the south, a Reaper might fall out of the first egg on the ceiling. Once again, use the grenade launcher with acid rounds (or flash rounds) on him then aim for its chest weak point with a magnum or aim for his center white circular weak spot with the handgun then fire at his weak spots on his back as he leans over. Take out a shotgun or magnum when he exposes his center weak spot then get right up on him and blast him and he should go down fast. He will leave behind a ++POWER STONE++ treasure once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Power Stone [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: The second possible Reaper that attacks in the corridor area of the walkway will drop this treasure once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Continue to the south and step toward the middle shaft area. Move toward the door on the east wall. Another pesky Reaper might fall out of the egg right in front of the door so arm the grenade launcher and get to work on stunning him with acid or flash rounds then give him a little shotgun or magnum love to the center weak spot. This Reaper likes to wait until the lead character is almost directly under the egg, so prepare to back up quickly. These enemies are not that bad at all once a player has had some practice with them. The instant kill grab will always make the battle with them slightly tense though. This Reaper will leave behind yet another ++POWER STONE++. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Power Stone [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: The third possible Reaper that attacks before entering the east room after moving down the corridor area along the walkway will drop this treasure once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = .---------------------------------- EXTRA INFO -------------------------------. | If the third Reaper mentioned above does not drop from his egg before | | opening the east door, then it might drop when the characters leave the | | room after the inside lever has been pulled. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Open the door in the east. Wow. What to do, what to do. So many goodies. Well, first of all, open the metal case to the side and take the ++H&K PSG-1++. This is a very nice rifle and it should be used for the distant battles head. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: H&K PSG-1 (RIF) Location: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3 Details: After the second (or however many you encounter) Reaper encounter near the walkway corridor, open the east door and this will be inside the metal case on a metal crate to the right. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Break the four --TALL CRATES-- to the right and the --WOODEN CRATE-- on the shelf to the right. Pick up the ++RED HERB++ on the nearby shelf then grab the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ and the ++HAND GRENADE++ from the left side of the shelf. Pull the lever inside of the room to activate the lift on the walkway outside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second Reaper encounter. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second Reaper encounter. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second Reaper encounter. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right inside the east room shortly after the second Reaper encounter. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly after the second Reaper encounter. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly after the final Reaper encounter. [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly after the final Reaper encounter. [ ] Hand Grenade - To the right on a shelf inside the east room shortly after the final Reaper encounter. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Step back out of the room and walk toward the lever for the lift outside by the shaft area. A cutscene will play and a Big Man Majini and two normal Majini armed with grenades will get on the lift as it moves toward the current side. Quickly take cover behind the metal wall to the right of the nearby lever and fire at the two side Majini's grenade straps to quickly kill them off with an explosion that will damage the Big Man Majini. Take out the shotgun when the Big Man Majini steps onto your current side then blast him and perform a melee and then repeat. _______ | | <-- LIFT ____| |_________ | ------- | | Cover area --> <-- Cover area | | .-------------------------------- GLITCH WARNING -----------------------------. | Allow the Big Man Majini to step off the lift before killing him since the | | Jewel Bangle that he drops will not appear below him if he falls while on | | the lift. The Jewel Bangle might actually appear on the south platform | | across the lift if the Big Man Majini is defeated while on the lift. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: The Big Man Majini that moves across to the other side of the walkway while on a lift will drop this treasure. Don't defeat him while he is on the lift or he might not drop it. This happened to me once. Allow him to step off. The Jewel Bangle will most likely appear on the opposite side of the area if he is defeated while on the lift. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = If you're playing with an AI partner then the AI partner will get on the lift and ask your character to start the lift. Not so fast my little partner that is prone to dying status! It is far better if your main character gets on the elevator since enemies will attack on the other side. Step near the lever that controls the lift and use the partner assist button to command your partner to work it. For the portion below, Partner 1 is the character that gets on the elevator and partner 2 is the character that activates the lift via the lever. Partner 1 should equip a rifle while getting on the elevator. > > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 1 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < A Majini with a machine gun will shoot from the walkway to the west while the Partner 1 moves across the platform, so quickly take out the rifle and be ready for him then shoot him. You really don't even have to worry about using the cover wall when the character gets to the other side. Just shoot him from the lift when he starts to fire. _____ v Cover Area | | <-- LIFT || _____| |____ || | |_| | || | | |_ || <-- Cover Area|_______ | || |____ _______|| <-- Cover Area _______ Once Partner 1 reaches the other side, two Majini armed with metal shields and stun rods will attack from off to the west. Take out a handgun or machine gun then aim for their legs. Try to stun them and then rush behind each one after a stun then press the action button to perform an instant kill melee on each one. Be forewarned that if they are not killed with an instant kill melee, they will both form into Cephalos. Partner 1 can also trick the Majini with metal shields into exposing their back portion to Partner 2, who can simply shoot them from the back with the rifle. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 2 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Partner 2 should arm a rifle and fire at any of the Majini with metal shields that happen to turn their backs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Partner 1 can hop across the gap in the platforms to the west and break the three --TALL CRATES-- around the right corner. Partner 1 should run over to the lever on the current side and flip the lever to make the lift travel back across. Partner 2 should get on the lift then Partner 1 should flip the lever again so that the lift moves back across. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Around the corner to the right after jumping across the gap after riding the lift across to the other side. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Around the corner to the right after jumping across the gap after riding the lift across to the other side. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Around the corner to the right after jumping across the gap after riding the lift across to the other side. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Whenever both character move along the walkway to the east, three Majini armed with stun rods and two Majini armed with rocket launchers will step out of the office during a slight cutscene. This part right here can get ugly if your characters use the cover prompts while behind the walls. Sticking to a wall will make it to where a rocket blast might hit your character. A rocket blast will instantly send a character into dying status so both characters should always be ready to heal one another. | | | |_______________________________________ --------- --------- Cover Area --> <-- Cover Area --> <-- Cover Area _______________________________________ Stay behind a cover area then move out manually and fire at the Majini with rocket launchers. Besides the cover walls, the large pipes in between the walkways can provide some cover for the characters also if the characters move along the walkway behind them. The Majini armed with stun rods will take a while to step around the left corner, so take that opportunity to quickly defeat the first two Majini with rocket launchers. The Majini with rocket launchers have metal armor at different portions of each of their bodies, so shoot a portion without armor to damage them. At least one of the Majini with rocket launchers will form a Cephalo and come after the characters from around the corner. Another Majini with a rocket launcher and a few more Majini with stun rods will exit the office, so quickly try to take down the final Majini with the rocket launcher (he will form a Cephalo). Some of the Majini that move around the corner have grenades strapped to their chest, so shoot the grenade straps to defeat multiple Majini if they group. .--------------------------------- TIP ---------------------------------------. | A fourth Majini with a rocket launcher is lying in ambush in the office | | with a few other Majini. The Majini with the rocket launcher can be seen | | through a rifle scope from near the shaft in front of the lift, so a | | character could shoot him early to avoid having to fight him on the other | | side. You'll have to hit him from his upper torso since he wears an | | armored helmet. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Continue around the corner when all is quiet. DON'T enter the office from the east door. There are two Majini with metal shields inside and a Majini with a rocket launcher near them. Quickly take cover below the north window. The Majini with the rocket launcher inside has a metal mask so shoot him in the torso. Both Majini with shields will form a Cephalo once defeated, so take out a grenade launcher with electric rounds and fire two at each one or toss a flash grenade at them or shoot a single flash round. _______________________________ _________________ | OFFICE ROOM | ________________________ | | | |_____________-__| Cover Area --> <-- Cover Area |_______________________| Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ off the controls and break the --TALL CRATE-- near the east door. Take the ++ROYAL NECKLACE++ from off the desk along the east portion of the room. Examine the --REPORT ON IMPLEMENTATION OF PREVENTING LEAKS-- file on the small desk near the sofa. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Missile Area 2nd Floor - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Royal Necklace [5,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: This is lying on the desk with a computer inside the office room in the far south. You'll fight a few Majini with rocket launchers before and while entering this room. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Bulletin Board - The bulletin board on the east wall in the office room. [ ] Bulletin Board - The bulletin board on the south wall in the office room. [ ] Report on Implementation of Preventing Information Leaks file - On the desk beside the sofa in the office room. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Near the east door inside the office after fighting the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the controls in the office after fighting the Majini with the rocket launchers. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Open the door on the south side of the room then run down the corridor. Both players should use the partner assist button to open the door in order to move on to the next area. [CH533] Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M O V I N G P L A T F O R M - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Be sure to bring a rifle for this chapter segment. This portion is extremely hard without one. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ from the corner of the wall up ahead then step around the right corner. Break the six --TALL CRATES-- lined up on the right wall then step out into the open area ahead. Move along the catwalk that stretches to the east and break the two --TALL CRATES-- off to the right before moving down the stairs. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Lying against the right wall after turning the first corner. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the right on the catwalk leading to the stairs. --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5) [ ] Tall Crate - To the right on the catwalk leading to the stairs. --> Definite Item: Rifle Ammo (+5) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Step onto the center platform from the stairs. Look off to the east while on the platform then look up and find the high platform on the wall up above. It has a grated metal floor and through that grated metal floor, a --BSAA EMBLEM (26/30)-- can be seen. Shoot through the grating to hit it. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #26 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Moving Platform - Chapter 5-3 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: When the characters first step onto the center \________/ platform in the big open area, step to the east side then find the high platform up above. Look through the metal grating of the high platform floor to see this BSAA emblem through the grating. Shoot it through the metal grating. With good aim, a handgun can shoot it, or just use a rifle. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Find the green monitor with the two levers below it on the west side of the platform then both characters should use the assist button to pull the levers. This will start the platform's ascent to the floor above. Three Majini with machine guns will rush out from the catwalk to the west that the characters just got off of and start to fire at the character. Either shoot back at them with a rifle or get behind the center portion of the platform to avoid their gunfire as the lift rises. They really won't be much of a threat so killing them is unneeded. .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | If you're ever under heavy fire then simply run along the platform. The | | Majini with guns cannot hit a character if that character stays moving. | | Stepping behind the opposite side of the middle portion of the platform can | | help as well. As the platform continues to rise, stay away from the sides | | since a few Majini that the characters might not have shot will still be | | trying to hit the characters. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> FIRST LEVER HOLDER Eventually a cutscene will play where a Majini on a side platform will rush out and pull then hold a lever. Two Majini with machine guns will accompany him on the same platform. The platform in question is to the east. Run to the east side and fire at the Majini that is holding the lever. Shoot him with a rifle. The speed of the platform rotation will likely throw off your aim quite a bit. I find it best to find his location then move the scope to the left of him and allow the platform's rotation to bring my scope back toward him then fire the instant the scope lines up with him. One shot will kill him. A Majini on a high north platform will fire down at the characters during this time as well - don't worry too much about him though. --> SECOND LEVER HOLDER After the Majini that is holding the lever has been defeated, the platform will starts its ascent once again. Soon a Majini will rush out onto a lower west platform and hold a lever that will stop the lift once again. Aim toward him and shoot him to make the lift continue its ascent. Three Majini on a north platform will fire at the characters while they try to hit the second Majini that pulls the lever. It's best not to focus on them though since the lift will continue to rise once the Majini that holds the second lever has been defeated. --> THE TOP CATWALK The platform will move up to a catwalk staircase then stop; the catwalk is to the east. Majini with machine guns will group up along the stairs. Don't simply rush up the stairs and start firing at the Majini armed with machine guns or the characters will get their asses handed to them with gunfire, instead, rush behind the opposite end of the middle section of the platform to take cover from their gunfire. Move out a bit then begin to shoot them one by one with a rifle. There are five of them altogether; the final one is along the catwalk above the stairs. As long as the characters take cover behind the center section of the platform then the Majini with machine guns will not be a problem. Run up the stairs once all the Majini have been defeated then move across the top catwalk. At the end of the corridor, both characters can use the assist button to open the door to the next area. [CH534] Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M O N A R C H R O O M E N T R A N C E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Alright, here's the checklist of what to bring for this chapter segment. Bring all of this and you will not have any problems: - 5 Proximity Bombs - Grenade Launcher (doesn't have to be loaded, though about two acid rounds would help) - Magnum - 5 Hand Grenades This area can be one of the hardest portions of the game if you're not prepared. If you are prepared though then you'll be able to tear right through it! Follow the corridor ahead and move down the ladder then the characters will enter a cave up ahead. Right before reaching the first lit up overhead light, look on the ceiling of the cave tunnel and watch for a sudden glimmer then shoot down the ++RUBY (BRILLIANT)++ from the ceiling. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Ruby (Brilliant) [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After moving down the starting corridor, the characters will enter a cave tunnel with overhead lights above. Right before stepping under the first lit up overhead light, look up toward the ceiling to see this stuck in the ceiling. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = The characters will begin to engage in conversation after entering the excavation site. The bridge up ahead needs to be lowered and the lever for lowering it just so happens to be inside the building up ahead, but it's locked from the inside. Break the two --TALL CRATES-- outside the building then move around to the opposite side and break the single --TALL CRATE-- near the raised bridge. Pull the lever off to the right to power the elevator in the west. Rush over to the elevator on the west side of the area. Move around the back side of the elevator shaft and pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ from off the ground. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Building Door - It's locked. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the building door. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Outside the building door. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the back of the building next to the raised bridge. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the left of the elevator shaft. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - To the left of the elevator shaft. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Lying on the ground on the opposite side of the elevator shaft. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Before messing with the elevator, step beside the elevator shaft or around the opposite side of it by taking the path that moves behind it then look on the east wall of the shaft below the elevator. Shoot the --BSAA EMBLEM (27/30)-- on the wall below. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #27 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Moving Platform - Chapter 5-3 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Run toward the elevator in the west portion of the \________/ excavation site then step to the left of it or move around the other side of it then look down into the shaft. This BSAA emblem is hanging on the east side of the elevator shaft below. It can be shot through the elevator if the elevator has already been lowered. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - It's best if you command your partner to pull the lever to bring down the elevator. You DO NOT want the AI partner to go up there. The character that goes up there should bring the following: - 5 proximity bombs - grenade launcher with acid rounds - shotgun or magnum - 5 hand grenades -- CHECKPOINT > > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 1 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Partner 1 should get on the elevator and allow Partner 2 to pull the lever to raise the elevator. Leap over the elevator railing and step onto the high catwalk. Move to the north along the catwalk. Soon a cutscene will play as a few Licker Betas crawl out of some holes along the walkway wall. They will climb over the fence ahead. Two Licker Betas will appear on the catwalk ahead. The character could toss a hand grenade at them to possibly kill one or both; they won't notice the character at first. Otherwise arm a grenade launcher with acid rounds or a shotgun or magnum then defeat the two Licker Betas that appear along the walkway ahead. Run up and stab them when they fall on their back and kick their legs. On normal mode, one acid round shot will automatically knock them on their backs to where they can be finished off with a stab. The second Licker Beta will leave behind a ++LION HEART++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Lion heart [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: The second Licker Beta in the first pair of Licker Betas along the high walkway will drop this once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Follow the catwalk further ahead. Eventually another cutscene will play that will show off another Licker Beta as it enters the area while the character runs along the walkway to the north. Run directly ahead and break the --TALL CRATE-- to find some acid rounds. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | The character can actually shoot the tall crate before the second Licker | | cutscene plays in order to speed up the pace of collecting the acid rounds | | afterwards. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Load the acid rounds into the grenade launcher. Quickly move to the east along the walkway. Shoot any Licker Betas that get in your way with an acid round to knock it down or stagger it then run by it. Break the next --TALL CRATE-- before stepping onto the southeast catwalk to the right. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the west side of the high north walkway. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the east side of the high north walkway. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Quickly move onto the southeast catwalk then plant a proximity bomb at the beginning of that walkway. Move forward a bit then plant another proximity bomb shortly before reaching the large blue crate at the end of the walkway. The character must push the crate to the far end of the walkway. The proximity bombs placed will begin to go off eventually as Licker Betas move over them and explode. From here, Partner 1 can back up just a bit every now and then and place another proximity bomb or turn around and toss a hand grenade at the crowd of Licker Betas that will mount up on the other end of the catwalk. Acid rounds can be fired at them from a distance if all the Hand Grenades are used up but don't rush toward the entire group to stab one. Place a proximity bomb in front of a group of Licker Betas even when right next to one if all else fails. Your character might get hit, but you'll take a few of them with that explosion. Keep in mind that the Licker Betas might jump off the catwalk and attack Partner 2 below. If this happens try to help out Partner 2 with some gunfire. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Lion heart [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: One of the many Lickers in the second wave of Licker Betas will drop this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Push the large blue metal crate all the way to the end of the south side of the catwalk. The character will eventually push it to a ledge. Look off to the right and drop off from the side of the catwalk without railing. Pick up the ++GREEN HERB++ to the left then break the --TALL CRATE-- up ahead while stepping onto the rooftop of the building. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the rooftop of the building accessible after pushing the blue crate. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the rooftop of the building accessible after pushing the blue crate. This is to the left after falling from the catwalk. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fall down the center rooftop opening to enter the building. Each of the three lockers inside contains an item. Open the left locker to find a ++CHALICE (GOLD)++, the middle locker for a ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ and the right locker for ++MAGNUM AMMO (+6)++. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Chalice (Gold) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After pushing the blue metal crate across the high catwalk step onto the rooftop of the nearby building then drop through the opening in the roof. Open the left locker inside the room below to receive this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] First Aid Spray - In the middle locker after dropping into the building from the opening on the rooftop. [ ] Magnum Ammo (+6) - In the right locker after dropping into the building from the opening on the rooftop. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Flip the nearby lever to lower the outside bridge then unlock the door and rejoin with Partner 2. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 2 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Partner 2 can only provide a bit of cover fire for Partner 1 while a rifle is equipped. Partner 2 will actually be able to view the Lickers as they climb up the wall along the side of the walkway. Partner 2 can stand back and shoot them with the rifle or a grenade launcher with acid rounds as they climb the walkway wall. Knocking them off into the pit will make it to here both characters will miss out on the items that they drop however. Keep in mind that the Lickers can drop off the high catwalk at any time to attack Partner 2. Facing the bridge, look for two holes in the wall below the north walkway. The holes are on the left and right side of the wall past the raised bridge. The first Licker in the second wave will move out of the left hole then the majority of the others will move out of the right hole. Partner 2 can easily shoot them off the wall with the PSG-1 rifle and kill them right then. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run across the bridge then look up after the characters get off the bridge to see a shiny ++TOPAZ (BRILLIANT)++ stuck on the wall above the corridor that leads to the Tricell logo door. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Brilliant) [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Once the bridge has been lowered, move across it then stop before entering the corridor with the Tricell logo door at the end. Look up to see this shining on the wall above the corridor. Shoot it down then collect it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Both players should now move toward the Tricell door and use the assist button to enter the next area. ************************ WARNING: MAJOR SPOILERS AHEAD ************************ DO NOT SCROLL DOWN ANY FURTHER UNTIL YOU HAVE WATCHED THE NEXT CUTSCENE THE BOSS NAMES ARE COMPLETE SPOILERS AND I'M MAKING UP SENTENCES HERE... TO KEEP YOU FROM ACCIDENTALLY SCROLLING AHEAD. SO... ... HAVE YOU... WATCHED THAT CUTSCENE FOR THE NEXT CHAPTER SEGMENT YET? YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED ************************ PREPARE FOR MAJOR SPOILERS ************************** [CH535] Chapter 5-3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M O N A R C H R O O M - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + JILL AND WESKER --------------- HP: 5,000 (Jill) HP: 30,000 (Wesker) Recommended - Rocket Launcher (quickest way to defeat Wesker from Weapon(s): behind) - Handgun (to shoot rocket once Wesker catches it) - Magnum (to stun Wesker from behind (L. Hawk Magnum can be found during battle) Weak Points: - Wesker's front or back when he has lost sight of a character (he can be hit while he's trying to find a character) - Jill's front or back (Jill can be gotten into a hold or thrown to knock her out from the back or front respectively) Wesker's Attacks: 1) Sweep: Wesker ducks down and performs a sweep kick with his right leg. 2) Mustang Kick - Wesker steps forward with a straight kick. 3) Jump Kick - Wesker hops into the air and kicks with his right foot. 4) Windfall - Wesker quickly holds up his right leg then slams it down in front of him. 5) Flip Kick - Wesker performs two somersault kicks in a row after he has dodged gunfire a few times. These flip kicks are more than just for dodging since they can hit your character if Wesker manages to make contact. 6) Ram - Wesker dashes forward (sometimes twice in a row, depending on your distance from him). If this connects then Wesker performs a knee to the chest followed by an uppercut with his left arm. This can be countered when the "Counterattack" button prompt command (button is random between action and run) appears shortly before Wesker hits a character. Chris holds up his arms to block the knee then punches Wesker down to the ground. Sheva flips around to the other side of Wesker then performs an upward kick to knock Wesker down. 7) Samurai Edge Shot - Wesker pulls out his handgun and fires a few shots. He can fire up to three shots at a time. The shots can be dodged by pressing the action button when the "Dodge" button prompt command appears. 8) Grab - Wesker reaches out and grabs the character then holds the character by the shoulder. The character will begin to hit at Wesker's face; at that time a partner assist melee can be performed by the partner to knock Wesker off. A button prompt "Counterattack" command will appear at the end of the grab if a partner fails to save the character. If the counterattack command is entered successfully, Chris will slowly unsheathe his machete then suddenly slash at Wesker's face but Wesker will quickly dodge out of the way. Sheva will perform the same type of counter but she reaches for the knife which is on a lower section of her body. If the player fails to press the button then Wesker will toss the character behind him. Jill's Attacks: 1) Machine Gun Fire: Jill stands in place and fires a machine gun. 2) Jumping Flip Kick: Jill leaps into the air and performs a quick somersault followed by an overhead kick. The character that is targeted will get a special "Dodge" button prompt command in order to escape from the attack. The character will roll out of the way. --> LONG TIME NO SEE, CHRIS. Wesker will mention a seven minute time limit for this battle at the start of the battle. There are two ways to win this battle: a) Survive until the seven minutes are up by hiding from Wesker and allow Wesker to retreat. b) Hide in the various area of the room and damage Wesker when he lowers his guard. Damage him enough and he will instantly retreat. The beginning portion of the battle has Chris and Sheva fighting against Jill and Wesker in the middle room. Wesker will dodge just about any gunfire that is shot toward him and a player doesn't want to hurt Jill; if Jill dies then the game is over. There is really not too much that Chris and Sheva can do in the middle room except stun Jill through a button prompt melee attack from close range and possibly hit Wesker through a move counter (see "Knocking Wesker Out of His Melee Attacks). When stunning Jill, approach her from the front or back for a "Restrain" of "Throw" command with either character. The "Throw" is an instant stun and the "Restrain" will make it so that your partner can run in front of Jill and perform a stunning melee attack with the "Throw" button command. Eventually a cutscene will play where Wesker will kick Chris (or Sheva if you're playing with her) through the metal door on the east side of the room. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | If the metal door on the east side of room is examined early in the battle, | | like right at the beginning, then the cutscene where Wesker kicks a | | character through the door will play and the battle can carry on to the | | second floor without having to waste time in the middle room. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .--------------------------------- WARNING -----------------------------------. | In single player and co-op play, directly after the cutscene where Wesker | | kicks a character through the door, the other character will start near the | | doorway, on the outside portion, while Wesker stands in the doorway. The | | character on the outside should back up immediately since Wesker might try | | to kick the character. This is VITAL to know for Veteran and Professional | | mode since Wesker's kick is quite damaging. | | | | A flash round can be shot toward a wall with either player in order to make | | Wesker dash in another direction. In single player, the main player should | | be prepared to shoot a flash round to keep the AI partner from getting hit | | in higher difficulty modes. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> DEALING WITH JILL (MAKING JILL SEE STARS) Jill's machine gun fire from out in the open can be very damaging if your character stands still. She will often dodge the second a laser pointer from a gun makes contact with her. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | In co-op play and even on single player, a character can circle Jill while | | next to her in order to make her constantly turn and raise her machine gun. | | She will not be able to fire because she has to constantly turn a different | | direction and adjust her aim. This is especially good to use on higher | | difficulties. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Neither character should damage Jill with any type of gunfire or weapon attack during the battle since she can actually be killed, ending the battle early with a game over. She will actually begin to show signs of damage much like the main characters by holding her side when she is weak due to being hit with a weapon. Throughout the fight with Wesker and Jill, one player can get behind Jill and restrain her with a "Restrain" button prompt command from close range while the other player moves in for a follow-up melee attack. Chris = Throw (from Sheva restrain) Sheva = Throw (from Chris restrain) Jill can also be approached from the front at any time during the battle to sometimes receive the commands listed above. Both ways of performing the command will instantly knock her out for a few seconds allowing the characters more time to deal with Wesker alone. If Jill manages to escape from a restrain then the restraining character will have to input a button prompt "Dodge" command in order to dodge her counter punch. The character will roll out of the way. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Anytime that a partner is seen restraining Jill during the Jill and Wesker | | battle, approach Jill from the front side for a melee command. The melee | | attack that is performed will stun Jill. The AI partner will be constantly | | trying to restrain Jill in a single player game. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> DEALING WITH WESKER Trying to hit Wesker normally is pretty much useless, though not impossible (see next section). Most of the time, he will simply dash to a side extremely quick as your gunshot flies right by him. Be sure to press the action button during the "Dodge" button prompt command or quickly run to the side in order to dodge Wesker's handgun fire since it is extremely damaging per shot! A character must hide from Wesker and Wesker must not know that the character is near him in order for a character to sneak in a gun attack. This can be done by simply leaving him and stepping behind a wall or entering a room. You need to watch his location on the mini-map. If he stops then he is most likely looking around for a character, so you don't want to step into view unless you've got a good viewpoint of him and he has his backed turned. If he is moving in one direction then he will have his back in the opposite direction. A player can take cover behind a variety of different walls on the second floor to hide from Wesker. The northwest area (the room and nearby halls) is the easiest portion of the area where one can hide from Wesker. Your character can easily step in and out of the northwest and room and run back and forth down the corridor while Wesker is in one location in order to get the drop on him. Even if he discovers your character, you can easily lose him fast. A partner can also help out in catching Wesker's attention. When Wesker spots a partner, the other player can sneak up on Wesker and hit him from the back with gunfire. Just because he sees one character doesn't mean that he has noticed the other. When Wesker has lost sight of your character, he will begin to look around and mention phrases such as: "You can't hide forever!" "You're merely postponing the inevitable." "There's no point in hiding. "I tire of wasting my time with you." "You disappoint me. Is that the best you've got?" Once he turns his back when he has lost sight of a character, that character can hit him in the back a few times with any weapon. The magnum is the best weapon to hit him with if you want to stagger him quickly. The ++L. HAWK++ magnum weapon can be obtained by having both characters push open the coffin in the northwest room. Once Wesker is in a staggering pose where he leans backward, a character can run up to him a trigger a special timed button press melee combination on him all starting through a single button prompt command from close range. CHRIS MELEE COMBO Commands = Left Hook - Right Hook - Body Blow - Heavy Blow - Finishing Combo .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------. | BUTTONS | Action | Action | Assist | Run | Action + Run | | PS3 | [] | [] | O | X | [] + X | | X360 | X | X | B | A | X + A | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' * The "Left Hook" command starts the combination and the rest of the commands are timed presses. SHEVA MELEE COMBO Commands = Reverse - High Kick - Front - Knee - Double Heel Kick Kick Strike Hop .-----------------------------------------------------------------------------. | BUTTONS | Action | Action | Assist | Run | Action + Run | | PS3 | [] | [] | O | X | [] + X | | X360 | X | X | B | A | X + A | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' * The "Reverse Kick" command starts the combination and the rest of the commands are timed presses. Once Wesker has found a character, he will mention one of the following phrases: "Ah, there you are!" "Found you!" Once Wesker has caught sight of a character, he will chase after that character, so the targeted character will need to quickly run down a corridor or step into the northwest room and keep away from him until Wesker has lost sight of the character again. Once again, keep in mind that just because he sees one character, doesn't mean that he has seen both. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | While Wesker searches around the hallways of the second floor, a character | | can stand on the outside walkway and shoot him through the windows; move up | | the staircase on the first floor then look through the windows. The | | interesting part about doing this is that Wesker will see the character but | | will almost instantly lose sight of the character after passing by the wall | | near the window, so the other player could stand at a corner near Wesker | | and allow the outside player to shoot him and stun him completely to set | | him up for a melee combo from the other player. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> KNOCKING WESKER OUT OF HIS MELEE ATTACKS This is more of a last resort for when the seven minutes are almost up rather than a tactic for the entire battle since it leaves your character wide open to Wesker's attacks, but Wesker can be knocked out of a kick melee attack by aiming at him and firing shortly before the attack hits your character. The shotgun works the best because of its spread. Aim downward just in case he sweeps. .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | Wesker's sunglasses can be knocked off if he is hit in the face with a | | gunshot. The easiest way to do this is to shoot him out of a melee attack | | or shoot him from the other side of a window. He will put the sunglasses | | back on after a few seconds if he is not engaged in combat. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Knocking him out of a melee attack can stun him and set him up for a follow-up melee attack from your character. Chris can sometimes Uppercut, Straight Punch, or Hook Wesker after knocking him out of a melee attack. Wesker will sometimes block the follow-up melee however. Hitting him out of a melee attack will damage him just like if a character hit from the back without being noticed and these frontal hits will sometimes stun him to where a character can perform the full melee combination of attacks. Hitting him before his attack will count as the first hit toward stunning him for a melee combo also, so your character could shoot him out of a kick attack with a magnum then shoot him again and stun him. This will set him up for the melee combo mentioned above. Shooting him out of one of his attacks is still very risky, but it's fun to try when you know the timing for hitting him. --> THE ROCKET LAUNCHER If a player brings a rocket launcher to this battle then the fight with Wesker can be ended very early. Hide from Wesker then wait for him to turn his back. Fire a rocket at him when he turns and he will grab the rocket. Shoot the rocket while he holds it and the resulting explosion will stun him and he will leave directly after the stun. This is an easy way to get the Bad Blood trophy/achievement. NOTE: If Wesker leaves the battle early from suffering too much damage, the cutscene afterwards remains the same as if the characters allowed him to end the battle himself. The only difference in making him leave early is that Wesker will simply end the battle early by rushing toward the middle room. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Bad Blood Description: During the first fight with Wesker, damage him a set number of times. Details: Wesker must be hit enough times during the Jill and Wesker battle so that he leaves the battle before the time limit. This can be done by hitting him with a magnum while he is not looking then running toward him to perform a melee combo while he is stunned. The melee combo will heavily damage Wesker. It is best to hit him twice with a magnum before attempting to run toward him for the command. Two quick shots will usually stun him for a few seconds. An extremely easy way to get this trophy/achievement is to bring a rocket launcher to the battle then fire a rocket at Wesker from the back when he is unaware of your presence. He will grab the rocket. Shoot the rocket with any weapon to heavily damage him and he will leave the battle instantly. Before he leaves, he will kneel down for a few seconds then raise back up and suddenly make a quick dash toward the top portion of the middle room. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- .---------------------------------- EXTRA ------------------------------------. | While Wesker crouches to the floor, right before he leaves the battle after | | suffering too much damage, a player can shoot him two more times with a | | magnum and perform yet another melee combo to him. To add more insult to | | injury, a player can shoot him while he is on the ground after the melee | | combo to make Wesker attempt his dash attack, to which the player can | | counter with the on-screen button command that will appear. Once he falls | | from a successful counter, aim at him again then shoot to make him run. Be | | sure to taunt afterward to enjoy your moment. Keep in mind that a knife | | slash can be substituted for any ground shot to make him react. | | | | Why in the world would you want to waste bullets and hit him with another | | melee combo, you might ask? | | | | Because you're reading Berserker's guide and in Berserker's guide, we make | | a complete mockery of bosses when we finally finish them, if possible. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Brilliant) [2,500 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the middle room, move up the right set of stairs then follow the right path all the way to the south to find two vases. Facing them, this treasure is inside the left vase. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Oval) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: On the second floor, northwest room, break the pot lying next to the mummified body on the wall stand to find this treasure. This is only obtainable during the Wesker and Jill portion of the battle. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Sapphire (Brilliant) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: During the battle with Jill and Wesker, move up the stairs to the second floor and enter the northwest room. Both characters must use the partner assist button to open the stone coffin in the south portion of the northwest room. This will be inside along with another treasure and the L. Hawk Magnum. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Emerald (Oval) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: During the battle with Jill and Wesker, move up the stairs to the second floor and enter the northwest room. Both characters must use the partner assist button to open the stone coffin in the south portion of the northwest room. This will be inside along with another treasure and the L. Hawk Magnum. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Monarch Room Entrance - Chapter 5-3 | [ ] | TREASURE: Heart of Africa [10,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: If a character causes Wesker to leave early by damaging him too much during the Jill and Wesker fight then this treasure will be lying in between the stairs in the middle room during the battle with Jill alone. The easiest way to make Wesker leave early is to sneak up on him and fire a rocket from a rocket launcher then shoot the rocket when he grabs it. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: L. Hawk (MAG) Location: Monarch Room - Chapter 5-3 Details: During the battle with Jill and Wesker, move up the stairs to the second floor and enter the northwest room. Both characters must use the partner assist button to open the stone coffin in the south portion of the northwest room. This will be inside along with two treasures. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST - MIDDLE ROOM [ ] Vase - Northeast corner. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Northeast corner. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Upstairs northwest corner. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Upstairs west corner. Near a metal crate. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Upstairs west corner. Near a metal crate. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Upstairs northeast corner. --> Random Item [ ] Vase (left) - Upstairs southeast corner. Near a metal crate. --> Definite Item: Emerald (Brilliant) [ ] Vase (right) - Upstairs southeast corner. Near a metal crate. --> Random Item -- SECOND FLOOR [ ] Vase - In between staircases on east side. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - East side of hall, near middle, in a corner. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Middle portion of hall. East side. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Middle portion of hall. West side --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Outside east door of west room. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In west room, near east entrance. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In west room, near east entrance. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In west room, near east entrance. --> Random Item [ ] Pot - In west room, on a wall platform. --> Definite Item: Sapphire (Oval) [ ] Vase - In west room, near middle doorway. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - In west room, near middle doorway. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Outside south entrance of west room. --> Random Item [ ] Vase - Southwest side, inside west doorway --> Random Item [ ] Vase - West balcony, near a metal crate. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST - MIDDLE ROOM [ ] Green Herb - To the right of the west staircase. [ ] Green Herb - To the left of the west staircase. - SECOND FLOOR [ ] Red Herb - West side of hall, near middle, in a corner. [ ] Red Herb - On west balcony, southwest end. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + JILL ---- HP: 1,500 HP: 10,000 (device on chest) Damage to Jill per "Tear Off" command: 1,000 Damage to Jill per gunshot to device: 1,500 Weak Points: - Chris' words through Entreat command (causes Jill's device to malfunction) - Jill's back (get behind and restrain her) - Jill on ground (can be restrained while fallen) - Device on chest (main weak point/must be shot or torn off through action command) Attacks/Moves: 1) Machine Gun Fire - Jill aims at a character with both machine guns and fires at that character. Run to the side or sidestep to avoid the gunfire. 2) Somersault Grab - Jill jumps toward a character and somersaults in the air. If this hits then she will latch her arms onto the character's back and flip that character onto the ground behind her. 3) Sliding Machine Gun Fire - Jill quickly slides toward a character and fires her machine guns while sliding. 4) Circular Machine Gun Fire - Jill holds out both her arms to her sides then begins to fire her machine guns as she brings her arms to her front portion. If a character is not behind her to restrain her, consider shooting her with a low power weapon such as a machine gun. 5) Ceiling Machine Gun Fire - Jill runs up a pillar then sticks to the ceiling and fires her machine guns. If she is shot off the ceiling then she will be stunned when she lands, allowing for a "Tear Off" command to appear while near her. 6) Kick - While crouched down, Jill will performs a kick forward. Step away from her to avoid this. 7) Second Floor Machine Gun Fire - Jill runs up a pillar then jumps to the second floor. She will lock onto a character and fire at that character. Run to the side to avoid this or sidestep. A character can also move up under the floor of the balcony she is positioned on to avoid this. --> HIS LAST PARTNER WAS A WOMAN TOO The majority of this battle is spent trying to get button prompt commands on Jill. Just about all of her attacks can be avoided by stepping or running to a side. Even though shooting her too much will kill her, she has some attacks that can only truly be avoided by shooting her such as her circular machine gun fire. Use a low powered machine gun to shoot her in order to cancel the attack. A Chris player can get a special "Entreat" button prompt command while standing near Jill; Chris doesn't have to be directly beside Jill to get this. Chris will talk to Jill with one of the following phrases when the "Entreat" command is performed: "Jill! What are you doing!?" "Stop this! Jill! Answer me!" "It's me Chris. Don't you recognize me!?" "Come on! Snap out of it!" "Don't do this Jill!" "I don't want to hurt you!" The phrases are always mentioned in that order then they will repeat. If a Chris player keeps using the "Entreat" command while close to Jill, the device will eventually malfunction as Jill struggles to gain control. Jill will stagger in place while the device malfunctions and that is one of the best times to attempt to get a button prompt command on her from close range. A character can also wait until she recovers from an attack such as her kick then get a button prompt command from either side of Jill at that time. --> DAMAGING THE DEVICE ON HER CHEST There are two ways to damage the device on Jill's chest: a) Through a button prompt "Tear Off" action command while she is restrained or down on the ground. b) Through gunfire pointed directly at the device while she is restrained. --> DAMAGING THE DEVICE THROUGH GUNFIRE Anytime that a partner is restraining Jill, approach Jill and aim directly at the red device on her center chest then fire at it with a weapon and the device will receive heavy damage. The best type of weapon to use is a rifle (for precision aiming) but a character can also use a handgun or machine gun. Believe it or not, a character can actually damage the device with a shotgun and not hit Jill in the process. Now hold steady Jill and allow Chris to get that nasty device off your chest with his triple-barrel Hydra! Even a knife slash will work if aimed properly. .--------------------------------- EXTRA INFO --------------------------------. | All gun attacks that hit the device will take the same amount of damage | | from it. Whether a character uses a handgun, machine gun, magnum or rocket | | launcher, the damage per shot to the device will always be the same. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Shooting the device can be slightly risky in that the player might accidentally hit Jill and damage her, but the hit detection window is very forgiving for attempting to hit the device. The gunfire does not have to be exactly precise. Directly after shooting the device during a restrain, the character that shoots can take advantage of a "Throw" command while standing in front of Jill then toss her to the ground. Either character might be able to get the "Tear Off" action button command while Jill is grounded after that Throw. Hitting Jill with gunfire normally is not always a bad thing to do. As already mentioned, hitting her with a low power machine gun can cancel her machine gun blasts (tap the trigger once while aiming at her). If she runs up the wall and hangs off the ceiling to fire her machine guns, a gun attack that hits her will knock her down to the floor and stun her, allowing a character to get the "Tear Off" command while standing above her. It is very possible to hit the device on her chest with gunfire anytime during the battle, but precise aiming is needed. One of the best times to aim for the device is when she performs her circular machine gun fire. You're not going to hit the device near as much while aiming for it while she is not restrained however. --> DAMAGING THE DEVICE THROUGH MELEE (BUTTON PROMPT COMMANDS) - Chris Actions: Entreat = Chris action while near Jill when she is not stunned. This causes Chris to talk to Jill and weaken the chest device's control on her. Tear off = Chris action while standing in front of Jill during Sheva restrain. Tear off = Chris action while Jill is grounded after Sheva's Throw or Chris' Throw. Stand over Jill. Restrain = Chris action from Jill's back side while she is stunned. Throw = Chris action from Jill's front side while she is stunned. - Sheva Actions: Tear Off = Sheva action while standing in front of Jill during Chris restrain. Tear off = Sheva action while Jill is grounded after Sheva's Throw or Chris' Throw. Stand over Jill. Restrain = Sheva action from Jill's back side while she is stunned. Throw = Sheva action from Jill's front side while she is stunned. - Both Player Action Dodge = Chris or Sheva command anytime Jill escapes from a "Restrain" or ground "Tear Off" command. The character performing the "Restrain" or the character performing a ground "Tear Off" command will have to use this command to avoid damage from Jill's counterattack. This command occurs right before her punch counterattack. Both Chris and Sheva can restrain Jill or toss her to the ground then attempt to tear off the device on her chest through a button prompt command. The button will differ depending on the type of restraint. A standing "Tear Off" requires the use of the assist button, while a ground "Tear Off" requires the use of the action button. A character must wait until Jill is slightly stunned from her device malfunction or while she is recovering from one of her attacks before the restrain or throw command will appear while standing next to Jill. A character can also perform the same command directly after a partner shoots Jill's device since she will stagger for a while afterwards. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Jill can be stunned briefly with a flash grenade or flash round that is | | thrown/shot near her. This will make it to where both characters will get | | the "Restrain" command from behind or a "Throw" command from the front of | | Jill. This little technique is very important on Veteran mode since the AI | | partner will be getting hit while trying to restrain or throw Jill. The | | Entreat command is not that useful on Veteran mode. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --> THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TEARING THE DEVICE OFF AND SHOOTING IT Attempting to tear off the device will do less damage to it when compared to shooting it. Shooting the device will do more damage while she is restrained and attempting to tear it off will require many more attempts. A player should resort to shooting the device on Veteran mode when the AI partner restrains Jill. 6 shots to the device while Jill is restrained followed by one "Tear Off" command will always end the battle if the player taps the X button fast enough for the "Tear Off" command. Also there is a trophy/achievement involved with tearing the device from her chest. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Masters of Removing Description: Work together to save someone special. Details: The device on Jill's chest must be removed through a button command while Jill is standing in order to receive this trophy/achievement. Again, the final attack must show the character removing the device from her chest while Jill is standing NOT on the floor. A partner must restrain Jill from behind and the other character must remove the device through the button prompt assist "Tear Off" command. -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + - - - - - - ___ _ _ __ _ [CH61] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / /_ / | / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | '_ \ ___ | | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | (_) ||___|| | \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| \___/ |_| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 6-1 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 40+ | 25 | 14 | <14 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <26'00" | 31'00" | 36'00" | 36'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH611] Chapter 6-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S H I P D E C K - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recommended Weapons: - Machine Gun or Handgun - Shotgun - Rifle (w/scope upgrade of two for a BSAA medal) - Magnum - Flash Grenades or Flash Rounds (for Duvalias and Plagas Adjules) - Melee Vest and Bulletproof Vest (for both characters) - Hand Grenade (for a certain BSAA medal) The characters will start out on the northwest end of the boat that they saw at the end of the last chapter. If you look off to the south from where the characters start and use a Rifle (PSG-1) with a scope level of 2 then a player can see a --BSAA EMBLEM (28/30)-- on a high cross-shaped structure in that direction. It's near the very top of the structure. This can be shot later in the level also from a closer area, but it's still really hard to hit with a normal rifle scope magnification other than an upgraded scope on the PSG-1. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #28 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: Look off to the south from the starting point on the \________/ Ship Deck and find the cross-shaped structure on the south side of the boat to find this medal on the very top of it. You'll really need a PSG-1 rifle with a level 2 scope magnification to be able to make out the actual emblem. Without it, you'll only see a glowing speck on top of the structure from the current distance. It can be shot later on in the area before entering the exit door to move onto the next area. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | There is a Majini behind the vent to the south. Turn around and face the | | south then move toward the ladder to see a Majini armed with a stun rod, on | | a railing beside the current one to the south. Take out a rifle and shoot | | him and he will leave behind a ++TOPAZ (OVAL)++ treasure. In order to get | | this treasure, he must be shot before the crane drops the cage trap later | | in the area. The characters must also make sure that the crane actually | | drops the cage trap by NOT shooting the Majini near the controls of the | | crane. This is one place to shoot him and I'll point out the next place | | later on in this area. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Oval) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: From where the characters start, turn to the south and back up toward the ladder then keep looking to the south to see a Majini armed with a stun rod on a walkway behind a vent close to the platform that the characters are on. Shoot him and he will drop the topaz treasure. He can also be shot when the characters climb on top of the metal container to push the blue crate in front of the locked gate. The treasure is along the north side of the walkway behind the area with the locked gate. When a character opens the gate by using the keycard, on that character's way to raise the cage, this will be off to the right once the character moves up the stairs. In order to collect this treasure, the characters MUST NOT kill the Majini that activates the cage trap on the crane tower or the way to this treasure cannot be accessed. The characters must also shoot this Majini BEFORE the cage drops. The character that has to raise the cage will meet this Majini after moving up the stairs past the locked gate. If he is shot at that time, he will not drop this treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = If you stand from where the characters start out and look up on the northeast tower, a Majini with grenades strapped to his chest can be seen. This Majini will toss down pipe bombs at your characters in the battle up ahead, and he can be eliminated right now with a rifle. Drop down the side with the ladder up ahead then break the two --TALL CRATES--. When the characters move up the stairs to the side, three Majini with stun rods will attack along the walkway as one of them alerts the others. One Majini on the second floor of the high platform to the north will toss pipe bombs at the characters so take out the rifle and shoot him quickly. The other Majini along the high walkway will leap down and attack the characters with a stun rod before too long. Both characters could get some easy tag team melees here if the players want to try for them. The majority of the Majini that the characters will run into on this stage have armor attached to different places of their body, so you'll need to aim at unarmored portions of their body in order to hit them. The only gun that can break through their heavy armor is a magnum. The magnum will ignore the armor and shoot directly through it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Right next to the first set of stairs. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Right next to the first set of stairs. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the stairs then use the ladder to climb to the first high platform. Don't drop from the other side just yet; climb the ladder to the very top platform instead. Pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++ near the pole at the top and break the --TALL CRATE--. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the very top of the first high platform portion of the boat. Climb the first ladder then the second ladder on top after defeating the first set of Majini. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the very top of the first high platform portion of the boat. Climb the first ladder then the second ladder on top after defeating the first set of Majini. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | 1) From the third high platform on the north end of the boat, look off to | | the south and kill the two Majini armed with stun rods on the top | | portion of the crane. A ++TOPAZ (OVAL)++ treasure will be dropped by | | each of them and can be obtained near the area where the cage falls (two | | separate areas). | | | | 2) The Majini with the stun rod above the first crane ladder off to the | | south can be shot now as well. He will toss pipe bombs later. | | | | 3) If you have a rifle scope with a 2x magnification then look toward the | | platform above the Majini on the platform with the ladder a Majini is | | right across from a crane lever. If he is killed then the cage trap | | later in the stage will not fall on a character and also shooting the | | crane operator cancels out many enemies that would normally appear in | | the middle of this area and it also cancels the need of a crane keycard | | and need to get on the crane. | | | | NOTE: Shooting the crane operator Majini will make it to where a collection | | of gold worth 3,000 gold will be unattainable and it also makes it to where | | a Topaz (Oval) treasure mentioned above cannot be obtained. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Topaz (Oval) x2 [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: From the starting point of the Ship Deck chapter, move forward and fight the Majini like normal then climb all the way up both ladders on the high platform. Arm a rifle (preferably with a level 2 scope magnification) then look off to the south. Find the crane that extends across the middle portion of the area up high then shoot each of the two Majini on top of the crane. They will each drop a Topaz (Oval), which can be obtained later in the area. Once the characters reach the ladder on the side of the metal container beyond the area where the cage drops (or doesn't drop if you shot the crane operator early), climb the ladder on the metal container to the east and you'll see a glowing treasure off to the left. That will be the first Topaz (Oval). Continue on around the east corner where the characters have to raise both lifts and the second Topaz (Oval) will be on the floor in front of the two lifts. The two Majini on the crane MUST be shot before the cage falls. If the characters try to go back to shoot them later, after the cage drops, then they will not be on top of the crane. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Hop back down the side then fall down the north end of the lower platform. Climb up the north ladder then break the five --TALL CRATES-- on the walkway above and then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ from the left end. Three crates are to the left and two crates are to the right. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, west end. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, west end. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, west end. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, east end. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the far north walkway, east end. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the far north walkway, west end. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Hop back down the side with the ladder and move up the stairs. Have a shotgun handy. Shortly after the characters step onto the stairs, the crate behind them to the east will bust open as two Adjules attack and two Majini with stun rods will attack the characters from the north. It's best to rush back down the stairs and focus on the Adjules first of all. Of the two Majini, one of them will form a Cephalo unless an instant death melee kill is perform from the back of him after a leg stun. Move back up the stairs then down the next set of stairs on the opposite side after the battle. A Majini with a stun rod and two Adjules will attack from up ahead then a Big Man Majini will be waiting from off to the left. The Big Man Majini is still nothing a little up close shotgun blast followed by a melee and another shotgun blast followed melee (then repeat) can't handle, so take care of him first of all then use a shotgun to focus on the Majini and the Adjules. The Big Man Majini will leave behind a ++JEWEL BANGLE++ as usual. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: The Big Man Majini that attacks along with the Majini and the two Adjules will drop this treasure once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = A single Majini will attack further around the corner or he might attack with the others if you step to far. He will form into a Duvalia once defeated. It's best to toss a flash grenade to deal with the Duvalia. Luckily there is a ++FLASH GRENADE++ and ++RED HERB++ lying along the side of crate to the left so grab the flash grenade and toss it at him if your characters need one. If you choose to fight the Duvalia without a flash grenade then you'll have to shoot him in the legs then blast his mouth when he fall on his knees. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Defeat the Majini that normally forms a Duvalia with an instant kill melee | | to stop him from changing into a Duvalia. Shoot him in a leg then rush | | behind him while he is stunned and perform a melee with either character. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - Lying on a crate off to the left after the fight with the Big Man Majini, normal Majini and two Adjules. [ ] Flash Grenade - Lying on a crate off to the left after the fight with the Big Man Majini, normal Majini and two Adjules. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Drop off the side of the platform with the ladder ahead. Break the two --TALL CRATES-- against the large containers to the south. -------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECTS LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Drop from the platform where the first Duvalia is fought and this will be against the large metal containers to the south. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Drop from the platform where the first Duvalia is fought and this will be against the large metal containers to the south. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move in between the large metal containers to the south. If you look up onto the lower container to the left of the one with the railing, a safe can be seen and it can be opened in a moment. The white metal block to the left past the stack of tires is actually another safe also, but our characters can't very well step over tires to get to the safe now, can they? Walk over to the right and step in between the third and fourth crate off to the left then break the single --TALL CRATE-- in between them. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - In between the third and fourth crate in the row of crates that the characters will come across while heading south after fighting the Duvalia. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The path that keeps moving to the west eventually forms a dead end. Press the green button to the left of the metal platform. These metal platforms are actually lifts. The green button can also be shot in order to activate it; keep that in mind. The metal lift beside the button will rise and allow the characters through to the south, so move underneath it. -- CHECKPOINT Another metal lift is directly ahead but the button for it is on the other side. The gate to the side requires a keycard in order to open it. Break the two --TALL CRATES-- near the ladder up ahead. Climb the ladder. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | At the top of the ladder of the metal container, the characters can look to | | the north and shoot the Majini with the stun rod that is on the walkway | | behind the locked gate and he will drop a ++TOPAZ (OVAL)++ treasure that | | one of the characters can pick up in a few minutes after a cage drops and | | if the crane operator Majini was NOT shot earlier. This Majini could have | | been shot at the beginning of the area as well. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] Locked Door - To the right after stepping under the first metal lift. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Right across from the ladder outside of the locked gate that requires a keycard. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Right across from the ladder outside of the locked gate that requires a keycard. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If either character shot the crane operator from the far north high | | platform then the characters will not have to worry about the cage at this | | part. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Both characters should use the partner assist button prompt command to move the big crate at the other end of the metal container. The first character that falls below and steps toward the area in the middle will get trapped by a metal cage that is on a crane above the characters. A cutscene will trigger before the character gets trapped. In single player mode, the trapped character will always be the AI partner no matter who goes first. The trapped character will have three --TALL CRATES-- and a ++FIRST AID SPRAY++ in the area around the character. The untrapped character will be forced to fight a few Majini as they leap out of the two containers along the sides. One of the Majini will toss pipe bombs from an open crate so aim for his grenade strap on his chest then fire at them to finish him off quickly. The last Majini in the wave of Majini will carry a metal shield and he will transform into a Duvalia once defeated. .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | In co-op play, the player inside the cage might be able to shoot the Majini | | with the shield in the leg from the back so the other player can perform an | | instant kill melee to finish it off and cancel the Duvalia appearance. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------| Have a flash grenade or flash round with the grenade launcher ready for the Duvalia to quickly kill it instantly. Otherwise, the characters will need to aim for its legs and hopefully make it fall on its knees then shoot it in its mouth when it leans over. The Duvalia will leave behind the **CRANE KEYCARD**. Break the two --TALL CRATES-- to the left in the north. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - In the exact area where the cage lands. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the exact area where the cage lands. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the exact area where the cage lands. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the area where the untrapped character fights the Majini and Duvalia. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the area where the untrapped character fights the Majini and Duvalia. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] First Aid Spray - In the exact area where the cage lands. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Crane Keycard - Defeat the Duvalia after the cage drops. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Even while the partner is trapped in the cage, the other character can | | still swap or request items from the partner while standing near the side | | of the cage. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Move toward the metal lift up ahead and a cutscene will play that will show off a button that is on the top metal piece above the lift. Shoot the button to make the metal lift rise up and allow your character through. Did you just see that? During the lift rising cutscene, the cutscene actually gave us a glimpse of a BSAA emblem. But it's inside of the left crate next to the metal lift, so how in the hell do we hit it? You need to toss a hand grenade through the opening of the crate in order to hit the --BSAA EMBLEM (29/30)-- inside. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #29 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After collecting the crane keycard from the Duvalia in \________/ the area where the cage drops, shoot the green button on the north end to make the lift rise. During the cutscene when the lift rises, a BSAA emblem can be seen inside the open metal container to the left of the metal lift. Toss a hand grenade through the opening of the metal crate in order to hit this BSAA emblem. An explosive round shot toward the back portion of the ceiling of the crate will work as well. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Rush through the area below the metal crate then use the crane keycard on the control panel near the locked gate to unlock the gate. Open the door then move up the stairs. A Majini with a stun rod will rush the character. He has a grenade strap attached to his chest, so don't hit him in the chest from up close; go for his legs. .----------------------------------- EXTRA -----------------------------------. | If the Majini mentioned above was shot before the cage was dropped then he | | should have left behind a ++TOPAZ (OVAL)++ treasure, so pick it up along | | the north section of the walkway if it is there. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' .---------------------------------- WARNING ----------------------------------. | From the moment the locked gate is opened with the keycard, the character | | in the cage will get attacked by Adjules from both sides of the outside | | portion of the cage. The other player can run back and help defeat them, | | but they will keep respawning for the time being, so the other player | | should hurry and lift the cage quickly! | | | | If you're playing the game through co-op play then the character that gets | | trapped in the cage can bring along some flash rounds with the grenade | | launcher or some flash grenades. The Adjules will have to reveal their | | plagas in order to hit the character through the cage bars, so toss or | | shoot a flash explosive at them at that time to finish them off instantly. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Look up above the first ladder that the character comes to and notice the Majini with the pipe bombs up above it. Aim for his chest strap of grenades then shoot them to kill him off fast. Climb both sets of ladders to reach the top of the crane. Fight off the Majini at the top then flip the lever to the side to raise the cage that traps the other character. The crane will move further to the north so the stairs will be a bit closer this time when the character moves back down to the walkway below. Fall back down the sides of the ladders. Open the gate once again and run up under the lift to the south. Adjules that were attacking the character might still be in the area, so have the shotgun ready. Both characters should meet at the ladder near where the cage dropped. Climb the ladder of the metal container then break the --TALL CRATE-- off to the right. Collect the ++GREEN HERB++ from near the sandbags. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - To the right at the top of the ladder past the area where the cage traps one character. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Near some sandbags after climbing the ladder past the area where the cage traps one character. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NOTE: The following items can only be collected if a character was trapped and the cage was lifted, otherwise the cage will not be placed in between the containers to make a walkway to the tall crate and safe. Move directly to the north and break the --TALL CRATE-- off to the left after stepping across the metal cage walkway. Hop across the metal containers further ahead to the right then open the safe at the end and collect the ++3,000 GOLD++ inside. Majini will drop from an opening in an overhead metal container after collecting the gold, so fight them off as they jump across the containers. Some of them have grenades strapped to their chest. Hop back across the crate after grabbing it. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - After climbing the ladder along the side of the metal container, past the area where the cage drops, move over the metal lift walkway to the north and this will be to the left. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: 3,000 gold |_________________| DETAILS: After climbing the ladder along the side of the metal container, past the area where the cage drops, move over the metal cage walkway to the north and hop to each metal container further ahead to the right. A safe is on the other side and it will contain this gold pickup. NOTE: In order to collect this pickup of gold, the cage trap portion of this area must be activated since the crane moves the cage and drops it in between the containers, which forms a bridge to the safe containing this. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = -- CHECKPOINT Two Big Man Majini will attack as the characters move to the east back around the corner. Both of them will drop a --JEWEL BANGLE-- once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Jewel Bangle (x2) [1,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After moving to the east along the metal containers after picking up the first 3,000 gold from the nearby safe, two Big Man Majini will attack. After they are defeated, each of them will leave behind a Jewel Bangle. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Hop across to the three --TALL CRATES-- to the east and break them. Look to the south to find two metal lifts with buttons on the top portion of the metal pieces to the side of them. Each character must stand on a lift then shoot the green button on the metal piece beside them so that both lifts rise with both characters on them. The character on the left is partner 1 and the character on the right is partner 2. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crates - After moving to the east along the metal containers, after picking up the first 3,000 gold from the nearby safe, this will be on the opposite side of the next area. Leap over to it. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crates - After moving to the east along the metal containers, after picking up the first 3,000 gold from the nearby safe, this will be on the opposite side of the next area. Leap over to it. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crates - After moving to the east along the metal containers, after picking up the first 3,000 gold from the nearby safe, this will be on the opposite side of the next area. Leap over to it. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 1 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < After Partner 1's east lift is raised break the two nearby --TALL CRATES--. Adjules will attack as they jump from an open metal container to the right before dropping off the side with the ladder. They will continue to spawn for a while but will eventually stop if Partner 1 moves on. Fall off the side with the ladder then drop off the north side below. Push the button next to the lift in the far north to make the lift rise. An Adjule that is already in plagas mode will attack from the other side of the area, so toss a flash grenade or shoot a flash round at it to kill it off quickly. Run up under the lift then grab the ++3,000 GOLD++ from the safe off to the left on the other side. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Near the top of the east lift after both players shoot the lift to raise each other. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Near the top of the east lift after both players shoot the lift to raise each other. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Deck - Chapter 6-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: 3,000 gold |_________________| DETAILS: Once the lift on the east side has been raised and the partner has gotten off that lift, fall to the north end of the area ahead and press the button to raise the lift. An Adjule will attack from the other side. Blast him with a shotgun then move to the opposite side and pick up this gold from the safe off to the left at the other end. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Climb back up the ladder to the south then drop from the south end this time. Both characters should meet up here. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- > > > > > > > > > > > P A R T N E R 2 G A M E P L A Y < < < < < < < < < < < Partner 2 will rise up in front of a --TALL CRATE-- so take out the knife that all breakable objects fear and slash it. In order to break the two --TALL CRATES-- in the center of the metal containers below, one partner must jump down toward them from the south side of the metal container, otherwise you'll only get a "Jump" command instead of a "Jump Down" command. Both characters will have to fall down again and reshoot the lifts while on top of them - once to make them lower then once to make them rise again (once the characters are in place). .------------------------------------ TIP ------------------------------------. | In single player mode, choose to go up the east lift and don't shoot the | | lift for your AI partner until your character falls down to the area with | | the tall crates and slashes them then falls and move all way back to the | | lift. This will save you from having to reshoot the partner lift to make | | it lower. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Right in front of the partner that moves up the west lift. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In between some crates that the west lift leads to. The characters will have to jump down to them from the north side of the crates in order to get the "Jump Down" command instead of the "Jump" command. The characters will have to shoot the lifts once again to lower them then shoot them yet again to raise them in order to get back up to where they were. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In between some crates that the west lift leads to. The characters will have to jump down to them from the north side of the crates in order to get the "Jump Down" command instead of the "Jump" command. The characters will have to shoot the lifts once again to lower them then shoot them yet again to raise them in order to get back up to where they were. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Partner 2 should fall down the east side of the metal container ahead. After moving forward, an Adjule will jump out of an open metal container above. They will continue to spawn as long as Partner 2 stays in the area but they will eventually stop if Partner 2 moves on. Partner 2 will meet up with Partner 1 after falling from the ladder up ahead. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move up the stairs and break the two --TALL CRATES-- to the right. Run up the next set of stairs then both characters should use the partner assist button to open the door and move onto the next area. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - When both characters meet up below the stairs toward the end of the Ship Deck area, this will be near the top railing of the stairs. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - When both characters meet up below the stairs toward the end of the Ship Deck area, this will be near the top railing of the stairs. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH612] Chapter 6-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S H I P H O L D - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ah, we're finally inside the boat. What a hell of time we had getting in here, eh? Well, not if you've been reading this guide, but still it could have been hard without it. Keep that in mind. Pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30), ++HAND GRENADE++ and ++GREEN HERB++ from the shelf near the railing of the staircase. Run to the bottom floor then break the two --TALL CRATES-- in the corner at the bottom. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - Beside the bottom staircase below the first room. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Beside the bottom staircase below the first room. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo - On the shelf near the entrance door. [ ] Hand Grenade - On the shelf near the entrance door. [ ] Green Herb - On the shelf near the entrance door. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Drop from the opening with the ladder down the hall. The characters will begin to discuss Wesker as they move down the staircase. Just what has Chris done to piss Wesker off so much? Was it a favorite pair of Oakley sunglasses that Chris Haymakered into little pieces during one battle, or perhaps Wesker is jealous of how much free time Chris had with Rebecca during the Mansion Incident. No one will ever know but them two I suppose. Break the three --TALL CRATES-- in the bottom area then open the metal case and pick up the ++JAIL BREAKER (SG)++. Keep in mind that this shotgun comes with a pretty low attack power for right now, so if you've already got a boosted shotgun, I'd keep using that one for the moment. The Jail Breaker is good for distant firing and it still packs quite a punch from up close. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + H I D D E N W E A P O N Weapon: Jail Breaker (SG) Location: Ship Hold - Chapter 6-1 Details: On the bottom floor of the staircase in the room where the characters chat about Wesker. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - On the bottom floor of the staircase in the room where the character chat about Wesker. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the bottom floor of the staircase in the room where the character chat about Wesker. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the bottom floor of the staircase in the room where the character chat about Wesker. --> Random Item ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Run down the hall ahead and both players should now use the partner assist button to open the door. A cutscene will play afterwards. Chris and Sheva seemed to have messed up Excella's little cool streak. Oh, she's even sexy when she looses confidence though. I bet Chris followed every movement of that highly entertaining strut to the door. Speaking of sexy, let's talk item pickups. Turn around and break the glass that covers the middle shelves then pick up the ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++. Turn on the second monitor in the room to view the --TRICELL RESEARCHER MIGUEL'S JOURNAL - NO. 2-- file. There is some ++RIFLE AMMO (+5) on the right end of the second desk and a ++GREEN HERB++ on the back shelf. ----------------------------------------------------------------- INVESTIGATION [ ] First Monitor - The first monitor off to the left. [ ] Tricell Researcher Miguel's Journal - No. 2 - Turn on the second monitor off to the left. [ ] Progenitor Flowers - The east end of the Progenitor Flowers can be examined. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Break the glass on the shelves in the room with the Progenitor flowers then pick this up from the middle shelf. [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - On the far end of the second middle desk in the room with the Progenitor flowers. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- And last but certainly not least, I spy with my little eyes our final BSAA emblem and it's on the second cabinet from the left on the north wall! Shoot the cabinet to break the glass then shoot the BSAA EMBLEM (30/30) to get your Badge of Honor trophy/achievement. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ________ [ ] / \ --> B S A A E M B L E M #30 / BSAA \ (------------) LOCATION: Ship Hold - Chapter 6-1 \ EMBLEM / DETAILS: After the cutscene with Excella in the room with the \________/ Progenitor flowers, look at the row of cabinets on the high north wall to see this emblem inside the second cabinet from the left. Shoot the glass to break it then shoot the emblem. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ TROPHY/ACHIEVEMENT ALERT _-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_ Trophy/Achievement: Badge of Honor Description: Find all the BSAA emblems. Details: If you've been following this guide up until now then you should have been able to shoot all the BSAA emblems in the game or either you've admired their beautiful shine and moved on. Either way, congrats! -_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- The door that Excella closed cannot be opened or even examined, so move on over to the other door and open it then step out into the hall. This next path can be done with full stealth without raising an alarm. If the alarm is set off then both characters will have to deal with tons of armed Majini. --> STEALTH Through the doorway up ahead, you should be able to make out a Majini with a gun on a far walkway in the room ahead. Take out the rifle and shoot him with a headshot now. Step out onto the walkway behind the door. Look at the floor below the walkway to find two Majini with machine guns. Shoot them both with headshots, but shoot the Majini on the left first or he may see the other one once it is shot. Every Majini that your characters shoot right now will not have to be fought in just a few minutes. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | To make the stealth method easier in single player, take away all of the AI | | partner's guns. Thankfully, the AI partner will not run down and slash the | | Majini! | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Now that we've thinned out the group below, take out the rifle and look to the high metal walkway in the south. Look behind the yellow railing and shoot the Majini that is surveying the area around the middle of that walkway. Quietly move down the walkway to the east and take cover behind the left side of the wall at the end. Pop out and go for headshot on the Majini around the corner. That's good, Snake. Now let's move further down the walkway that curves to the north. A Majini will step into view on the bottom floor to the west (he moves up the trapdoor ladder below), so allow him to move into view while your characters are on the walkway then go for a headshot when he stops. The lookout Majini are all gone now. Congrats, you just got through a pretty tough area with complete stealth. If you're the type of gamer that yells out "Hurt me more!" at the sound of battle like a crazed Gray Fox then follow the method below. --> FULL ALERT Run in and allow them to see your characters. It's best to stay on the first floor and take out as many Majini as possible before moving below. Use the metal walls as cover. ENTRANCE DOOR --- ------------------------------------------------------------------. Cover Area Cover Area --> _______ <-- Cover Area --> _______ <-- Cover Area v v -------------------------------------------------------- | ________| | Cover Area -------- | v | || | || | || | || | ^ Cover Area When the characters step down below, the top metal crate on the left toward the back will open a Majini with a stun rod will jump out. Two Majini armed with pipe bombs will appear on the walkway: one next to the doorway that your characters entered from and the other is further toward the middle of the walkway so shoot the grenades on their grenade straps to finish them off. There is another Majini with pipe bombs inside the metal crate that the Majini with the stun rod leaps out of. Be sure to stay behind the large crate in the back of the area while dealing with the pipe bomb throwers. ______________________ | <-- Cover Area | __| <-- Cover Area | / <-- Cover Area | | | | <--_Cover Area | |___| | | <-- Cover Area | ^ ^ ^ |____| <-- Cover Area | Cover Areas --> <-- Cover Area | | | ____ ______ | || | | |<-- Cover Area ||____| Cover |______|<-- Cover Area | <-- Area --> <-- Area | _ _| | |_| |_| Cover --> | Area _ _ | |___ ___ _ | | | | | | | | |_|_| | |___|___|_| ^ ^ | | <-- Cover Areas | '--------------------------' Two Majini with machine guns will eventually move up the ladder through the trapdoor by the south wall. As your characters move further back, a Majini with a metal shield will run toward your location then a Majini with a machine gun will appear in the top crate in the back right portion of the room and another will appear behind the crates on the back left portion of the room. I recommend running back to the large crates in the back and luring the Majini with the shield back there to take him down easily. Just aim for his feet or wait for him to attempt an attack with the stun rod then shoot him. Run back toward the smaller crate and go for headshots with the rifle on the other two Majini. Two more Majini armed with machine guns will appear from behind the crates in the back on the south side. However the room is approached, pick up the ++MACHINE GUN AMMO (+30)++ on a north wooden crate near a caged area and grab the ++GREEN HERB++ on the south side near the large metal crate and metal barrel. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Machine Gun Ammo (+30) - On a north wooden crate near the caged area with boxes on the first floor of the room past the room with the Progenitor flowers. [ ] Green Herb - On the south side near a large metal crate and metal barrel on the first floor of the room past the room with the Progenitor flowers. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Drop down the ladder of the trapdoor on the south side of the room. A Majini armed with a machine gun is in the first hall past the turn, so take cover around the side of the hall then shoot him with a headshot from the rifle after stepping out. ___________________________ | | | ___________________<-- Cover Area | | | | | ^ Cover Area | | | | | | | | | | _| |_______________ | | | <-- Cover Area| | | |_________________ | | | | <-- Cover Area | | | | | | | | | | | | ________________| | | | | Cover Area --> | | | |____________________| |___| As the characters reach the turn to the east while moving down the corridor that goes north, a Majini will pop out from around the corner, so shoot him with a headshot. One Majini lies in wait down the south corridor with his bare arms exposed through his metal armor, just begging to be tag teamed with a Skull Crusher ending, so don't disappoint him. The only surprise left is the Majini with a machine gun that will hop down from the top of the ladder at the end of the final corridor. He will change into a Duvalia upon being shot a few times so try to shoot him in either leg and perform an instant kill melee to cancel the Duvalia transformation or quickly toss a flash grenade or shoot him with a flash round while he changes. Climb the ladder afterwards. The characters will exit to the other side of the room after climbing the ladder. Pick up the ++RED HERB++ from behind the metal crate with another one stacked on top of it to the right, the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ on the metal crate near the explosive canisters and the two ++INCENDIARY GRENADES++ on the metal crate to the left of the one with the shotgun shells. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Red Herb - After moving up the ladder from the long corridor, this is behind a metal crate with another crate stacked on top of it to the right. [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - After moving up the ladder from the long corridor, this is behind a metal crate with another crate stacked on top of it to the right. [ ] Incendiary Grenade - After moving up the ladder from the long corridor, this is behind a metal crate with another crate stacked on top of it to the right. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A cutscene will trigger as either character moves by the flat crate up ahead and a new enemy will appear. + + + + + + + + + B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + + + GATLING GUN MAJINI ------------------ HP: 8,000 Why can't they just call him JJ Majini or Ever Bigger Man Majini. Ah, well. They would all fall the same with Berserker's help anyway, so let's get down to business. Attacks: Gatling Gun Fire - Gatling Gun Majini raises his gatling gun and begins to fire a blast of bullets for about 5 seconds. A character can run to the side or get behind/take cover behind some type of object to avoid this. If several bullets hit the character in succession then the character will fall. Gatling Gun Strike - While close to him, Gatling Gun Majini swings forward with the barrel of his gatling gun. Gatling Gun Air Fire - Gatling Gun Majini points his gun upward with both hands then fires the gun. This is a taunt move. Pipe Bomb Toss - Gatling Gun Majini tosses a pipe bomb at a character. He likes to toss a pipe bomb when a character is taking cover, so be sure to instantly move when he tosses one. --> THE GATLING GUN MAJINI APPROACHES The Gatling Gun Majini will move down the stairs on the east side of the room at the beginning of the fight. He only fires when the characters show themselves, so it's best to always be near some type of cover area. His gatling gun fire can also be avoided by running in a direction and circling around him, but this room is really too small to try that often, so taking cover is the best option. --> TWO AGAINST ONE The best thing you have going into this battle is that fact that it is two against one. The Gatling Gun Majini can only focus on one character at a time with his moves, so one character can draw his fire while another plans out a method of attack. This can even be helpful in single player when he is aiming for the AI partner. There is a major exploit here, in that the Gatling Gun Majini will not even turn toward the other character even if that character runs directly up to him, so that character could literally stand right next to him and fire without the worry of getting hit. --> TAKE COVER (AKA. HEY, GET OUT OF THE WAY!) Use the crates in the area to take cover behind and keep in mind that your characters can lead the Gatling Gun Majini all the way back to the other side of the room by dropping back into the tunnel and having him follow your characters. - First Floor (while looking west) _____________ | FULL COVER | _______ | ALL SIDES __| | | |__________|<-- ACCEPT HERE _ Cover Area --> |_______| |_| <-- Cover Area <-- Cover Area - Second Floor (while looking north) | | | | | '----------------------------------- STAIRS Cover Area --> _______ <-- Cover Area --> _______ <-- Cover Area '--------------------------------------_|_|_|_|_|__ || <-Cover Area || <-Cover Area || <-Cover Area | ______ | | | || <-Cover Area | | _ _ || <-Cover Area | |_______________________________________________ |||| | -------- ---------- _|_|_|_|_|_| STAIRS Cover Area --> ______ <-- Cover Area --> ________ <-- Cover Area While taking cover behind an object, the Gatling Gun Majini is going to toss a pipe bomb at the hiding characters eventually, so you'll have to move when he does this. The pipe bombs can set off a nearby explosive canister, so keep the explosive canister locations in mind. --> USING GAS CANISTERS TO STUN HIM A direct hit while he is next to a red canister will stun him. A direct hit means that he is very close to the explosive canister when it explodes. If he is not close then the hit will simply stagger him a bit and he will go back to walking. A direct hit with a hand grenade will stun him as well. It should be noted that an incendiary grenade will knock him out of any attack that he might be preparing, but it will not stun him. --> USING PROXMITY BOMBS TO STUN HIM There are two proximity bombs in the area that can help out. Place a proximity bomb directly in his path and lead him toward it to stun him instantly when the explosion goes off. One surefire way of stunning him with a proximity bomb is to drop back down into the corridor that the characters used to enter this area and place one in a corridor then take cover behind a nearby wall and watch him. --> USING A MAGNUM TO STUN HIM Aim directly toward his head and fire a magnum bullet and this will always stun him. Don't spam magnum fire, instead, use it to stun him. Magnum fire to the head is the quickest and less troublesome quick stun that a character can get during this battle; just make sure your aim is good. Wait until the Gatling Gun Majini stops moving! --> WHAT TO DO WHEN HE IS STUNNED When he is stunned from any type of explosive he will stand and shake his head. At that time, run up to him and perform a gunshot then cancel that attack in a the melee prompt button command that appears. The melee command will always be the character's tag team melee for any hit while he is staggering while grabbing his head. The characters can double team him with two attacks for each stun. When he is hit aggressively with a heavy gunshot such as a shotgun, he will block the shot, much like a Giant or Big Man Majini then get pushed back. Both characters can approach him at that time to get in a melee attack each. Keep in mind that your characters can get in a few shots before performing a melee; for instance, a shotgun blast then quickly cancel into a Haymaker during the shot! --> LEADING HIM INTO THE MIDDLE CORRIDOR As previously mentioned, both characters can lead him back down into the middle corridor and set up quite a number of proximity bomb traps and simply take cover behind a wall then pop out and shoot him. He is at a total disadvantage while in this corridor if the characters have a heavy stock of rifle ammo. With a high powered rifle, a character could easily stand at a corner and spam him with rifle shots then take cover every often to avoid his gunfire. He usually doesn't toss a pipe bomb far enough down the corridor to hit the characters while they take cover. --> TEARING THROUGH THE GATLING GUN MAJINI (AKA. YEAH, SWIPED 'EM CLEAN. YEAH!) There is a way to completely trap the Gatling Gun Majini in any mode. The hardest part is getting the first stun, but after that he can be trapped with supreme aggression through shotgun fire and melee attacks. This has to be done from a blocked gunshot stun and not a headshot stun. Allow your partner to serve as bait (wait until he aims at the partner) then run up to the Gatling Gun Majini while he fires and shoot him with the shotgun from close range to make him block the shot then run up and melee attack him. After the melee attack, move forward a bit then blast him twice (maybe just once depending on the shotgun used) with the shotgun to make him block and push him back once again. Perform a melee attack as he falls back then run up to him again and perform two shotgun blasts to stun him then melee him again. Rinse and repeat until he is dead. Backing him into a wall can sometimes mess the viewpoint up a bit so be very careful while attempting this near a wall corner. Collect **TANKER KEYCARD A** from the Gatling Gun Majini's dead body. + + + + + + + + E N D B O S S B A T T L E + + + + + + + + There is a ++PROXIMITY BOMB++ on a left metal crate, a ++GREEN HERB++ on a crate after that, two --TALL CRATES-- near the last crate before the stairs. Up the stairs there is a ++PROXIMITY BOMB++ on the metal crate covered with a brown tarp, a --WOODEN CRATE-- on the metal crate covered with a blue tarp and on the catwalks to the north there is a ++GREEN HERB++ in the corner near the ladder. Once the battle is over, run up the stairs that lead to the high south walkway then slash the two --TALL CRATES-- and open the safe then collect **TANKER KEYCARD B** from inside. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Tall Crate - In the northeast corner of the area where the characters fight the Gatling gun Majini. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - In the northeast corner of the area where the characters fight the Gatling gun Majini. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - Next to the back Proximity Bomb pickup, on a metal crate with a blue tarp over it. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the south walkway at the west end. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the south walkway at the west end. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Proximity Bomb - On a left metal crate while stepping into the area with the crates in the area where the characters fight the Gatling Gun Majini. [ ] Green Herb - On a crate to the east of the Proximity Bomb pickup. [ ] Proximity Bomb - Up the stairs, on a crate covered with a brown tarp. [ ] Green Herb - On the high catwalk in the corner near the ladder. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CHECKPOINT Step toward the locked door up the stairs to the southeast and, after collecting both keycards, both characters can use the assist button command to move onto the next room. No, it's not over yet. A cutscene will show a Majini with a rocket launcher fire a rocket toward the top crate in the stack of crates in front of the characters. Quickly run forward after the cutscene and take cover behind the nearest crate then equip a rifle. These metal crates can be destroyed by rocket fire, so your shots have to be quick in this area. ___ ___ ___ ___ |___||___||___||___| |___||___||___||___| ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Destructible Cover Areas There are three Majini with rocket launchers in the back of the room. One is on the southwest side, one is on the southeast side and there is another in the bottom area in between the two floors. Raise up in between rocket fire and focus on one at a time then hit it with the rifle. A character can't perform a simple headshot on the top floor Majini because of the metal masks on these particular Majini, so find any unarmored area on them and spam rifle fire to those areas. Get a headshot on the rocket launcher Majini on the bottom floor first of all then focus on the rest. Each of the three Majini with rocket launchers will drop a ++DEAD BRIDE'S NECKLACE++ treasure. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Ship Hold - Chapter 6-1 | [ ] | TREASURE: Dead bride's necklace (x3) [2,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: Each of the three rocket launcher Majini in the room after fighting the Gatling Gun Majini will drop this treasure once defeated. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = It's very possible to take on the rocket launcher Majini from close range if that is the only option. Each shot delivered to them will make them stagger backward, which carries the same button prompt melee command as a knee or leg stun while close to one, so a character can simply shoot one to make it stagger then run behind it and perform an instant kill melee! The melee sequence will also provide a slight invincibility animation to shield the character from any rocket fire. In some regards, fighting them from close range is much easier since all you have to do is fire then perform an instant melee kill from behind, but when your characters step to the bottom area while the rocket launcher Majini are in the area, four Bui kichwa will bust out of the metal crate on the stack of crates to the right, so this sort of complicates matters a bit. A flash grenade could instantly get rid of them though and then you could simply shoot + instant kill melee your way through the Majini with the rocket launchers. Your choice. As previously mentioned, all eight of the bottom --METAL CRATES-- can be destroyed by the Majini with rocket launchers and the crates will leave behind an item, but keep in mind that these serve as your character's cover. There is a --WOODEN CRATE-- and a --TALL CRATE-- to the right on the current side of the room and a ++GREEN HERB++ on a covered crate as well. There is a --TALL CRATE-- right below the stack of two large crates to the right after dropping down to the middle area. --------------------------------------------------------- BREAKABLE OBJECT LIST [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Metal Crate - Must be destroyed by one of the Majini with rocket launchers. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - On the right side of the room with the rocket launcher Majini after first entering. --> Random Item [ ] Wooden Crate - On the right side of the room with the rocket launcher Majini after first entering. --> Random Item [ ] Tall Crate - Near the stack of two crates off to the right in the center area of the room with the rocket launcher Majini. --> Random Item --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - On the right side of the room with the rocket launcher Majini after first entering. This is on a covered crate. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Once all the pretty explosions have ceased, move up the stairs on the south side then find the corridor ahead. Run all the way down the corridor then open the elevator door with the Tricell logo on it. Both players should use the assist command to take the elevator up to end this chapter. - - - - - - ___ _ _ __ ____ [CH62] / __\ |__ __ _ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ / /_ |___ \ / / | '_ \ / _` | '_ \| __/ _ \ '__| | '_ \ ___ __) | / /___| | | | (_| | |_) | || __/ | | (_) ||___| / __/ \____/|_| |_|\__,_| .__/ \__\___|_| \___/ |_____| |_| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --> Chapter 6-2 Ranking Table <-- .-----------------------------------------------------------. | RANKS | S | A | B | C | |===========================================================| | ACCURACY | 70%+ | 60-69.9% | 50-59.9% | 0-49.9% | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | ENEMIES ROUTED | 35+ | 20 | 10 | <9 | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | DEATHS | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3+ | |-----------------------------------------------------------| | CLEAR TIME | <22'00" | 28'00" | 33'00" | 33'01"+| '-----------------------------------------------------------' < = less than or equal to + = greater than ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [CH621] Chapter 6-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M A I N D E C K - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The characters will start outside the elevator that they took up from the last chapter. Notice the mound of dead bodies to the right off to the south. Walk toward the pile of dead bodies to trigger a cutscene. Immediately after the cutscene, both players must engage in a cutscene with button prompt inputs that must be pressed in order to survive the on-screen action while Chris and Sheva run from the Uroboros' tentacles. The button prompts must sometimes be tapped once if the buttons appear without an arrow above them but if the button appears on the screen with an arrow above it then it must be tapped rapidly for a few brief seconds. -> COMMAND INPUT 1 Sequence: The Uroboros tentacle quickly moves toward the characters as they move up the stairs to the walkway above and it tries to smash them against the wall as they attempt to jump to the right. Type: Single button pres/Slightly rapid button press Command: Dodge -> COMMAND INPUT 2 Sequence: The tentacle continues to follow the characters as they run along the walkway then it tries to slap them as the characters attempt to jump and roll. Type: Single button press/Slightly rapid button press Command: Dodge -> COMMAND INPUT 3 Sequence: The characters recover from the roll and the tentacle rakes across the top portion of the walkway but the characters jump and roll out of the way again. Type: Single button press/Slightly rapid button press Command: Dodge -> COMMAND INPUT 4 Sequence: The characters look up to see a tentacle and quickly jump out of the way of the tentacle as it tries to smash them almost directly after they roll from the last tentacle strike. Type: Single button press/Slightly rapid button press Command: Dodge -> COMMAND INPUT 5 Sequence: The characters rush to the end of the walkway and one of them climbs a crate then that character turns to pull the other one up as a tentacle heads for them to smash them against the crate. Type: Two button press Command: Climb over -> COMMAND INPUT 6 Sequence: The characters run past the crate as the tentacle continues to follow. The tentacle races up the stairs after them and tries to smash them against the middle portion of the stairs from overhead as they attempt to jump away from it. Type: Rapid button press (much more extended than the last few) Command: Run [CH622] Chapter 6-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B R I D G E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Chris and Sheva are now trapped inside the boat with impending doom of what used to be the woman with one of the sexiest of accents in the RE universe now turned into a slimy Uroboros by none other than Practical Al. No wonder why Chris dislikes that man so! The walls all around them seep black liquid as the characters move throughout this ship. Run down the corridor to the east. The characters will see a ++GREEN HERB++ up ahead but bear in mind that the first character that steps down that corridor must press a button prompt command (always the action button) in order to [DUCK] the Uroboros tentacle that tries to grab that character. I'll place button press actions in brackets for this chapter since there are places like this all along the corridors, so be ready to react quickly at times. Watch for the holes in the ceiling to identify these areas where a tentacle might attempt to grab a character. If a character continues to stand under one of these holes in the ceiling then the tentacle will try to grab once again. Excella wants some of that Redfield even more than Chris wanted some of that Gionne earlier, I assure you. Hell, she might even take some Alomar now! --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - In a corner, down the first hall that the characters come to while inside the ship. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Continue around the left corner after grabbing the item. Obviously, a character doesn't want to continue down the corridor with the Uroboros tentacle in the way. If a character touches it then that character will get a slimy leech-like substance all over his/her body after taking damage and the substance will slowly drain health for a while. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | In order to make the Uroboros tentacle in the halls ahead retreat back into | | the ceiling, fire a single flame round at each one of them or shoot at them | | with a high-powered weapon such as a magnum. This is mainly useful for | | speed runs. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Step into the room off to the right. Face the lockers on the south side of the room then open the right locker and collect the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ from inside then open the left locker and collect the ++CHALICE (GOLD)++ treasure from inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Bridge - Chapter 6-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Chalice (Gold) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: In the first room of the ship that is entered, right near the hallway with the first Uroboros tentacle hanging from the ceiling, find the two closed lockers on the north wall then open the left locker to find this treasure inside. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Inside the right locker off to the to the right when the characters have to step into the first room to avoid an overhead tentacle. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Leave the room through the north doorway. Outside the north windows the characters can view more of the tragedy of Excella. While stepping under the overhead opening in the ceiling, prepare to [DUCK] the tentacle as it tries to grab the character that passes by underneath it. There is a dead Majini body right below the opening. There's too much Excella (tentacle) down the west hall so the characters are going to have to open the door off to the left and continue into the south room. Find the three closed lockers off to the left. The one on the far left side is empty. For the two on the right, the left one contains nothing (again?) and the right one contains some ++RIFLE AMMO (+5)++. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Rifle Ammo (+5) - Inside the far right locker off to the left once the characters have to step inside of a room to avoid a second tentacle. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pick up the ++PROXIMITY BOMB++ near the dead Majini in the room to the west then collect the ++SHOTGUN SHELLS (+5)++ lying along the desk near the exit door. Approach the lockers on the south side then take the ++HANDGUN AMMO (+10)++ out of the right locker on the left side. The rest of the lockers are empty. --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Proximity Bomb - Lying near a dead Majini body in the room that the characters have to step into after avoiding the second overhead tentacle. [ ] Shotgun Shells (+5) - Lying on the shelf near the exit door in the room that the characters have to step into after avoiding the second overhead tentacle. [ ] Handgun Ammo (+10) - Turn to the right after stepping through the doorway in the room that the characters have to step into after avoiding the second overhead tentacle and open the right locker in the set of close locker on the left side. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Alright, stop slashing that dead Majini with your knife then step out into the north corridor by opening the door. The Uroboros outside continues to feed off the dead bodies and grow even larger as the characters view the monstrosity outside the window. When the characters continue down the hall again, prepare to [DUCK] the tentacle shortly before stepping away from the section in front of the door. Move up the stairs to the west. While looking down the hall to the south, a body will suddenly get tossed into the corner up ahead. The room to the side can't be entered from the north doorway because of the Uroboros tentacle in the way, so continue down the south hall ahead. .----------------------------------- TIP -------------------------------------. | Shoot the Uroboros tentacle that guards the south hall with a flame round | | to make it retreat into the ceiling and, after moving down the left (east) | | hall, the characters will only have to fight the Majini that will change | | into a Duvalia toward the end rather than the whole crowd down the south | | hall. The Majini that appears will drop the Bridge Keycard that will allow | | access to the door down the hall. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Open the door on the left wall then collect the ++GREEN HERB++ from the right table inside. Find the row of lockers then open the middle locker and collect the ++CHALICE (GOLD)++. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = _________________ [ ] (_________________) --> H I D D E N T R E A S U R E | T R E A S U R E | LOCATION: Bridge - Chapter 6-2 | [ ] | TREASURE: Chalice (Gold) [3,000 gold] |_________________| DETAILS: After moving up the stairs in the ship, open the door on the left wall down the north corridor then find the row of lockers inside. This is inside of the middle locker. = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ITEM LIST [ ] Green Herb - Lying on the table in the room down the hall after moving up the stairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- .---------------------------------- TIP --------------------------------------. | Instead of moving into the middle of the Majini bodies down the hall up | | ahead, the live Majini can be shot to make them get up early. This saves | | your characters from getting surrounded. | '-----------------------------------------------------------------------------' Back in the outside hall, approach the body in the north corner then step around the corner to find several Majini bodies. Move on past them and five of the Majini will rise up and attack. The one with body armor will form a Duvalia once defeated. If you don't have a flash grenade then aim for its legs with the shotgun and stun it with several shots to the legs then shoot it in its mouth when it kneels. If a character has a flash grenade then simply toss the flash grenade to get rid of the pest. Collect the **BRIDGE KEYCARD** from the Duvalia after it falls. ----------------------------------------------------------------- KEY ITEM LIST [ ] Bridge Keycard - Defeat the Duvalia that forms from the Majini in the hall up the stairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Move around the north corner up ahead. There is no use in running to the other end of the hall since it just leads back to the doorway that the Uroboros tentacle is blocking. Open the sliding doors that lead to the control room along the right wall. There are a few documents in here to read. Check out the --REPORT ON PROJECT W - AUG. 28, 1998-- on the east set of controls then --SPENCER'S NOTEBOOK-- lying in the suitc